Monday, December 12, 2011

Four Facts Logical Explanations

Four Facts and Logical Explanations:
Political activists and whistleblowers are being attacked with electromagnetic weapons (EMW) and used as human guinea pigs in terminal experiments designed to force a suicide, incarceration, or premature death from non-ionizing radiation. This program is a continuation of earlier illegal government programs.
During the Cold War the Department of Defense (DOD) used 500,000 US citizens as experimental subjects in nuclear, biological, and chemical (NBC) weapons development programs. We refer to these all of these crimes against humanity as the human guinea pigs experiments.
During the Cold War the government made hit lists of political activists and waged an undeclared secret war on them. This illegal program was the FBI Counter Intelligence Program or COINTELPRO.
During the Cold War the CIA used Nazi scientists to learn how to control the human mind using drugs, torture, ECT, electromagnetic radiation, and hypnosis. This illegal program was Mind Kontrol ULTRA or MKULTRA.
Today Army intelligence (INSCOM) is accomplishing all three illegal government programs in a single program using the military strategy known as force multiplication. INSCOM is perfecting (EMW) electromagnetic weapons on unwilling people. Human guinea pig experiments.
INSCOM is also neutralizing potential enemies on a hit list, political activists and whistleblowers, by using them as the unwilling subjects of the human experimentation. Cointelpro
Finally, INSCOM is using extreme trauma, sleep deprivation, and other torture techniques delivered by EMW to the targets to further refine the science of behavior modification. MKULTRA
Force multiplication means enfolding all three of the previous illegal government operations, human guinea pig experiments, Cointelpro, and MKULTRA, together with the new electromagnetic weapons (EMW) development program, in short accomplishing all three aims at once.
Political activists that in the past were attacked in a traditional manner are now targeted with EMW. Targeted Individuals (TI’s) fit a common profile just like previous illegal programs. The new technology often leaves no obvious injuries so that driving TI’s to suicide using EMW is plausibly deniable. If the traumatized TI’s retaliate they are incarcerated, if they protest too vehemently they are forcibly institutionalized. The long term effect of non-ionizing radiation is often cancer, heart attack, or similar cause of death that is recorded as natural causes. Murder by heart attack, stroke, or cancer is plausibly deniable, and thus the perfect crime. Army intelligence (INSCOM) is committing crimes against humanity, the same criminal activity for which the WWII Allies executed Nazi scientists.
The case being made is based on Four Facts to avoid confusion, disinformation, and circular arguments that lead nowhere. MKULTRA took place at over 80 institutions and the current program (MONARCH) is equally complex. Four facts are all that’s necessary to convince a reasonable person this atrocity is really taking place and demands immediate action. The name MONARCH has been chosen by the author, the real name is unknown.
ONE: EMW like the active denial system (ADS) and milliwave radars are public weapons. The USSR used EMW to attack the US Embassy in Moscow in the 1950’s. In response the US began a secret crash program to develop microwave weapons.
TWO: Criminal history, a prior pattern of criminal behavior, half a million (500,000) US citizens used as guinea pigs in nuclear, biological, chemical (NBC) weapons programs. Cointelpro government hit lists of activists and MKULTRA behavior modification experiments using torture. All three illegal government programs escaped detection for decades and no perpetrators were ever punished.
THREE: Credible witnesses have testified they are targets of classified EMW and organized stalking. The author has interviewed 200 targets in person. Most TI’s are activists and whistleblowers, about 40 years old, with a high IQ, and other commonalities. The majority fit a common profile similar to victims of previous illegal government programs.
FOUR: Persons of interest, Army intelligence officers who have worked since 1980 to develop EMW for the Army, publicly admired MKULTRA, advocated using EMW on civilians in their homes, moved classified weapons from the DOD to the DOJ and to law enforcement. They promote borderline beliefs as part of a smoke screen cover up.
These are the basic facts reduced to the bare minimum. More evidence is free online in books, films, blogs, government documents, military science papers, EMW scientist’s papers, patents, newspaper and magazine articles, the testimony of experts and witnesses. Four Facts are all that is necessary to prove a preponderance of evidence, enough to convince a reasonable person that these crimes are taking place and must be stopped. If adds up to four, open the door. (open the secret archives)
When the USSR attacked the US embassy in Moscow with microwave weapons in the 1950's the US began to develop microwave weapons in secret. Today there are public nonlethal microwave weapons like the active denial system (ADS) and milliwave radars, but where are the weapons that kill? The USSR developed microwave weapons that kill by stopping the heart and causing cancer. The US also developed lethal microwave weapons capabilities but kept them secret because if the American people saw human beings killed by heart attack or cancer then they might object to the weapons as immoral and dangerous.
The active denial system (ADS) shoots a tight beam of electromagnetic radiation (95Ghz) that heats your skin to 130 F and feels like you’re touching a red hot iron. It is a pain amplification device engineered not to kill so the public will accept the new weapons. Milliwave radars are see-thru-wall radars used by the military for house to house fighting. They see through building materials and the water in the human body lights up with great definition. The world is now a fish bowl and the American people no longer have privacy even inside their own homes.
If the US had weapons that could kill anyone anywhere without leaving any physical evidence and only a select few knew of their existence, wouldn't they tempted to use them for their own selfish purposes. The power to kill anyone anywhere is an absolute power that corrupts absolutely.
If intelligence agencies have a history of criminal behavior targeting activists and the current targets are activists who testify they are attacked with classified anti-personnel weapons similar to the ADS, shouldn't they be investigated?
During the Cold War the US Army used 500,000 US citizens as guinea pigs for NBC weapons. EMW are the latest and greatest toys coming out of government weapons labs. Do you think they just suddenly stopped at the end of the Cold War? If they could continue without getting caught, wouldn't they be tempted to continue?
If a murderer has tortured and or killed half a million people and got away with it, and then you gave him an EMW that could kill anyone anywhere without the risk of getting caught, what would he do, just stop out of new found sense of morality?
The USSR attacked the US embassy in the 1950's with EMW, and it was kept secret until the 1970's. If the USSR could get away with using EMW against the US, even then the world’s greatest superpower, then what chance would a single individual have against this kind of state sponsored high tech terrorism? The USSR has had EMW for decades that can kill goats at a distance of half a mile. Were the Russians the only ones smart enough to develop EMW? Innocent people are being attacked everyday with EMW in their homes and work places. They are living a nightmare you can’t imagine. EMW attacks employ a decoy and deception strategy making it nearly impossible to tell who is attacking you, or how attacks are being accomplished. If these EMW were public you might believe them, but as it stands now they have no chance.
When KGB agent turned whistleblower Alexander Litvinenko was poisoned with polonium-210 there was a radiation trail that led from Moscow, to London, and back to Moscow. When a TI is murdered using non-ionizing radiation to induce heart attack, stroke, or cancer, there is no physical evidence of foul play, no traces of NBC agents, and no bullet fragments. A murder that is plausibly deniable is the perfect crime. The intelligence agencies have achieved perfect deniability for their crimes.
There are persons of interest in charge of nonlethal microwave weapons development for the Army since 1980 working at weapons labs like Los Alamos where the atomic bomb was invented in secret. These men have expressed admiration for MKULTRA, interest in using EMW to modify human behavior and “neuter people”. They’ve publicly advocated using EMW to attack civilians in their homes, and been instrumental in moving classified military weapons from the DOD to the DOJ. These persons of interest are experts with 45 years of experience in psychological operations (psyop)(Mind War), misdirection, and counter insurgency warfare. Remote Viewing is sold online by Army intelligence officers, in effect saying that for $3,000 we’ll teach you super powers of the mind so you can spy on the Russians in their underground bases or find their submarines hidden at the bottom of the ocean. Should we believe them or be skeptical and look more closely at what they are doing? None of these intelligence officers and government physicists actually believes in apocalyptic death cults or remote viewing. These superstitions are a smoke screen. Superstitions don’t go together with Army weapons development programs. One of these things does not belong with the other. They do go with the concept of the Big Lie used as a smoke screen. The Big Lie was first used for the WWII D-Day invasion. Army intelligence created a fake Army around General Patton to mislead the enemy with fake radio traffic, inflatable tanks, planes, and landing craft. The Nazi high command was so fooled that even weeks after the Normandy invasion they were still holding their Panzer tank divisions in reserve waiting for the real invasion at Calais. The Big Lie was used to cover up the real operation of 8,000 ships and hundreds of thousands of men. It is misdirection on a mass scale to screen a secret plan, a large military operation.
It is important to understand what we are dealing with. J Edgar Hoover had files on Congressmen, and Presidents that detailed their personal lives and made them afraid to fire him. The FBI targeted political activists in Cointelpro. Hoover personally wrote MLK a letter to force him to commit suicide. Hoover's career stretched from 1920's to the 1970's when he died in office. This was unprecedented for one man to control one of the most powerful agencies in government for so long. This is the kind of power we’re faced with, men too powerful to defy, too powerful to cross, or Congressmen and even Presidents might be politically or even physically destroyed. Anyone who commands the power to assassinate people in manner that appears to be a natural cause of death is able to get away with murder. It is the perfect crime. This capability is exactly what we are faced with today, the ability to kill anyone with plausible deniability. If Hoover had access to EMW he would have used them on people like MLK. You would have read one day that MLK had died of heart attack, stroke, cancer, or even suicide. MLK’s movement would have stalled out and died out before it had gained sufficient momentum within society to succeed.
Investigative reporters have independently corroborated these charges. Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC) has a secret weapon, a revolutionary breakthrough in electronic warfare capabilities that will transform how war is waged. They possess a secret weapon that can track and kill anyone in their area of operations, day or night, in any kind of weather. JSOC has a death squad with a hit list carrying out assassinations outside the chain of military command or civilian oversight. These are the same charge made by activists, that they are targeted with classified anti-personnel weapons similar to the ADS.
EMW are referred to as a Revolution in Military Affairs or RMA. This term is very specific terminology used by military scientists. Examples of an RMA are gunpowder and nuclear weapons. The invention of gunpowder meant all previous weapons were suddenly obsolete and a few hundred men armed with cannon and firearms could take over entire nations, turning the military, political, and social structure upside down. If Nazi’s had invented nuclear weapons in 1940 and had 100 atomic bombs, they could have taken over the entire world and put in place a fascist state world government. Today’s battle field weapons are shells and missiles that travel at top speeds of 3,000 miles per hour. EMW and lasers travel at the speed of light (186,000 miles per second) and have demonstrated the ability to destroy shells and missiles in flight.
To understand the current illegal program (MONARCH) it is necessary to understand Cointelpro and MKULTRA. Cointelpro targets were the civil rights, anti-war, environmental, and women's movements. Infiltration and psychological operations probably began in the 1950's. The theory of counter insurgency operations dictates that infiltration and “psyop” be used against dissident groups in “normal times,” before any mass movement can develop. This means an undeclared war must be waged on civil society, namely people trying to bring about progressive social change in a lawful and constitutionally protected manner. The favorite FBI tactic is the “snitch jacket,” where suspicion of being an informant is used against legitimate leaders. In practice an FBI informant would join MLK’s inner circle and use false evidence to make it appear that MLK was himself an FBI informant. The organization is torn by suspicion and broken apart from within. FBI agents put pressure on landlords to evict the activists, and pressure on employers to fire them. Cointelpro went silent in the late 1970’s, and then re-emerged in the early 1980's. Infiltration of anti-war groups is a common part of the current “Global War on Terror”.
MKULTRA: The CIA scientist Dr. Sidney Gottlieb used Nazi scientists and their state of the art mind control techniques perfected in concentration camps of WWII. Nazi scientists experimented on children using drugs, torture, electroshock, and hypnosis. Mind control works best when trauma is administered by age three. Trauma causes the personality to split or dissociate in order to shield the mind from memories too painful to endure. It works like partitioning a computer hard drive. The Three Faces of Eve is a true story of a woman’s multiple personality disorder (MPD) accidently created by childhood abuse. Trauma causes the dissociation. MKULTRA works best when the trauma is repeated on the child at six. Later the child’s IQ and personality tests determine if the child may be trained in espionage. The subject can be hypnotized and used for operations, after which they have no memory of events and are only consciously aware of a sense of lost time. They are like a sleep walker who remembers nothing. The current illegal program using EMW to traumatize targets is a direct result of these earlier programs.
The DOD does not want a public backlash against weapons they are pouring billions of dollars into. EMW are the perfect tool for espionage operations (psyop) very versatile, cheaper than other weapons, and give you more bang for the buck. EMW will never willingly be made public or given up by INSCOM. The intelligence agencies still keep the formula for invisible ink secret after 100 years.
DOD physicists have developed EMW that couple with and interact with the human central nervous system without electrodes. Many scientific papers written in the 50’s, 60’s, and 70’s have been classified retroactively but many scientific papers still remain public. There are hundreds of public patents for EMW that both interact with and attack the central nervous system. Today the private sector is reinventing the wheel. Similar technology is being used for the disabled. Toyota makes a wheel chair that quadriplegic’s can control with mental commands.
Government elites are effectively above the law due to the National Security Act (NSA) of 1947, which allows claims of national security exceptions in courts of law to cover up criminal wrong doing. Judges accept the argument, "trust us or our enemies will learn our secrets". Wearing the uniform of the US doesn’t mean men stop being human, and thus imperfect. The NSA was first invoked in court in 1953 when a B-29 crashed killing the civilians aboard. Their widows sued for negligence. The DOD invoked the NSA and the court records were sealed. Fifty years later the records were unsealed and there were no secrets to protect, only DOD negligence. This was first time the NSA was used in court and the pattern has been repeated to allow the DOD and others to avoid criminal penalties. It is the perfect get out of jail free card.
The motivation to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from perception of dissent against the Vietnam War as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by Army intelligence officer Lt Colonel Michael Aquino. The claim of sabotage by domestic enemies as the reason for losing the Vietnam War was once a borderline view, but is now the premier narrative of the Neocons. This claim of betrayal is the exact same claim made by the German Army after their loss in WWI. German conservatives and German military leaders blamed Socialists, Communists, and Jews who "stabbed them in the back on home front”. INSCOM officers and others with hard right wing views have followed the well-worn path of blaming their political opponents of treason and using that as an excuse to eliminate them. These charges of torture and murder are the most serious charges ever made against US government employees, and are not made lightly.
In WWI the US Army created its first formal intelligence service, the Military Intelligence Division (MID). The MID was small but multiplied its force using an unofficial army of 250,000 vigilantes, called the American Protective League (APL). The vigilante army members were used to, "keep watch over suspicious activities", and perhaps more importantly, to suppress resistance to the war. Leaders of the vigilante army were made official officers in the MID (supposedly) to control the worst of the “illegal activity” by the vigilantes.
Targeted Individuals (TI’s) are victims of organized stalking. Other terms are gang stalking, street theater, gas lighting. The KKK called it mobbing. TI’s are victims of a public smear campaign to cast them as, “undesirable elements who must be driven out of the community”. The vigilante means of driving TI’s out of town are low level attacks, some of which are not technically illegal, and are difficult for the TI to describe to others. Strangers cursing the TI in public everywhere they go, bumping and blocking tactics on city sidewalks, streets, and inside stores. Total strangers start verbal arguments and even physical fights. Forcing car wrecks by pulling in front and slamming on brakes, or simply ramming TI’s cars in parking lots. Constant break-ins, vandalism, sabotage of computers, harassment at work, and noise campaigns such as neighbors blasting music all night, every night. A symphony of systematic low level attacks that occur literally dozens of times a day, and after just a few weeks pegs the stress level of the target at an artificially high level. The person begins to lose physical energy, sleep patterns are altered, depression sets in, and work output drops. These constant tactics of causing psychological trauma might be termed, the death of 1,000 cuts.
The tactics are similar to Behavioral Science Consultation Teams (biscuit teams) that tailor psyop attacks designed by a doctor, psychologist, and interrogation specialist, to individually design a campaign targeting cultural and personality weaknesses of the detainee. Biscuit teams use many small stress factors applied one on top of the other, used over time, including isolation, extreme temperature, stress positions, constant lights on or lights off to distort the time sense, sleep and sensory deprivation, sound attacks, sexual humiliation, constant threats of violence to the detainee or their families, even odors and other techniques to slowly break down and psychologically destroy the subject without resorting to “traditional torture” such as electrocution, or pulling out finger nails, etc.
The USSR by the 1960's was worried about world opinion and could no longer openly imprison and execute political dissidents. They began forced institutionalization of dissidents into mental hospitals and forced them to take experimental drugs to destroy them. The 1972 US Army study, Controlled Offensive Behavior USSR, was an in-depth study of the non-traditional torture techniques and tools the USSR used on dissidents. The topics of study included the use of isolation, temperature, light, sound, smell, sleep and sensory deprivation, fake firing squads, and EMW, including the use of the device known as the LIDA (EMW) within mental institutions, used to "pacify" patients. The techniques and weapons were used to break down minds in behavior modification experiments and turn political dissidents into psychiatric cases. The US has now adopted the weapons and techniques of our former Communist enemies in the current Global War on Terror, and in the secret war on political activists and whistleblowers.
It is inevitable that TI’s will be called crazy and explained away as mass hysteria. This often happened to the human guinea pigs in past. Both Cointelpro and MKULTRA used the strategy of making TI’s look crazy as a primary method for keeping the illegal operations secret. The human radiation experiments exposed thousands of citizens to harmful or lethal levels radiation. This is one man’s story out of half a million. In 1947 Mr. Elmer Allen was injected with plutonium in the left leg in a San Francisco hospital, and the next day his leg was amputated. He told his best friend and his family doctor that he thought he might have been used as a human guinea pig. His friend didn’t believe him and avoided him and his family doctor permanently classified him as a paranoid schizophrenic in his medical records. Mr. Allen’s family didn’t find out the truth until years after he died. In 1995 the US government decided to go public, it held hearings and issued a report but no one was punished. The hearings functioned as a white wash.
Cointelpro targets were routinely depicted as paranoid when they claimed that the government was systematically following them, harassing them, and sabotaging their lives. Anti-war activist Abbie Hoffman told press, family, and friends that he was being targeted, but most refused to believe him, and afterwards avoided him. Friends of Hoffman broke into FBI offices and stole documents that proved the FBI was spending half its time on Cointelpro. It was only then that some members of the press believed him.
MKULTRA survivors still live in fear in the shadows even today. If victims tell a doctor or therapist that as children they were drugged and tortured in government labs to induce MPD they will be permanently classified as paranoid schizophrenics in their medical records. This keeps the worst aspects of MKULTRA secret. Many victims report receiving threats and harassment when they attempt to give public testimony. MKULTRA was designed and run by government funded psychiatrists, men such as Ewen Cameron, former head of the American and World Psychiatric Association.
Current victims of MONARCH will be smeared as tin foil hat mass hysteria cases because many previous victims of illegal government programs have suffered the same fate. To say that it can’t happen here or that something this big cannot be kept quiet is untrue because all the previous illegal programs involving a half million victims did happen here and they were kept secret for decades. The DOD used 500,000 human guinea pigs for weapons development programs without interruption for 50 years. Cointelpro waged war against activists from the 1950's onward. MKULTRA traumatized children from 1953 until the late 1970's. The atrocities continued for generations completely off the public radar. The guilty parties got away with it every time, and no one went to jail. The only two men ever convicted for Cointelpro crimes (FBI agents) were pardoned by President Ford. MKULTRA is still largely an unknown since the hearings exposed only the tip of the iceberg, and the victims have been intimidated into silence. If the full truth ever came out that the CIA systematically tortured children in government labs, their reputations would never recover.
Demands for air tight proof are impossible to meet as long as perpetrators are able to use the National Security Act in court. The only way air tight proof can be obtained is to break into Fort Meade, Army intelligence headquarters, and steal government documents. Even this may not work. Activists broke into FBI offices, and stole Cointelpro documents that led to multiple congressional hearings but no one went to jail. Cointelpro went dark for a few years, and then reemerged in the 1980's. Demand for air tight proof is unreasonable and impossible under the circumstances. We might as well demand spontaneous confession by mass murders. Rattle snakes don't commit suicide; you have to chop off their heads.
The case presents sufficient evidence of crimes against humanity. The weapons are proven to exist, there is a prior pattern of criminal behavior, credible witnesses have testified, and persons of interest are named who have developed EMW, written about how to use the weapons, advocated using the weapons, given the weapons to law enforcement, and participated in a cover up. In view of similar programs in the past that went undiscovered and unpunished a different strategy is necessary. An independent special prosecutor is needed, a Congressional Commission, and a truth and reconciliation commission. These three bodies should all aim for the Five Reforms: Open all secret archives, Disarm all EMW, a truth and reconciliation commission, an international conference to ban EMW, and an international bill of rights that is enforceable.
It may be the case that EMW capabilities are too overwhelming for our 800 year old legal system to deal with. Military force may be the only sufficient answer to the problem at hand. If this is the case, then I recommend that the elite 704th army intelligence brigade be disarmed using all necessary force. Four goals to heal the damage done to our nation and the larger world and to make sure that these types of crimes against humanity never happen again. The Four Goals: End Secret Dirty War; Domestic Political Reform; End Nuclear and Conventional Arms Race; Scientific and Humanitarian Initiatives to End Disease and Hunger and Preserve the Planetary Ecology. The last goal is an ambitious new Marshall Plan designed to displace the role of militarism as the driving social and economic force in the world. What is at stake: Our world is facing more than the loss of a few thousand do-gooders, the future at stake and the freedom in jeopardy is our own.

Wednesday, October 12, 2011

Explanation of Hate Speech 6pgs

Explanation Speech: I want to apologize for the hate filled angry rant. I found it disgusting and terribly frightening. I’m especially sorry for the children who heard it and were possibly damaged by it. It is too much to ask for forgiveness, I understand that. I only ask that you try to understand where these awful statements came from, and why they were made. In 1995 I was teaching ESL, English as a second language, and while traveling to Central America during spring break I became sick. I had surgery to remove a tumor but didn’t recover. I developed an autoimmune disease where my own body was attacking itself. My immune system was destroying the myelin sheath, the tissues that are insulation for the nerves and the white matter of the brain. If you strip the insulation off of electrical wires they don’t work so well. This was the same principle. For years I felt like something was eating away my central nervous system. In nature a wasp will lay its eggs on the back of a caterpillar. When the eggs hatch, they eat the caterpillar alive, saving the brain and central nervous system for last. This description captures how I felt during my illness. At times it felt as if I was being eaten alive. After five years of slow deterioration I reached a point where I thought I might die or become mentally destroyed. At one point I was unable to sleep for six months. I would pass out for 2 or 3 hours, but never really rest. If a human being goes without REM sleep for 3-4 days they begin to exhibit symptoms of mental illness, seeing and hearing things. Normal light and sound caused me intense pain. So I sat in a chair in the dark with my eyes rolled back in my head for months, and it took nearly a year to recover from the worst of it. Trying to watch TV or listen to music overwhelmed my ability to take it in and understand it. The images and words were coming at me too fast to be understood. My time sense broke down and while sitting in that chair it seemed that 15 minutes had passed, and when I looked at my watch four hours had gone by. During these episodes I swung back and forth between suicidal depression and anger. Intense anger turned inward leads to suicide; anger turned outward leads to murder. I was saying things out loud like, “I wish I was dead” and “If you had any guts you would kill yourself”. I was saying these things spontaneously and it felt as if someone else were speaking, not me. I felt like I was going to die, or commit suicide to end my suffering. I was having a physical and emotional breakdown due to a neurological condition. A wasting away of my central nervous system. At the end of one angry rant while on the phone with a friend I came out of it as if in a dream state and asked him how long I had been speaking and what I had been saying. He told me I had been ranting for 30-40 minutes and said yes it was an angry, hate filled, diatribe. My friend of five years never called again. Eventually after much effort, a doctor gave me medication, 5-10 milligrams of Elavil, and I was gradually able to sleep again. My illness has put me through incredible suffering that I don’t even know how to describe. It lasted for years and almost cost me my life. At one point I rapidly lost over 60 pounds and weighed 120 pounds. My parents thought I was going to die and convinced me to move back home to recover. I can only say that I don’t hate anyone. I can honestly say without guilt or reservation that is not how I have behaved or lived my life. From the age of six I played sports at the Boy’s Club with African American kids where I was the minority. I have by choice lived in racially mixed neighborhoods when I could have easily lived in places surrounded by my own race. In my late twenties I quit my job at NASA and taught ESL, English as a second language. I was very idealistic about the American experiment of a multicultural society, and I wanted to change the world. I moved into a Hispanic neighborhood and immersed myself in Spanish. My kids at school came from Mexico, El Salvador, Korea, Vietnam, all over the world. When I travel I go to places like Mexico, Central America and the Caribbean, not Canada. I have dated women from every conceivable ethnic heritage. My first roommate after high school was African American. I have lived on the northeast side of Houston where I was often the only Caucasian in stores or on the street. It is easy to live surrounded by your own race but I’ve often lived in proximity to other races out of choice. I was having a breakdown due to a medical condition, a neurological condition and I can say without reservation that I don’t hate anyone. I’ve made my share of mistakes and bad decisions in life, but the only person I’ve ever really hurt was myself. I apologize if I seem unemotional, but for years now I have witnessed the torture of some of the finest human beings I have ever known. I have witnessed the torture of women and children in their own homes. People like the D’Souza family in Sacramento, California and the Jesus Mendoza family in Mission, Texas. These political activists and whistleblowers have tried to make the world a better place. They fought segregation, demonstrated against the Vietnam War; they reported illegal activity in powerful government agencies and corporations. Their struggle to make a better world has landed them on a hit list and now they are being used as human guinea pigs to perfect classified anti-personnel weapons. Theirs is a fate worse than death itself. I have watched them suffer endless torture for years. I am not without feeling; it is simply that at times I feel that I have no more tears left. The charges I’ve made against alleged criminals in Army intelligence are the most serious charges ever made and I do not make them lightly. These are crimes against humanity and treason, crimes that carry the ultimate penalty. The outcome of this struggle will decide not just the fate of a few hundred activists, or a few thousand do-gooders, it will decide whether your lives are in the hands of desperate men armed with terrible weapons. Men who will stop at nothing to win. Men hiding behind the door of classification and national security. There will be no second chances. You must believe your own eyes and act in unison. The basic case being made has been reduced to four facts and if these facts ring true then everything else you are told doesn’t really matter. If it adds up to four, open the door. What are you going to believe, your own eyes, or what anonymous people tell you to believe? Have you ever seen such a ton of bricks fall on one man’s head? The stronger the truth the stronger the reaction against it. We are engaged in a mutual journey of discovery, like a roller coaster, it starts with a climb to a great height. A new definition of what it means to be a human being. The fact that there are virtually no limits to what human beings can accomplish. Beginnings are delicate times and the honeymoon will be short. Audio and video tapes that depict violent rages, and racist rants that discredit and humiliate. The best lies are a mixture of truth and lie welded together. Some of these things are fabricated and some are real. The best lies are a combination, a mixture of the truth and a lie welded together. The roller coaster plunges straight down, changing from Winston Churchill to Hitler overnight. Electronic warfare begins immediately with Websites and cell phones hacked into and now even the blogs and tweets might be hacked into and the messages might be coming from someone else. The press denounces the vile creature. Apologies are made and disaster might be averted. The roller coaster after plunging to the bottom now begins to rise back up, or it might not recover. This gentle listeners, is the journey we are on. The smoke screen is designed to shoot the messenger to avoid confronting the logical argument and the truth based upon the four facts. If it adds up to four, open the door. FACT ONE: EMW electromagnetic weapons like the active denial system (ADS) are public weapons. FACT TWO: The prior pattern of criminal behavior, half a million (500,000) US citizens used as guinea pigs in nuclear, biological, and chemical (NBC) weapons programs. Cointelpro secret government war on political activists and MKULTRA behavior modification experiments using torture to break the human mind to control it. FACT THREE: Credible witnesses who fit a common profile have testified by the hundreds. FACT FOUR: Persons of interest, alleged criminals in Army intelligence in charge of nonlethal microwave weapons development for the Army since 1980. People who have worked in places like Los Alamos National Laboratory where the atomic bomb was invented in secret. Men who have publicly expressed admiration for MKULTRA, who have expressed interest in using nonlethal weapons to “neuter people”. Some intelligence officers have advocated using ELF extremely low frequency weapons on civilians in their homes. They have moved classified weapons into the hands of local law enforcement. And as if this were not enough, they have participated in a smoke screen cover up operation. These are the facts before your very eyes. If it adds up to four, open the door. The weapons are virtually for sale online. The historical crimes are indisputable facts. The credible testimony of hundreds of witnesses who fit a common profile. And persons of interest who must be investigated. These four facts are all that is necessary for reasonable people to agree that this criminal activity is taking place, and must be stopped. If it adds up to four, open the door. To the targeted individuals suffering unspeakable torture every day, I wish to say do not become despondent when there are setbacks, there will be good days and bad days. Don’t give up, freedom will come. Evil men armed with weapons of incredible power will stop at nothing to win. They will not surrender, you must defeat them. Do not be fooled into working against each other. The truth will emerge slowly, a process that will take time. Perhaps a year or more. Remember the Agriculture department official named Sharrod, who gave a speech that was offensive, but when the entire video was made public the truth was, that she was talking about her personal journey, and she was anything but racist. I am asking people not to make up their minds right away because of information they are not getting, information that will change their minds, so please do not immediately come to any final conclusions. This roller coaster is not for the faint of heart but by the end of the chaotic ride we will accomplish what we set out to do. It is imperative that we not only end this secret dirty war being waged by military intelligence, but we must make sure that the conditions that make such a war possible never occur again. This means that besides stopping a new arms race in directed energy weapons and getting the whole truth, we must rethink the idea of fortress America. To ensure we keep our Republic we must shift away from wars without end, away from depending upon military superiority alone, to keep us safe. The American people must hold a conversation. We must decide to change the world as we know it. More military spending on weapons of increasing power is a road that leads nowhere. The answer I am advocating is a new collective security agreement and a new scientific and humanitarian initiative to displace military spending as the driving force in the world of economics and politics. We must set out to gradually engineer a more peaceful world to make the world safe for Democracy instead of depending upon fortress America to keep us safe. This is a conversation we must have to decide what path the people wish to take. The path of endless war leads to more crimes against humanity, and a thousand years of darkness. America defends freedom, and if that light goes out in endless war and decay the new century will be lost, and the last best hope of the human race will die. The world is waiting for our leadership and it is time we lead them, not to a Utopia, but to a better future. The greatness of America and Western Civilization is not in her military might, but in her ideals. We can and will win the peace. I’m an ordinary person who has been blessed with an ability that I feel has been given to me to serve humanity. Our lives are uncertain. We never really get answers to the important questions about life. Where did we come from, why are we here, where are we going. The uncertainty we feel in the randomness of the universe makes us search for meaning and feel as if we cannot find it. We will all eventually die. Everyone we know will eventually die and in time it will be as if we had never existed. This understandably fills us with feelings of insignificance and fear of the unknown. Take heart for death is not the end. Take heart for life and every moment is infused with meaning. All of life emanates from God and in time returns, like a drop of water that falls into the ocean, must someday return to the clouds. When we die our personality and all that we call ourselves are destroyed, cast off as we cast off our bodies and only the core being, the force that emanates from within us is indestructible. Each of us has a part of God within us. All living things are part of this force that in death is summoned back to the source, like a salmon that returns from the sea. We are not our personalities, possessions, or our belief systems. We are all at our core, indestructible, eternal, destined to become a part of that infinity we call God. Perhaps it is the task of a few to make the journey for the many. And so I have made the journey like Gilgamesh, Prometheus, Beowulf, and Jack in the Bean Stalk, I have made the journey and return bearing gifts to share with people everywhere. Joseph Campbell taught me that the hero’s journey is not a battle with the external forces, but a battle within the self, slaying the monsters of the mind. These mythological heroes from the past battled symbolic monsters and opened the way to another world. The stories of their departure, struggle, and return are merely symbolic stories, and the real story was a battle and journey of the mind. I bring a new definition of what it means to be a human being, and a new value on human life. There are virtually no limits to Humanities capacity for understanding. There are virtually no limits on what human beings can accomplish. I bring a new certainty in the existence of God, and the love our God possesses for every single human life. This interpretation of my experience may sound foolish, just as anyone who speaks of mystical truth and a mystical journey sounds foolish in the cold light of day. If there are those who scoff at my message I am not troubled. If our roles were reversed I would find the story of this journey hard to believe as well. Never-the-less, I have been to the mountain top, I have seen the face of God, and I have seen the path to that loving God. God is infinite and everywhere, not in a metaphysical sense, but in a very real sense. God is a miraculous force, real energy and a presence that stretches throughout the universe. God is not a human personality, but a presence and a force, that when experienced, is like an ecstatic vision, outside of time and space, affecting every particle of matter, perhaps holding up the very fabric of time and space. God is thus everywhere and nowhere, that most mystical and frustrating of answers. The journey has taught me that God does indeed possess infinite love for humanity, and it has also taught me that we are all deserving of that love that neither time nor space can encompass. If it pleases the creator of all things, then let it be recorded that we rose to the challenge of our age, slew the worst demons of our own human nature that threatened to destroy us, and began a new age of peace on earth that poets and statesmen have dreamed of for centuries. If it adds up to four, open the door. God bless all here, and God speed on our new path. Marshall Gregory Thomas

Saturday, September 10, 2011

MONARCH: The New Phoenix Program (9/22/2011 4th edition)

please see the independent films that support the case here:
https://sites.google.com/site/microwavefilms/

Monarch: The New Phoenix Program edited by Marshall Gregory Thomas
Acknowledgments: This work is a review of literature on the subject of crimes against humanity, ongoing use of nonlethal microwave weapons against civilians. Contributing authors have been given credit through footnotes and in the bibliography. I wish to express my gratitude and appreciation for their invaluable contributions to understanding these ongoing crimes against humanity. I wish to acknowledge the contribution of many authors, and particularly the heroic work of Jim Keith, Alex Constantine, John DeCamp, Michael Rupert, Dr. Nick Begich, and many others. I have made every attempt as an editor of this compilation to cite sources and include them in my bibliography. Due to extreme circumstances I have made errors in this regard, and others, but the story put forth here is faithfully and truthfully rendered and begs further investigation. Errors in early books and films are corrected in later editions. Earlier versions are left online to maintain visibility. The purpose of this compilation of literature is to prod more capable investigators and legal authorities to take active parts in addressing these grave issues discussed herein. Whenever possible, multiple sources are used to verify content, however this was not always possible. With this in mind we ask that readers concentrate on the totality of the material, not individual examples of criminality. Example: The chapter on cults often contains single source material. The totality of the material paints a picture that is accurate. All persons named as allegedly involved in criminal activity are innocent until proven guilty, and deserve the presumption of innocence. Many of the nonlethal weapons experts are physicists who work in academia and are not necessarily aware of where their funding comes from or, how the technology will ultimately be used. Many social scientists are also unaware how their specialized knowledge might be used for unethical purposes. The majority of these individuals are innocent of criminal intent, while a minority have willingly cooperated in using their expertise for unethical and criminal ends. With this in mind please concentrate upon the bigger picture and the preponderance of evidence, rather than focusing upon references to individual actions. Marshall Thomas 9/22/11 (fourth edition)
Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
Introduction: FOUR FACTS: If it adds up to four, open the door. 7
Chapter One: War Crimes: 26
Phoenix Program (Vietnam)
New Phoenix Program
Behavior Modification
Chapter Two: History of US Government Human Experimentation 30
Eugenics Movement
Human Radiation Studies/ Elmer Allen
Agent Orange
Chapter Three: The Cold War: 1945-1995 52
Gen. James Harry Doolittle
McCarthyism
Operation Paperclip/ Reinhardt Gehlen
Operation Mockingbird/ Operation Northwoods
Chapter Four: MKULTRA (mind kontrol ultra) 61
Brainwashing: USSR, China
MKULTRA—1950s
Allen Dulles
Dr. George Estabrooks
Dr. Ewen Cameron
MKULTRA—1960s and 1970s
Richard Helms
Dr. Stephen Aldrich
Project Pandora
Dr. José Delgado
Dr. Louis Jolyon “Jolly” West
MKULTRA Victims Testimony
Valerie Wolfe / Claudia Mullen / Christine DeNicola
Programming Levels
Chapter Five: Nonlethal weapons 80
Greenham Common Women’s Peace Camp
DOD/DOJ
Directed Energy Weapons in Iraq
Chapter Six: CIA Cults 91
Lt Colonel Michael Aquino/ Church of Satan/ Temple of Set
Jonestown/Dr. Laurence Laird Layton
Symbionese Liberation Army (SLA)/ Patty Hearst
Process Church/ Franklin Cover-up
Unification Church/ Children of God
McMartin Preschool/ Scientology/ Masons
False Memory Syndrome Foundation (FMSF)
Satanic Ritual Abuse (SRA)/ multiple personality disorder (MPD)
Dr. Martin T. Orne
Remote Viewing/ General Edmund Thompson
Chapter Seven: The Trojan Horse 104
Chapter Eight: Cointelpro/ Counterintelligence Program 109
Chapter Nine: CIA Blowback 112
Iran/ Guatemala/ Iraq
CIA: Guns, Drugs, Fraud
Ed Wilson
Nugan-Hand Bank
BCCI, “Bank of Crooks & Criminals International”
Iran-Contra/ Contras and Crips
Gary Webb/ Katharine Griggs
Chapter Ten: Russian EMW 129
Directed Energy Weapons
Dr. Igor Smirnov
Woodpecker
Chapter Eleven: Unclassified Science and Scientists 132
André Puharich/ Dr. Allan Frey/ Dr. Ross Adey
Dr. Herman Schwann/ Dr. J. F. Schapitz
Eldon Byrd/ Dr. Joseph C. Sharp
Dr. James Lin/ Dr. Karl Pribram/ Dr. Michael Persinger
Chapter Twelve: SDI/ HAARP 141
Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI)
High Frequency Active Auroral Research Project (HAARP)
Chapter Thirteen: Patents and Spin-offs 147
Robert A. Monroe/ Nonlethal Weapon Patent Numbers
Technological Spin-offs/ Personal Tracking and Recovery System
Chapter Fourteen: Mind War 156
The Aviary
US Psychotronics Association
Russell Targ/ Harold Puthoff
Mind War
Military Doctrine Publications 
Unclassified Weapons/ Active Denial System (ADS)
Nonlethal Weapons Publications
RHIC/ EDOM
MKULTRA 1990’s
Chapter Fifteen: CIA/ Corporate Proprietaries 188
Economic Hit Men
Dyncorp/ Hadron/ Schlumberger
PNAC
Enron/ Peak Oil
TNC’s/ Think Tanks
Echelon/ PROMIS/ TIA
9/11 Insider Trading
Able Danger/ Operation Cyclone/ Afghanistan
Chapter Sixteen: Existing Laws 217
John Glenn/ LSD Experiments
Targeted Individuals (TI’s)
Weed and Seed
The Milgram Experiment
Fictional TI Story/ Triggers
Street Theater/ TI Experience
Chapter Seventeen: End Game 240
CODA: Four Goals 244
Notes 247
Bibliography 256
Links 262

Introduction: Four Facts: “If it adds up to four, people open the door.”
Assassinations are being incorporated into the development of nonlethal microwave weapons. Army intelligence is perfecting classified anti-personnel weapons and at the same time neutralizing potential enemies. Army intelligence is repeating its darkest history. Half a million (500,000) US citizens used as human guinea pigs in nuclear, biological, and chemical (NBC) weapons experiments all through the Cold War. The FBI’s secret war on activists (Cointelpro), and CIA MKULTRA use of torture to break and control the human mind. These crimes against humanity live on today.
Dissidents that in the past were visibly attacked or assassinated in a traditional manner are now targeted for elimination using electromagnetic weapons (EMW). The targets of nonlethal microwave weapons fit a common profile similar to the targets of previous illegal government programs. People with a history of political activism and whistleblowers (people who have reported criminal activity in powerful government agencies and corporations) are used as human guinea pigs in terminal experiments that are designed to force a suicide, incarceration, and eventual death from the effects of non-ionizing radiation. Political activists and whistleblowers are struggling to make a better world, and this has landed them on a hit list. Torturing a target into committing suicide using extremely low frequency (ELF) nonlethal microwave weapons is perfectly deniable because individuals are tormented invisibly. These assassinations are accomplished with technology that leaves no obvious injuries. There is no physical evidence, no traces of nuclear, biological, or chemical weapons residue, and no bullet fragments. The intelligence agencies have achieved perfect deniability for their crimes. All three illegal programs have been enfolded into a single program using the military strategy known as force multiplication to accomplish all three aims in one single terrible program of torture to modify behavior, experimentation to perfect the new weapons, and neutralization of people on a hit list.
The case being made is based on Four Facts, these four facts are the bare bones case to avoid confusion, disinformation, and circular arguments that lead nowhere. MKULTRA took place at over 80 institutions and the current illegal program that I call MONARCH (the real name is unknown) is equally complex. The four facts are all that is necessary to convince a reasonable person that this atrocity is really taking place and demands immediate action. ONE: Public microwave weapons exist. TWO: A prior pattern of criminal behavior. THREE: Credible witnesses who fit a common profile. FOUR: Persons of interest in military intelligence in charge of developing nonlethal microwave weapons who must be investigated.
ONE: Microwave weapons like the Active Denial System (ADS) and milliwave radars are public electromagnetic weapons. The Russians used microwave weapons to attack the American embassy in Moscow in the 1950’s. In response the US began a secret crash program to develop microwave weapons.
TWO: There is a criminal history dating back to 1943, a prior pattern of criminal behavior all through the Cold War. Half a million US citizens used as human guinea pigs in nuclear, biological, and chemical (NBC) weapons development programs. FBI Cointelpro government hit lists of political activists, and CIA MKULTRA using torture to break the human mind to control it. All of these illegal government programs escaped detection for decades and no perpetrators were ever punished.
THREE: Credible witnesses, people who have testified that they are targets of classified nonlethal microwave weapons assaults and organized stalking. The author has interviewed more than 200 targets in person and documented their stories. Most targeted individuals (TI’s) are political activists or whistleblowers that are around forty years old, have an above average IQ, and share other commonalities. The majority of the targets fit a common profile similar to the victims of previous programs.
FOUR: Persons of interest, military intelligence officers who have worked since 1980 to develop nonlethal microwave weapons for the Army. They publicly advocated using them on civilians to “neuter people”, expressed admiration for MKULTRA crimes, and given the classified weapons to local law enforcement and others. In addition they promote borderline beliefs and superstitions as part of a smoke screen cover-up.
These are the basic facts reduced to their bare minimum. There is much more evidence available in the films, blogs, and supporting government documents, military science papers, nonlethal weapons scientists papers and patents, authoritative newspaper and magazine articles, books, films, and the testimony of experts and witnesses. The Four Facts are all that is necessary to prove a preponderance of evidence, and convince a reasonable person that these crimes are actually taking place and must be stopped. If it adds up to FOUR, people open the door!
The five reforms are the means to end the secret dirty war; 1. Open all records and secret archives. 2. Disarm all electromagnetic weapons (EMW). 3. A truth and reconciliation commission (TRC). 4. Convene an international conference to ban all electromagnetic weapons. 5. Finally, an international bill of rights that is enforceable such that the state cannot crush its internal enemies. If a President imprisons, tortures, or murders their political enemies then they must be sure that they will end their days in a prison cell.
When the Russians attacked our embassy in Moscow with microwave weapons in the 1950's the US started to develop microwave weapons in secret. There are public nonlethal microwave weapons like the active denial system (ADS) and milliwave radars but where are the weapons that kill? The Russians developed microwave weapons that kill by stopping the heart, causing cancer or other terminal conditions. The US has also developed these kinds of lethal microwave weapons capabilities but has kept them secret because if the American people saw human beings killed by heart attack, or cancer, then they might object to the weapons as immoral and dangerous.
The active denial system (ADS) is a public microwave weapon that that has been redesigned to be a kinder gentler microwave weapon. The tight beam of electromagnetic energy (95Ghz) instantly heats your skin to 130 degrees F and feels like you are touching a red hot frying pan. It is a pain amplification weapon. Second and third degree burns are possible depending on the distance to the target, the power setting, length of exposure, and the health of the target or human being. In other words, if the microwave weapon is used at high power at very close range, and the target can’t get away then severe burns and even death can result. Normally microwave weapons heat people up just like a microwave oven heats up food, so where are the weapons that haven’t been tweaked to be kinder and gentler? Milliwave radars are see through wall radars used by the military for house to house fighting because they see through normal building materials and the human beings inside are plainly visible. Milliwave radar can be used from outside a building to see through several walls into the interior of a building and into a crowded room with enough definition to identify a single individual. The water in the human body lights up with great definition. The entire world has been turned into a fish bowl. What would the American people think when they realize they no longer have privacy even inside their own homes.
If the US had weapons that could kill anyone anywhere without leaving any physical evidence and only a select few knew of their existence wouldn't they tempted to use them for their own purposes. The power to kill anyone anywhere is an absolute power that corrupts absolutely.
If the intelligence agencies have a proven history of criminal behavior targeting activists and the current targets are political activists who have testified they are being attacked with weapons similar to the ADS…then why shouldn't the intelligence agencies be investigated?
The Russians attacked the US embassy in the 1950's with microwave weapons and it was kept secret until the 1970's. If the Russians could get away with using this technology against the US, even then the world’s greatest superpower, then what chance would a single individual have against this kind of state sponsored high tech terrorism?
During the Cold War the Army and others used over half a million US citizens in weapons development programs. Do you think they just stopped abruptly at the end of the Cold War out of a sudden new found sense of morality? If they could continue without the risk of getting caught wouldn't they be tempted to continue? Thinking abstractly, if you had a mass murderer who over 50 years had tortured and killed half a million people and he got away with it, and you suddenly gave him a weapon that could kill anyone anywhere without the risk of getting caught, what do you think he would do then? Would he just stop out of a sudden new found sense of concern for humanity?
The targeted individuals (TI’s) fit a common profile. Most are around 40 years old, have an above average IQ, and a history of political activism. In light of previous illegal programs like Cointelpro, MKULTRA, and the NBC weapons programs that used human guinea pigs, it is important not to dismiss these reports out of hand without a thorough investigation. There is much more evidence, including victim testimony, free online in books, blogs, and films titled MONARCH: The New Phoenix Program, including government documents, scientific papers and patents, expert and witness testimony, military doctrine papers, authoritative newspaper and magazine articles, books, and films.
Military intelligence officers in charge of nonlethal weapons development, and government physicists who invent nonlethal weapons technologies for the Army are both loudly advocating borderline beliefs and superstitions like Doomsday cults, and remote viewing. Remote viewing is sold online by Army intelligence officers, in effect saying if you give me your credit card then for $3,000 we will teach you super powers of the mind so you can see on the other side of the world to spy on the Russians in their underground bases, or other unlikely uses. If this is what they are saying (spies and government scientists), then should they be believed or should we be skeptical and look more critically at what is going on. The stories of superstitious like belief systems do not go together with US Army weapons development programs. One of these things does not belong with the other, yet these persons of interest are espousing both. These disparate things do however go together with the concept of the Big Lie used as a smoke screen operation to cover up a large scale operation that military intelligence is trying to hide. Army intelligence first used this technique for the D-Day invasion in WWII. Army intelligence created a fictional First Army Group around General George Patton to mislead the enemy about where the invasion would take place. The imaginary army had fake radio traffic, inflatable tanks and planes, even fake landing craft. The Nazi high command was so fooled that several weeks after the Normandy invasion they were still holding their Panzer tank divisions in reserve, waiting for the real invasion at Calais. The Big Lie was used to cover up the real operation of 8,000 ships and hundreds of thousands of men. It functions like the chaff that Allied planes would drop...thousands of strips of aluminum foil so the Nazi radar would show one giant blob, and thus the planes flying within the cloud of chaff were rendered invisible.
Persons of interest in Army intelligence (INSCOM) have been in charge of nonlethal microwave weapons development for the Army since 1980 and worked at government weapons labs like Los Alamos, where the atomic bomb was invented in secret. They have expressed interest in using nonlethal weapons to modify human behavior and “neuter people”. They have publicly advocated using EMW (electromagnetic weapons) to attack civilians in their homes. Some of them have been instrumental in moving the classified military weapons from the DOD to the DOJ and into the hands of local law enforcement and others for use against, “domestic enemies involved in domestic disturbances”, which is vague enough to mean anyone. None of these intelligence officers and physicists are superstitious or believe in the borderline ideas they promote. The superstitions like remote viewing are a smoke screen by Army intelligence to cover up the development and use of EMW. These men are experts in psychological warfare operations with over 45 years of experience in the art of misdirection, subterfuge, and counterinsurgency warfare.
It is important to understand the type of persons we are dealing with. FBI director J. Edgar Hoover had evidence in his files on Presidents and Congressmen that detailed their personal lives, and made them afraid to fire him. Hoover and the FBI targeted activist organizations and individuals in operation Cointelpro. Hoover personally wrote a letter to the late Dr. Martin Luther King in an attempt to force him to commit suicide. Hoover's career stretched from the 1930's to the 1970's when he died in office because he wanted to stay in office. This was unprecedented for one man to control one of the most powerful agencies in government for so long. This is the kind of power that we are faced with, men too powerful to defy, too powerful to cross or even Congressmen and Presidents would be politically or even physically destroyed. Anyone who commands the power to assassinate people in a way that appears to be a natural cause of death is able to get away with murder. It is the perfect crime. This capability is exactly what we are faced with, the ability to kill anyone with plausible deniability. If J. Edgar Hoover had access to these weapons he would have used them on people like Dr. King with impunity. You would have read one day that MLK had died of heart attack, cancer, or suicide. Dr. King’s movement would have died off before it could achieve real momentum in society. This weapon is the kind of power that tyrants and madmen have dreamed of for centuries, total power over human beings without consequences. To understand the current illegal program that I call MONARCH, readers must first understand the FBI program COINTELPRO and the CIA program MKULTRA.
Cointelpro: Counterintelligence Program targets included the civil rights movement, the anti-war movement, the environmental movement, and even the women's movement and opposition political parties. The use of infiltration, psychological warfare, harassment through the legal system, and violence, including murder, probably began in the 1950's. The theme of forced suicide is repeated on other Cointelpro targets. Forced suicide on a target allows plausible deniability for the crime. In effect, it is the perfect crime. The theory of counterinsurgency operations dictates that infiltration and “psychological operations” be mounted against dissident groups in “normal times,” before any mass movement can develop. The favorite tactic is the “snitch jacket,” where suspicion of being an informant is used against legitimate leaders. In practice an FBI informant would join Dr. King’s inner circle and use false documents or similar false evidence to make it appear that Dr. King was himself an FBI informant. The group would have been destroyed from the inside by paranoia and fear. FBI operatives would disrupt meetings, spread rumors, start disagreements, and aggravate rivalries and jealousy, and lead activists into danger and set them up for prosecution. The FBI attacks from the outside used false news stories, forged documents, anonymous letters and phone calls, and pressure on landlords to evict targets, and pressure on their employers to fire them so they would lose their homes and jobs. These make up just some of the strategies used to destroy the lives of activists. The CIA ran a similar program named Operation Chaos, as did Army intelligence. These programs went dark for a brief period of time in the late 1970’s, then re-emerged in the 1980's. Infiltration of anti-war groups is part of the current Global War on Terror.
MKULTRA: In 1953, CIA officer Richard Helms chose Dr. Sidney Gottlieb to run the TSS, the dirty tricks department. Operation Paperclip recruited Nazi scientists and technicians to help the US destroy the USSR. Dr. Gottlieb used Nazi scientists and their state of the art mind control techniques (in German Mind kontrol-ULTRA) that had been perfected in concentration camps. Nazi scientists experimented extensively on children and adults using mescaline, torture, electro-shock therapy, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, rape, starvation, and trauma bonding. According to MKULTRA documents and sources, the methodology of mind control works best when severe trauma is administered by the age of three years old. Severe trauma will cause the personality to split or dissociate in an attempt to shield the mind from memories of events too painful to endure, or the mind would be destroyed. It functions much like partitioning a computer hard drive. The Three Faces of Eve is the true story of a woman’s multiple personality disorder (MPD) which had been created by childhood abuse. Trauma causes the dissociation. MKULTRA documents state that the method works best when the trauma is repeated around six years of age. A few years later, the child victim’s IQ test and personality tests are evaluated to determine whether the child may be trained in espionage roles. Years later the subject may be hypnotized and used for operations after which they would have no memory of events and be consciously aware only of a sense of lost time. In the 1977 Senate hearings, former CIA director Stansfield Turner stated that the program took place at 80 institutions, including 44 universities, 15 private companies, 12 hospitals, and 3 prisons. MONARCH may be equally ambitious.
Investigative reporters have independently corroborated the charges being made. They have written and stated that Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC) has a secret weapon, a revolutionary breakthrough in electronic warfare capabilities. Their new secret weapon can track and kill anyone in their area of operations, day or night, and in any weather. JSOC has a death squad operating with a hit list carrying out assassinations outside the normal chain of military command. This is against US and international law and is congruent with the charges made by political activists and whistleblowers, that they are being targeted with classified anti-personnel microwave weapons.
When military science papers refer to nonlethal microwave weapons they use the term Revolution in Military Affairs (RMA). An example of an RMA is the invention of gunpowder or the invention of nuclear weapons. The invention of gunpowder meant that every weapon that came before it was suddenly obsolete. Swords, spears, bows and arrows were all but useless and a few hundred men armed with firearms and cannons could take over entire nations and turn the existing military, political, and social structure upside down. If the Nazi's had invented nuclear weapons in 1940 and had one hundred atomic bombs they could have taken over the entire world and put in place a fascist state world government. According to military doctrine papers this is what we are now facing, speed of light weapons that trump all other existing weapons and render them all obsolete. Today’s battlefield technology uses kinetic weapons such as shells and missiles that travel at speeds of 2-3 thousand miles per hour. Lasers and pulse microwave weapons travel at the speed of light and have publicly demonstrated the ability to detonate shells and missiles in flight.
Hundreds and perhaps several thousand innocent people are being attacked with microwave weapons every day in their homes and work places. They are living a nightmare that you can’t imagine. The electromagnetic weapons attacks employ a decoy and deception strategy to make it nearly impossible to tell who is attacking you or exactly how the attacks are being accomplished. If the classified anti-personnel EMW were public you might believe them, but as it stands now they have no chance. If an intelligence asset or government employee divulges classified secrets they can be imprisoned for life.
The Russians have had microwave (MW) and radio frequency radiation (RFR) weapons for decades that can kill large animals at a distance of half a mile. Were the Russians the only ones smart enough to develop anti-personnel microwave weapons? Powerful American EMW exist and they’ve been kept secret because they are VERY powerful. If the American people saw humans beings killed by induced heart failure or cancer they might object to microwave weapons as immoral and dangerous. The military and intelligence agencies do not want a public backlash against weapons they are pouring billions of dollars into. These classified weapons are the perfect tool for espionage operations and are very versatile and give you more bang for the buck, they are cheaper in comparison to other weapons systems. For this reason these weapons will never be made public or given up by the intelligence agencies. The formula for invisible ink remains classified after nearly 100 years.
Elite physicists have been funded by the DOD for the past 50 years to develop microwave weapons that couple and interact with the human central nervous system without electrodes. There are many scientific papers from the 60’s and 70’s that have been classified retroactively but many more remain public. There are hundreds of public patents for microwave weapons that both interact with and attack the human central nervous system. Today private companies are independently developing the same technologies for medical uses and entertainment. Toyota is one of those companies reinventing the wheel. They sell a wheel chair for quadriplegics that responds to mental commands. If the US landed a man on the moon in ten years, what weapons capabilities have 50 years of unlimited black budgets produced?
The political and military elites are effectively above the law due to the National Security Act of 1947 that allows people in government to claim national security exceptions in court and cover up criminal wrong doing. Judges accept the claim of national security which amounts to the argument, "trust us or our enemies will learn our secrets". Why is it that the last time anyone said anything bad about an American general it was Benedict Arnold. Wearing the uniform of the US, or any other country, does not mean that men stop being human and thus imperfect. The power to kill anyone anywhere is an absolute power that corrupts absolutely. The National Security Act was first invoked in court in 1953 when a B-29 crash killed the civilian technicians aboard and their widows sued the government. The DOD claimed national security and the records were sealed. Recently the records were unsealed and there were no national secrets to protect, only criminal negligence by the government. This was the first time the NSA Act was used in court and the pattern has repeated itself to allow the DOD and others to avoid criminal penalties. It is the perfect get out of jail free card.
Military intelligence officers are using the latest classified anti-personnel weapons technology to target potential enemies and anyone who might attempt to stop them. Benedict Arnold was the most infamous traitor in US history and is perhaps the only General ever viewed as a threat to the Republic. He sold information to the British that could have cost America the war, and thus its very existence. Many of the founding fathers considered a professional officer corps and a standing army as a threat to the Republic. The US did not maintain a large standing army until after WWII. Thomas Jefferson established West Point to train an officer corps and enshrine the concept of loyalty to the Constitution and civilian rule before his political rivals could do otherwise. General James Wilkinson fought in the revolution and became head of the Army in 1795. After he died it became known that he sold information to the Spanish Empire about US plans and forces. The head of the US Army had become a foreign spy. General Wilkinson had conspired with Aaron Burr to take over Mexico and the world's richest silver mines, and later to set up their own empire within disputed territories in a kind of kingdom in no man's land. General George Washington is revered because unlike other famous military men he declined power for himself, and this set him apart from the normal characteristic of men to grasp for power. General Benedict Arnold, Aaron Burr, and General James Wilkinson represent the norm in human behavior. Modern technology now makes it possible for a few well-placed men to exert incredible power over the life of the nation.
The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the Vietnam War as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the Mind War paper written for Army intelligence by Lt. Col. Michael Aquino. The claim of sabotage by domestic enemies as a reason for losing the Vietnam War was once a borderline view, but has now become the premier narrative of the neocons. This claim of betrayal by domestic enemies is the exact claim made by the German Army after their loss in WWI. German conservatives and military leaders began to be critical of socialists, communists, and Jews who were seen to have "stabbed them in the back" on the home front. What followed was the Holocaust. US military intelligence officers and others with hard right wing ideologies have followed the well-worn path of blaming their political opponents with actions tantamount to treason, and using that as an excuse to eliminate them. These charges of torture and murder are the most serious accusations ever made against US government employees and are not made lightly.
In WWI the US Army created the military intelligence division (MID). The MID was small but multiplied it's force by using a domestic vigilante army called The American Protective League, consisting of several hundred thousand vigilante members during WWI to "keep watch over suspicious activities" and suppress resistance to the war. The leaders of the vigilantes were made official officers in the MID in an attempt to “control illegal activity” by vigilante mobs. During WWII Army intelligence was embedded with regular army units and became more professional and powerful. At the start of WWII the Mafia burned a troop transport in a demonstration of their power. In order to avoid problems with the war effort (fighting the Mafia, in addition to the Germans and Japanese) the government released the mob boss Lucky Luciano and deported him to Italy. Afterwards the mob and the intelligence agencies worked hand in hand. Mafia assets in Italy assisted in the Italian campaign by guiding US Army units through the mountains and helping locate Nazi forces. After the war they were rewarded with control of the docks and displaced the Communists. This also allowed the Mafia access to contraband and to smuggle heroin. They continued to work together in sensitive operations such as assassinations. Some mafia members claimed that they and the intelligence agencies were two sides of the same coin.
Many targeted individuals are also victims of organized stalking. Other terms are gang stalking, mobbing, and street theater. The targets are victims of a sophisticated smear campaign to the effect that they are criminals such as murderers, rapist, drug dealers, child molesters, undesirable elements who must be driven out of the community. The stalking game uses low level attacks such as cursing the target in public everywhere they go, bumping into them on purpose, blocking maneuvers, starting arguments and physical fights, forcing car wrecks, break-ins to steal their possessions and personal papers, vandalizing their cars and homes, sabotaging their computer, harassment at work, noise campaigns such as blasting music from a neighboring apartment all night, every night. A symphony of attacks that after a few weeks pegs the stress level of the targets at an artificially high level until they lose sleep and remain psychologically traumatized. A strategy that might be termed the death of a thousand cuts. Examples of vigilante violence being used against dissidents in authoritarian regimes are quite common.
These tactics are similar to the Army’s use of biscuit teams (Behavioral Science Consultation Teams). Science is used to produce an individually tailored campaign of psychological attacks designed by a medical doctor, a psychologist, and an interrogation specialist to tailor a campaign attacking the cultural and personality weaknesses of each specific prisoner. The biscuit teams are using many small stress factors like extreme temperature, stress positions, constant light or dark to distort time, isolation, sleep and sensory deprivation, continuous loud sound attacks, sexual humiliation, constant physical threats, and other techniques applied one on top of the other over an extended period of time to slowly break down and psychologically destroy subjects without torturing them in a traditional sense.
The Russians used their mental health care system as a strategy to silence political dissidents. By the 1960's the USSR was worried about world opinion and was entering into the era of detente with the US. The Communists could no longer openly imprison their political dissidents, torture them, and then shoot them in the back of the head as they had traditionally done in the past. The Russian government used forced institutionalization of their political dissidents into mental institutions and made them to take powerful experimental drugs to mentally destroy them.
A US Army study in 1972 entitled, Controlled Offensive Behavior USSR, describes how experiments were used on Soviet dissidents to, “make them give their will over to some superior outside force”. This description is very similar to descriptions of the experiences of the current victims of nonlethal microwave weapons attacks. The US Army study categorized all the potential types of non-traditional torture used by the Soviets on dissidents. They used isolation, temperature, light, sound, sleep and sensory deprivation, fake firing squads, basically the same techniques that the US Army is using today. In addition the Soviets studied the use of electromagnetic weapons (EMW) on dissidents and even after they were forced into mental institutions an EMW called the LIDA was used to "pacify" the patients. These techniques and these weapons were used to break them down in behavior modification experiments, purposefully turning them into psychiatric cases. The very same techniques used by our Communist enemies described in the lengthy 1972 Army study, have now been adopted by the US in the Global War on Terror, and in the secret dirty war targeting political activists and whistleblowers with classified anti-personnel weapons.
It is inevitable that the targets will be called crazy and the program will be explained away as mass hysteria. This has often happened to the half million US citizens used as human guinea pigs in the past. Cointelpro and MKULTRA purposefully used the strategy of making the targets look crazy as part of the strategy for keeping the illegal operations secret. The human radiation experiments began exposing thousands of unknowing Americans to harmful or lethal levels of radiation in 1943. In 1947 Mr. Elmer Allen was injected with plutonium in the left leg in a San Francisco hospital and the next day the leg was amputated. He told his best friend and his family doctor back home in Italy, Texas that he thought he had been used as a human guinea pig. His best friend didn’t believe him and avoided him and his family doctor classified him as a paranoid schizophrenic in his medical records. His family didn’t find out the truth until years after he died. In 1995 the government decided to go public and held hearings and issued a report but no one was punished. The government hearings functioned as a white wash.
The political activist targets of Cointelpro were depicted as paranoid when they claimed the government was following them, harassing them, and systematically sabotaging their lives. When anti-war activist Abbie Hoffman told the government, the press, and his family and friends that he was being targeted, most of them refused to believe him and avoided him. It was only when his friends broke into FBI offices and stole documents that proved the FBI was spending 40% of its resources on Cointelpro, that some of the press believed him.
MKULTRA was investigated by Congress but the investigation narrowed its focus to the use of LSD on unknowing victims, and the true scope of the illegal program never became public. MKULTRA survivors still live in fear in the shadows today. If victims tell a doctor or therapist that as children they were drugged and tortured in government labs in behavior modification experiments to purposefully induce multiple personality disorder, they will be permanently classified as paranoid schizophrenics in their medical records. Some survivors report getting threats and harassment when they attempt to give public testimony. This functions today as a means of keeping the worst aspects of MKULTRA a secret. MKULTRA was designed and run by government funded psychiatrists and has evolved into the program of microwave weapons torture and organized stalking.
If one thinks abstractly about the problem one would have to admit that it is inevitable that the current MONARCH victims would be smeared as tin foil hat people and cases of mass hysteria, because all the previous victims of illegal government experimentation and targeting have suffered the same fate. To say that it can’t happen here or that something this big cannot be kept quiet is untrue because all the previous illegal programs involving a half million (500,000) victims did happen here, and they were kept secret for many decades. The argument that this can't happen here and if it did, it could not be kept secret for very long, are false arguments. The use of human guinea pigs by the DOD for weapons development programs successfully used half a million citizens without pause or interruption. Cointelpro operations waged counterinsurgency war against progressive organizations and made hit lists of individual activists beginning from at least the 1950's and continued for decades. MKULTRA behavior modification experiments traumatized children and adults, breaking minds and lives without serious interruption from 1953 until the 1970's. These atrocities did happen here, they continued for generations without serious challenge, remaining completely off the public radar. To claim for one minute that the current illegal operation targeting activists and whistleblowers with torture and murder using the latest military breakthrough in anti-personnel weaponry can’t happen here is not only a false claim, it is criminally negligent. In the end the guilty parties got away with it every time. No one went to jail or was punished for Cold War weapons development programs. The figure of half a million US citizens used as human guinea pigs is the government’s own figure and is almost certainly a conservative estimate. Cointelpro was never fully made public even though Congressional hearings were held. FBI agents reported that the worst crimes were never committed to written records. The only two FBI men who were ever convicted were pardoned by President Ford. MKULTRA is still largely an unknown since the hearings focused on only the tip of the iceberg and the victims have been intimidated into silence and still suffer in the shadows even today. If the full truth came out that the intelligence agencies had systematically tortured children in government labs in an industrial manner their reputations would never recover.
Demands for air tight proof are impossible to meet as long as the perpetrators of crimes against humanity are allowed to use national security exceptions in courts of law. This game of “trust me or our enemies will learn state secrets” allows criminal acts to be covered up for decades. The human radiation experiments were successfully covered up for 50 years as were all the other illegal programs. The only way air tight proof of this secret war can be obtained is to break into Fort Meade Army intelligence headquarters and steal government documents. Even this may not work. Political activist friends of Abbie Hoffman broke into FBI offices and stole Cointelpro documents and leaked them to the press. Congress held multiple hearings years later, but no one ever went to jail and Cointelpro never completely stopped, it just went dark for a few years and then reemerged in the 1980's. To demand air tight proof is unreasonable in the extreme and impossible under the circumstances. One might as well demand a spontaneous confession by mass murders. Rattle snakes don't commit suicide; you have to chop off their heads. This case presents voluminous evidence of crimes against humanity. The weapons are proven to exist, there is a prior pattern of criminal behavior, credible victims and witnesses have testified. Persons of interest are named who have developed these weapons for the US Army, written about how to use the weapons, advocated using the weapons on civilians, moved the weapons into the hands of local law enforcement, and participated in a smokescreen cover up. In view of similar programs in the past that went undiscovered and unpunished, a different strategy is necessary. First, an independent special prosecutor is needed to investigate these crimes, one without ties to the military. Second, a Congressional Commission with unimpeded access must also begin to attack the program. Third, a truth and reconciliation commission must hold hearings at multiple locations across the country.
It may be the case that the microwave weapons technology is too powerful and overwhelming for ordinary means to deal with, and that recourse through the legal system alone is insufficient to stop the perpetrators. The power to assassinate anyone anywhere in a manner that is plausibly deniable may overwhelm our 800 year old legal system. Perpetrators might even attack the national leadership and try to decapitate the government. Military force may be the only sufficient answer to the problem at hand. If this is the case then I recommend that the elite 704th military intelligence brigade be disarmed using all necessary force.
After WWII the US and the USSR descended into the Cold War. The evaluation of the American military was summed up by General James Harry Doolittle (USAF):
“It is now clear that we are facing an implacable enemy whose avowed objective is world domination by whatever means and at whatever cost. There are no rules in such a game…if the United States is to survive…we must learn to subvert, sabotage and destroy our enemies by more clever means than those used against us”.
He had declared that a dirty war was going to be waged, a secret war between desperate men who would stop at nothing to win. The most obvious results of the 45 year Cold War were the tens of thousands of nuclear warheads aimed at US and USSR population centers and the trillions of dollars spent to create the strategy of Mutually Assured Destruction (MAD). But the most important legacies of this war are the patriotic crimes carried out on behalf of the American people, without our knowledge, and the corrosive effect of sustained war on our democratic institutions. It is likely that a Republic cannot long endure a constant state of war. All governments lie, not all the time, but often. These crimes are more than lies and crimes against humanity. These crimes are a breach of the social compact that exists between the government and the governed. Fundamental reform is perhaps the only chance the nation and the world has to step back from a new form of war without end, human exploitation, state sponsored torture, and murder.
For this reason the author is advocating a complete paradigm shift away from the concept of fortress America, and towards a world wide effort to pacify nations and populations with a coordinated humanitarian and scientific initiative. Initiatives designed to create a more peaceful world using collective security agreements, biological sciences, agricultural science, and the latest breakthroughs in communications, energy, and human health, to give people a stake in their own future that may preclude the need for violence as a form of advancing state power. There are four goals to make sure this never happens again.
ONE: End the secret EMW dirty war.
TWO: Domestic political reform to repair and strengthen Democracy.
THREE: End the arms race through collective security agreements.
FOUR: A New Marshall Plan of scientific and humanitarian initiatives to replace militarism as the driving political and economic force in the world.
These four goals represent the intent of repairing damage done to Democracy and the intent to spread Democracy, human health, and security throughout the world in a peaceful manner, and over time to engineer a more peaceful world. There is much more information about the four goals in the online BLOGS listed after the bibliography and on the dedicated website: MarshallPlanPAC.com (political action committee).












Chapter One: War Crimes: The Phoenix Program
The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through assassination, kidnapping, and torture—the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians. Rival Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In 1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857. South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley managed 600 military and 40-50 CIA liaison officers who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams, which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one-third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Beret and Navy SEAL troops would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill US military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division,” but from a higher authority, such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence. The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of the Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. (He was wounded three times.)
“The problem was how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, “When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.” Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, “April Fool, motherfucker.” Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people”.
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure were accomplished by blackmailing or terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15-years-old and older had to register and carry identity cards. These records were computerized, and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000-plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population—instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the enemy. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and, in effect, forced into the resistance army. The Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved.” He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars.”
New Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black-op targeting hundreds and perhaps thousands of loyal Americans using state-of-the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written for Army intelligence and the NSA by General Paul Vallely and Lt. Col. Michael Aquino. The DOD (Department of Defense) has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill, and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war, and the small wars of the future. The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, and Casey have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves virtually no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with silent-kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology slowly kills with non-ionizing radiation. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are soft-kill, synthetic telepathy, and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets may be the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. Military intelligence officers involved in remote viewing, and developing these “nonlethal weapons” control Psi-Tech Corporation. Emotional manipulation can be accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. Scientific papers and patents describe how one can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox organized stalking (gang stalking). CIA-created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop new weapons, it has always been standard operating procedure to test them on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently, as well as perfecting the science of attacking and controlling the human mind, is no different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on the currently targeted population of human guinea pigs, the same weapons and techniques may be applied en mass to entire nations.
Behavior Modification: Lt Colonel John B. Alexander (US Army, ret.) stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007, that the military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MKULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, he said, “anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous,” because Congress would simply take the money away. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water.” But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who were not around for MKULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy. Alexander is also intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies such as those at Guantanamo, keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t come back and kill me,” Alexander says. It’s only a matter of time before technology allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that...Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question.”
Chapter Two: History of Government Human Experimentation:
In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation program using microwave weapons against civilians it is necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900s, continuing to the present day.
Eugenics Movement: Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton, who studied hereditary traits in families and began the nature-versus-nurture debate, and its ultimate focus on twins, to answer the question of what was more powerful, heredity or environment. He proposed “positive eugenics,” encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families. He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but, like his cousin Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest crimes in history. “Negative eugenics” is the application of means to discourage the breeding of the “unfit,” including anti-race mixing marriage laws, institutionalized segregation, sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and, though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy, it has more in common with the quack science of phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to determine intelligence and character. The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low-paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of poverty, mental illness, alcoholism, and crime seemed overwhelming. Adding to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and Italians came to America, making the native population uneasy. The newcomers were viewed as bad stock compared to the more “Nordic types” that made up earlier waves of immigrants from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia; however, the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia. The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans. The adherents of eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr Jordan, the President of Stanford University, and William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative eugenics had by the 1920’s been accepted by American society as fact. Contests for “Fitter Family” were common at state fairs and eugenics publications and ideas were widespread. This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money. The great fortunes of the Carnegie Institution, Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford Foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party, and others. The American eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German. Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17-year-old girl who became pregnant out of wedlock in 1920’s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community, and her baby, Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her mother’s files were examined—both had previously been classified as morons— and court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination. Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927.
“It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes. Three generations of imbeciles are enough”.1
This decision validated Virginia’s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the forced sterilization of 30,000 to 60,000 American citizens. Eventually, similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent. She had been raped by her foster parents’ son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law. A review of the case uncovered a Cover-up between Carrie’s defense lawyer and the Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia’s new law. The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental-health facilities. The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933, the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act, which was based on Buck vs. Bell, and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute, including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verschuer, who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity, and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that “Germany’s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.” Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society:
“My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.), joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer [Captain] and camp physician in the Auschwitz concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer [Himmler].”
Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports, and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers and eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus:
“His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction”.
In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science. The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. Carbon monoxide (CO) gas was used in the beginning but was discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection, or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed. The program was referred to as a mercy death; however, nothing could be further from the truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even the ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine, and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling. After the war the leaders of the American eugenics movement went underground and changed the name of their organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who could not fight back. Carrie Buck’s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.
Human Radiation Studies: In December 1939, as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radio chemists split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise Meitner and Otto Fritsch, who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction, and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium-238 (half-life 88 years) and plutonium-239 (half-life 24,000 years) were first created. Seaborg, Segre, and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work, their product could be detected, but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal; small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form, it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown, or pink. Seaborg said “under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.” Robley Evans, who studied women exposed on-the-job to radium, wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 “could be used to make a super bomb.” It was 1941, and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war-time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium235 and the Hanford, Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench-scale process and increased it a billion-fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon. Quantum physics was a science that had been invented by twenty-year-olds, and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction, $2.5 billion dollars (1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object (metal) ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945, the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device, code-named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6th and 9th, killing approximately 200,000 people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz, which killed 30,000 people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden, Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists, some of whom had urged a demonstration shot, were appalled at the results. The scientists declared publicly that the US possessed only a few years head-start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons. Those who tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed, as events and personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-heavy: the hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the hydrogen bomb, and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for the entire Cold War. The largest hydrogen bomb ever tested by the US was around 40 megatons, 2,000 times more powerful than the 20 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of the wealth of the US, leaving the civilian population living in the very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes. Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall Islands were forcibly relocated, and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations, thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war: At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight? The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher, adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and, immediately after the explosion, walked them on line through ground-zero, in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons. General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing, and took authority away from the AEC (Atomic Energy Commission) for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13-week period, while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore full body protective gear while the troops did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved, due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920’s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead. A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half of those exposed. One millionth of a gram of plutonium, once inside the human body, could cause death. A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination, which is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine, which collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources makes it difficult to gauge what dose has been delivered, and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of millions of electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably—in other words, becomes cancer. Arthur Compton and the other physicists knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not among the physicists from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb, but they reported their findings to them. Joseph Hamilton began to study radiation effects in rats in the summer of 1942. In 1943 the first human test subjects would be used, without their knowledge or consent. All the experiments were conducted for the express purpose of answering the unknowns: How much radiation could kill a man? Could blood tests detect exposure? Are there treatments for exposure? Long before radiological warfare was used on enemy populations it was purposefully tested on American civilians. By 1945 the war was over, but these questions remained unanswered. The experiments would continue for the next thirty years.
Admiral James Cooney became the leading advocate for an experiment on 200 healthy “volunteers,” using up to 150 rad or more. Colonel Shields Warren opposed the idea, as did other civilian scientists. He argued that 200 was too small a number to base a study on; a real study would have to include 10,000 or more subjects. While this argument raged, the School of Aviation Medicine in San Antonio, Texas quietly began to do the tests for the Air Force. Randolph Lee Clarke, the director of the MD Anderson, oversaw the first study irradiating sick cancer patients with hundreds of rads using TBI or total body irradiation. The human subjects chosen had tumors which did not respond to radiation treatment. Patients who could have been helped by radiation would have shown altered levels of blood cells, amino acids, enzymes, plasma proteins, and lipids, which would have clouded the results and thwarted the search for a biological dosimeter. Colonel Shields Warren did not object to the use of cancer patients, but many of these people were not very ill or had been misdiagnosed. At least two of twenty people injected with plutonium had been misdiagnosed as having cancer when they did not. Many of the others were not cancer patients, but suffered from illnesses such as scleroderma or Cushing’s disease. These errors were repeated in the Total Body Irradiation experiments that were sponsored by the military. Many of the cancer patients had been well enough to work and live a normal life. However, after doses of 100 to 2,000 rad, many died within days or weeks; they had in fact been killed by radiation poisoning. Those who lived were in constant pain and often debilitated. Surprisingly, 34 Nazi scientists were employed at Randolph AFB in San Antonio and were involved in these lethal experiments. These were just a few of the thousands of Nazi scientists and technicians who had been secretly smuggled into the US under Operation Paperclip to help the US destroy the USSR. Dr. Hubertus Strughold, their intellectual and spiritual leader in radiation studies, brought in Dr. Herbert Gerstner, who had used human subjects (prisoners) during the war to study at what point human hearing is completely destroyed due to shell explosions. He also used people to study the exact cause of death in cases of electrocution, finding it to be a tremendous increase in blood pressure, which forced blood from the peripheral vessels into the heart and abdominal cavity. These men, all of whom had experimented on Jews, gypsies, intellectuals, homosexuals, allied POWs, and others, were now in San Antonio doing terminal TBI experiments on American citizens for the military. Gerstner and Eugene Saenger collaborated on the TBI studies; Gerstner did the first one, and Saenger did the last one. Between 1951 and 1974, approximately 500 patients were studied at medical facilities, which included MD Anderson Cancer Center in Houston, Baylor College of Medicine in Houston, Sloan-Kettering in New York, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, and Oak Ridge, Tennessee. The TBI experiments were only a subset of many radiation experiments on human subjects that included injections of plutonium, and radioactive isotope studies. Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. These women were given a cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison, 6 months pregnant, visited the clinic in July, 1946, seeking treatment for nausea. The doctor who treated her gave her a cocktail and told her it would make her feel better. Several months after the birth of her daughter, Hutchison’s hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life-threatening complications after several miscarriages. Her daughter, Barbara, was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder, and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half-life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study, which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison’s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp could conceivably have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiments similar to the one done on his wife and unborn child. In one study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts, radioactive iron and calcium were secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal, using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may or may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families. At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison, about 200 prisoners, responding to the lure of a little money and extra privileges, had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rad. Carl Heller, one of the world’s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the search for a biological dosimeter (a means to measure exposure). The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their own government.
Elmer Allen: Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13 (CAL for the university where the plutonium was produced). On July 18, 1947, in a San Francisco Hospital, he was injected with plutonium in his left leg. Three days later the same leg was amputated at mid-thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who had injured his leg while stepping off a train, and had been diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative; a second test indicated cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures: “He would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too.” Elmer began drinking heavily, and told his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no, one not even his family doctor, believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic.
During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium, it was discovered, to the amazement of the study’s directors, that four of them were still alive. In 1973, Austin Bues, from the Center for Human Radiobiology, wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago, and Elmer’s urine and feces were collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for, and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consistent with radiation. One year after Elmer’s death, the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991. His head stone says, “Elmer Allen 1911-1947 / CAL-13 1947-1991 / One of America’s nuclear guinea pigs.” On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O’Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index alone is 150 pages long. The following is testimony from Elmer Allen’s granddaughter before the President’s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.
“I saw him as a depressing sight—joyless, unanimated, with a damaged head and a broken spirit. During his lifetime, I saw him as a burden rather than as an asset to my grandmother, as she waited on him, pampered him. My mother, I recall, resented this treatment while she contended that he didn’t do his share for the family. She recalled a life of living with a father who, when not on an alcoholic binge, suffered from frequent seizures which had to be endured by the rest of the family. My uncle, on the other hand, did not seem resentful, but I often felt he must have been disappointed in a father incapable of playing a simple bat and ball game or merely offering a positive life outlook. My grandmother said it wasn’t always like this. She said my grandfather was once a vibrant and handsome Pullman porter, a hard worker who wanted only the best for his family. When I was younger, I liked to do puzzles from the newspaper, where you find words hidden among randomly-arranged letters. Since my grandfather spent most of his time sitting alone, he would sometimes complete these puzzles—we would sometimes complete these puzzles together, and eventually he began saving them in a neat stack and worked on completing them himself. In the springtime, I saw him take brown paper bags and make kites for the kids down the street. He once made a pen for my pet rabbit. He often talked of feelings in his missing leg and would shudder and make comments like “they must be working on my leg today.” Years later, when I was home on breaks from college, the sight of my grandfather was horrible. He seemed useless and frail. He had lost more of life’s joy. He seemed angry and sad. The pain was obvious, and he was sometimes furious and irate, mean and spiteful. I often have dreams about my grandfather. Before his death, I had a dream that he was in his old house in a coffin, open with the body in full view, dead, but alive somehow. After his death, another dream revealed him through a doorway, sitting in his wheelchair, looking feeble, yet in good spirits. He seemed to have a newfound joy, laughing and joking with male friends. When Eileen Welsome presented my family with the fact that this man was indeed CAL-13, a human nuclear guinea pig, I wondered, could this be the reason, the origin, the root cause of this depressed character that I considered all along to be my grandfather? He lived over 40 years without a zest for life and with a pain I imagine was without equal. For I understand that the reality of life for the African American man of the 1940s was already a pre-determined bleak one, dictated by the white man’s tyrannical power of economics, politics, and, to a certain degree, basic freedom. Being born a black male was already a handicap, having a limited education was a further handicap. Then, to add a physical handicap, due to being basically tricked into donating a body limb for science. With all of this in mind, I now understand how alcohol could relieve his reality, how depression and schizophrenia could take control of his life, how his feelings of hopelessness shattered such a promising future. In my most recent dream, I saw my grandfather with both legs, standing with confidence and strength of character I never saw in real life. He had a young appearance. He had a look of joy on his face, and he seemed content. This statement is signed, “April D. Whitfield, granddaughter of Elmer Allen, March 15th, 1995.”
The following testimony is by her mother, Allen’s daughter.
“Good afternoon. My daughter, April Whitfield, and the other survivors of Elmer Allen are determined that the truth about his plutonium injection and subsequent leg amputation be made a part of the public record. We continue to be appalled by the apparent attempts at cover-ups, the inferences that the nature of the times, the 1940s, allowed scientists to conduct experiments without getting a patient’s consent or without mentioning risks. We contend that my father was not an informed participant in the plutonium experiment. He was asked to sign his name several times while a patient at the University of California hospital in San Francisco. Why was he not asked to sign his name permitting scientists to inject him with plutonium? Why was his wife, who was college trained, not consulted in this matter? It is my hope that history will not be rewritten in committees who claim that they do not understand the actions of the scientists of the 1940s, those who claim that poor and disenfranchised African American men could not be hoodwinked by his doctors. I hope you will understand that just as Jewish fathers were placed in the ovens at Auschwitz, my father, Elmer Allen, was placed in his own private oven here in the United States of America. He was left there for 44 years, and the scientists occasionally took a peek inside to see if he was still alive. His survivors are pledged to tell the truth about this experiment for the next 50 or even 100 years, if necessary, so that future generations will have more than lies, half-truths, and inconclusive reports, when attempting to recount this real-life horror story. Thank you. I didn’t know I had 10 minutes because I would have a lot more to say, but I thank you.”
While these secret experiments on thousands of Americans were going on in hospitals, the very public testing of nuclear weapons took place from 1945 until the Nuclear Test Ban treaty in 1963. Nearly 400,000 military personnel took part in approximately 253 above-ground tests in the Pacific and the US. The men’s external dose of beta radiation was measured by badges, which, however, were not distributed in significant numbers, and did not measure the dose from other external particles such as Alpha, Gamma, or X-ray radiation, nor did they measure the ingestion of small particles that lodge in tissues and do continuous damage. Some of the troops felt immediate effects of radiation poisoning and developed lifelong complications, while others became sick many years later. Bill Scott, of Camarillo, California, as an Army Air Force photographer, filmed some of the nuclear tests. According to Helena, his widow,
“Starting in 1955, Bill had nosebleeds, backaches, and coughing attacks, followed by vomiting, nausea, and upset stomach. His nosebleeds would last for days at a time. His teeth rapidly decayed and his feet became dry and scaly. In 1971, he was hospitalized for tests that found bone cancer that spread… rapidly, and six months later he was gone.”
The Atomic Veterans Newsletter published the following statement.
“We were the victims of radiation experiments, too. They exposed over 200,000 of us in over 200 atmospheric atomic and hydrogen bomb tests between 1945-1962. They deliberately bombed us with nuclear weapons and exposed us to deadly radioactivity to see how it would affect us and our equipment in nuclear warfare on land, sea, and air. They didn’t need our informed consent because we were under military discipline. They devalued our lives too! They made us sterile! They crippled and killed our children! They made widows of our wives! Then denied repeatedly and publicly that there was ever any danger! “Say the lie often enough and people will believe it.
The third group of experimental human subjects is the Down Winders, a term which refers to all the people exposed to radiation as a result of atmospheric testing. In essence, this group comprises the entire US, and, in fact, the entire world. Fallout from all 2,000 nuclear tests has deposited radioactive substances in the bodies of every human being on earth. At what point this experiment would prove fatal for all human life is unknown, but it is known that the human embryo is very vulnerable and that 1-2 rad is sufficient to produce deformity or death. A quick look at radiation fallout maps shows that this much radiation, and more, has been deposited across the continental US. Brenda Weaver lived most of her life seven miles from Hanford in an area known as Death Mile. Her family always seemed sick; she developed thyroid disease at 12, and had an ovary removed at 14. Her brother had to be taken to the hospital with his eyes bleeding. In the early 1960’s, the sheep on her farm were born with missing legs, eyes, or other body parts. Her daughter, Jaime, was born in 1965 without eyes. Says Weaver,
“She has eyelashes and eyelids and tear ducts, but no eyes. It makes life difficult it’s hard to be blind.”
One study documents an unexplained increase in child mortality in the US that began shortly after testing began and decreased when atmospheric testing ended. It was acknowledged that a full-scale nuclear exchange could have ended the Human Race but it is also possible that continued testing could eventually accomplish the same result. It should be noted that underground tests do vent radiation and that these tests are ongoing in other nations. The government held hearings in the 1990’s and gave monetary compensation to a few individuals injected with plutonium, but not to the hundreds of thousands of others injured in all the other secret testing. The government’s report is largely a whitewash. Few victims were compensated, and no scientist or government employee was ever punished. The institutions involved all claimed ignorance or that the patients were fully informed, patently false in all cases, and have thereby largely dodged any responsibility for their participation in these acts. After the Advisory Committee’s final report, the children of the deceased plutonium victims had the following statements:
“I guess the government really won, all the culprits that planned and executed this thing got away with it”; “For them to say that a little apology is enough… is just beyond belief”; and, “I do feel betrayed and I feel abused by this committee’s report.”
Nuclear explosions produce plutonium oxide, which is deposited in the lungs and lymph nodes and cannot be detected in the urine. The human experimental subjects were injected with plutonium citrate or nitrate, which does show up in the urine. Thirty years of testing urine from those exposed in above-ground tests has led to thousands of useless tests that show false negative results—false evidence that could be used to claim these human exposures were low or non-existent. The search for a biological dosimeter lasted 30 years at dozens of labs, costing many millions of dollars and produced no completely reliable answers. Just how much radiation is a safe dose in the human body, and how to measure the amount the body has received is still questionable. The methods used today (cytogenetic analyses, mutation-based assays, and electron spin resonance) do not produce uniform completely accurate measurements. The current answer in science is that there is no such thing as a safe dose of radiation. Mary Jean Connell, the only living victim of the plutonium experiments, when asked how she felt after receiving $100,000 dollars, merely replied,
“I’m afraid it’s going to happen again, you know.”
Agent Orange: Operation Hades was developed by the Pentagon’s Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA and DARPA) as a scheme to defoliate guerilla-controlled areas of Vietnam. Objectives of defoliation were to destroy the triple canopy jungle that would flush out the guerilla fighter for conventional warfare, clear the waterways and roads of areas of concealment for ambush, establish fields of fire around bases, avoid infiltration and surprise attacks, and finally to deny food to the enemy. The Vietnamese charged that defoliation was a weapon of mass destruction—ecocide, which was not aimed at the fighter, but employed against the entire people and their environment, causing death by poisoning and starvation. C-47 aircraft sprayed 2,4,5-T and 2,4-D on 5,000 acres in 1962. In 1967, 1.5 million acres of jungle and 221,000 acres of crop land were sprayed. When spraying ended in 1971, 6 million acres, of which 10 to 15 percent were crop lands, had been covered with 107 million pounds of herbicide. Annual sales of herbicide increased from 12.5 million in 1966 to 79.8 million in 1969. Dow, Hercules, Monsanto, Diamond Shamrock, and seven other companies shared the war-time profits. The name of the spray operation was changed to Operation Ranch Hand, but the insignia patch retained the satanic symbol of a devil with a pitch fork. During WWII, the University of Chicago studied chlorophenols for their effect on plant metabolism. A small application will promote rapid growth, while a larger dose will make the plant grow so fast it literally explodes and dies. The special mixture of Agent Orange used in Vietnam consisted of 2,4,5-T and 2,4-D in equal amounts. The mixture was thirteen times more concentrated than that used domestically. Agent White, which had Picloram added, was a DOW product, but was so long-lasting in the environment it was never allowed to be used on US soil. Agent Blue contained highly poisonous cacodylic acid and was 54-percent arsenic. The effects of spraying 2500 acres and 1000 inhabitants were reported by a doctor in October 1964.
“At first the people felt sick and had some diarrhea, then difficulty breathing followed by low blood pressure; some cases had trouble with their optic nerve and went blind. Pregnant women gave birth to still born or premature children. Most of the affected cattle died from serious diarrhea, and river fish floated on the surface of the water belly-up, soon after the chemicals were spread.”
Reports of human poisoning brought diplomatic pressure on the US from other nations to respond. The US State Department replied in March 1966, stating,
“The herbicides used are non-toxic and not dangerous to man or animal life. The land is not affected for future use.”
The National Academy of Sciences received 80% of their money from the DOD and was considered an arm of the government. The elite organization determined that it was inconclusive whether Agent Orange caused human deaths and that it was important that the matter receive further scrutiny in the future to determine the question. In response, Professors Pfeiffer and Orians from the University of Washington independently obtained funding and did a field study on their own in Vietnam at the height of the war. They reported on cases of illness in humans and animals living in sprayed areas, widespread ecological damage, and permanent destruction of ancient forests, commercial timberlands, and rubber tree cultures. In late 1969, the American Academy of Arts and Sciences (AAAS) formed a committee headed up by Mathew Meselson, a Harvard biologist, with a mandate to study Agent Orange in Vietnam. Through their efforts, LBJ received a petition with 5,000 signatures of scientists urging him to stop spraying, on the grounds of establishing a dangerous precedent in chemical and biological warfare. The Food and Drug Administration had finished a study in 1965, but the report was concealed. In 1969, the report was leaked to Meselson. It showed that, in 1964, the prestigious Bionetics Research Laboratory tested industrial compounds for carcinogenic and fetus-deforming effects in lab animals. The tests showed small doses of 2,4,5-T caused birth defects in rats and mice. The FDA, DOD, and DOA knew about the report, but no one else saw it. DOW Chemical had applied pressure on the FDA to bury the report. The strategy that DOW used to combat the now-public report was to claim that chemical impurities in the test batch were responsible for the alarming results. The contamination was actually an impurity produced during manufacture that was referred to as 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-para-dioxin, or simply Dioxin. The newly-formed EPA issued a ban on the use of 2,4,5-T in the US, and the military claimed they would use other agents for defoliation when available, then continued spraying Agent Orange. DOW claimed that Agent Orange normally contained none or a few parts per million of Dioxin. Domestic stocks tested at approximately 13ppm Dioxin, while the chemical used in Vietnam contained 47ppm or higher. Scientific reports that showed evidence of harm were either ignored or actively suppressed, while studies that were inconclusive were used by the government to justify continued spraying. Dioxin is the most toxic man-made chemical on earth. FDA researcher Dr. Jacqueline Verrett proved that only 1 part per trillion was sufficient to cause deformity in embryos, and, using the same tests, also proved that if it were diluted one million times it would still be as toxic to a fetus as thalidomide. There is no safe dose of dioxin, no matter how small. The agents 2,4,5-T and 2,4-D were shown to cause cancer in lab animals by themselves, without the dioxin present. DOW chemical agreed to a temporary halt in the use of 2,4,5-T but was fighting to protect the pervasive domestic use of 2,4-D. Dow was able to go to court and successfully fight the ban on 2,4,5-T and thus saved their lucrative sales in the American market as well as worldwide sales of both herbicides. The burden of scientific proof was successfully shifted from the manufacturer of the toxic chemicals onto the plaintiffs, who were forced to prove conclusively that dioxin and the herbicides caused disease and mutation in humans. Studies funded by industry showed 2,4,5-T without dioxin was safe, while independent studies such as the Bionetics study showed that “pure” 2,4,5-T without dioxin was mutagenic. The 1970 Meselson report carried the greatest weight in the scientific community because of its thoroughness. In one heavily-sprayed province, still-births and miscarriages were disproportionately high. In Saigon there was an epidemic of Spina bifida, a birth defect linked to Agent Orange. This prestigious report prompted Congress in 1970 to fund a new study by the National Academy of Sciences that would be administered by the DOD. The result would again be inconclusive on the question of human illness and death. The government “think tank” Rand Corporation in 1967 estimated that 325,000 Vietnamese villagers had been affected by spraying. Millions had been forcibly relocated by the spraying and bombing into “Strategic Hamlets” or resettlement camps under US control. Strategic Hamlets had been designed to separate the civilian population from the guerilla fighters and deny them support in the field. The program had been a dismal failure, as the hamlets themselves were infiltrated. When victory began to turn to stalemate and defeat, the defoliation operation was used as a means of punishment. The Rand study indicated that one answer to wars of liberation was to force farmers into urban centers. Conventional military victory and counter-insurgency techniques did not ensure victory. By driving the people off the land, the spray program would not allow rural revolutionary movements to gather sufficient strength to succeed. Air Force General Curtis LeMay advocated using nuclear weapons to bomb the Vietnamese “back to the stone age.” This same psychology was the driving force behind the strategy to drive people off the land in order to achieve victory. The “battle for hearts and minds” had long been given up. Rand estimated that 88 percent of the villagers blamed the US for the destruction of their crops, and 74 percent expressed outright hatred. Agent Orange was a used as a chemical warfare agent to drive the people into the cities and deny the enemy recruits and support. Industrial accidents with the manufacture of Agent Orange had occurred with some regularity since 1937. Dow was the site of the first such accident that poisoned plant workers and caused a primary symptom, chloracne. Dow refused to fund a company doctor’s request to test the chemicals on lab animals. In 1949, 228 workers at the Monsanto plant in Nitro, West Virginia developed chloracne, severe pain in skeletal muscles, shortness of breath, intolerance to cold, swollen liver, loss of sensation in extremities, fatigue, irritability, insomnia, loss of libido, and vertigo. These symptoms are virtually identical to those of the Vietnam veterans. An accident in Germany in 1954 led to the identification of dioxin as the cause of illness, and the results on its toxicity were made known in 1957 through the publication of the test results in scientific journals. In 1964, as the major phase of spraying was about to get underway, an accident at a Dow facility led to an investigation that identified dioxin as the source of poisoning and illness. Results of the tests were not published, but were communicated to the other manufacturers of the herbicide. Therefore, it can be proved that in 1964 Dow knew about the chemical toxicity of dioxin and suppressed this information. Dow and the other producers could have known about dioxin decades before the war. The scientific and medical literature was clear by 1957 and Dow should have known about the toxicity. By 1964, Dow did know about the health effects of dioxin and chose to conceal this information, even though it knew US armed forces were spraying millions of Vietnamese people and 3 million GIs who had been sent to fight for their country. Since the end of the war, science has continued to progress despite obstructions. Sweden showed that exposed workers had a much higher cancer mortality rate than unexposed workers. University of Wisconsin found that half the rats fed on a diet containing 5ppt dioxin developed malignancies. In Vietnam, a type of liver cancer that was unknown before Operation Ranch Hand is now the second most common type of cancer in the country. The Meselson report substantiated the effects miscarriages and still births in Vietnam due to Agent Orange, but the 2,4,5-T poisoning of Alsea, Oregon was proof positive. In March 1979, the EPA ordered suspension of some uses of 2,4,5-T after studies of pregnant women in Alsea, Oregon linked increases in miscarriages to periods of defoliant spraying. These unnecessary events are the result of the vested interest industry has in the use of 2,4,5-trichlorophenol in consumer products. Manufacture of paper, adhesives, paints, varnish and lacquer incorporates dioxin-contaminated chlorophenols. Today, Dioxin is found by scientists in mother’s milk and beef near sprayed range lands and forest woodlands. Nearly three million Americans served in Vietnam, and many thousands of veterans and their families have paid a terrible price for that service. A study of these vets concluded that 40 percent had serious emotional difficulties such as alcohol or narcotics abuse, and 75 percent complain of nightmares and problems maintaining relationships or jobs. Routine exposure to dioxin was more deadly than war itself and may have already claimed more American lives than the war. Mike Asman was eighteen when he enlisted in the marines in 1966. Living in a small town in Texas, he was feeling restless and wanted to get way. He left Texas for basic training and was eventually sent to Da Nang, where he was a weapons repairman who went out on patrols, sat inside fortified “firebases,” and generally tried to learn how not to get killed. On his first night in country he and his buddy from basic were in separate fox holes when several Vietnamese children approached selling cokes. The Marines overpaid in a gesture of generosity. One of the children, no more than eight years old, dropped a grenade in his buddy’s foxhole and killed him. He rarely spoke of his experiences in Vietnam, but he did note that a lot of the people who got killed were the best people around him; death, it seemed, did not play favorites. When Mike Asman returned home after his tour in Vietnam, he returned with a heroin habit and an acute insomnia. When family members entered a room where Mike was sleeping, he would roll out of bed and reach for the .45 under the pillow that was no longer there. Occasional brushes with the law, marital trouble, and an ongoing drug and alcohol problem followed him for the next 20 years. Mike eventually came to terms with the demons from Vietnam that haunted him. He beat his addictions and moved his family into a house in the country. Time, group therapy, and family helped him to turn his life around. About five years later, he began to feel tired all the time. Mike was told he had Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma. Due to an error reading an x-ray, it had been found too late, and he had six months to live. Before he became too weak, Mike sold his house and all his belongings and moved his wife and five young children to Utah to be near his wife’s parents for emotional support, then he prepared to die. In six months his 6’2” frame had shrunk to a skeletal form; his face was barely recognizable, and he was given morphine and oxygen around the clock. Mike died on November 11, on his 51st birthday, leaving behind a wife and five children. His name does not appear on the Vietnam Memorial, nor do the names of thousands of others. Shortly after his death, the government program set up to compensate the veteran victims of Agent Orange related disease was shut down, and compensation was no longer available. Since most Agent Orange related disease takes 20-30 years to emerge, the vast majority of affected veterans were never compensated. Dow Chemical continues to sell 2,4,5-T and 2,4-D all over the world. Da Nang remains a heavily-contaminated “hot spot” to this day.3







Chapter Three: The Cold War 1945-1995
On the eve of the Cold War with Soviet Russia, the mood was grim. The evaluation of the American military was summed up in the words of General James Harry Doolittle (USAF): It is now clear that we are facing an implacable enemy whose avowed objective is world domination by whatever means and at whatever cost. There are no rules in such a game…if the United States is to survive, long-standing American concepts of “fair play” must be reconsidered. We must develop effective espionage and counterespionage services and must learn to subvert, sabotage and destroy our enemies by more clever means than those used against us. It may become necessary that the American people be made acquainted with, understand and support this fundamentally repugnant philosophy. He accurately described the post war environment between the US and USSR when he declared that a dirty war was going to be waged using the most un-American of methods to achieve victory over the USSR, at any cost. The American public, were they to examine these methods, would have repudiate them, so these methods had to be kept from them, the alternative being an increased risk of losing the war against Communism. In short, a secret war was begun between desperate men who would stop at nothing to win. The most obvious results of the 50-year war were the tens of thousands of nuclear warheads aimed at US and USSR population centers and military installations, and the trillions of dollars spent to create the strategy of Mutually-Assured Destruction. The most important legacy of this undeclared war are the patriotic crimes carried out on behalf of the American people, without our knowledge, and the erosive effect of a sustained war on democratic institutions. The declaration by Barry Goldwater that “extremism in defense of liberty is no vice” may have been a bit premature in its conclusion. The nature of these patriotic crimes are largely unknown due to the cult of secrecy created by US intelligence agencies, but certain crimes against the American people and crimes against humanity can be identified, namely, the subversion of democratic institutions and the race to control the human mind. A revolution in military affairs has occurred that has driven a mini-Manhattan Project in the quest for total domination of our enemies. Using human beings as guinea pigs has been the fallout of all modern weapons development, from the radiation studies to the development of biological and chemical weapons, testing on unwitting human beings to understand how they kill and how to apply them. The race to create mind control, the ultimate weapon, which one scientist involved in its development referred to as “more dangerous than atomic destruction,” has led to thousands of human beings once again being used as one uses laboratory animals.
McCarthyism: A climate of incredible fear was instilled in Americans during the McCarthy hearings, which sought to root out communist infiltration of American government and society. This witch hunt, which ruined the lives of thousands of loyal Americans, was in essence a counterinsurgency operation waged against elements of society that were deemed disloyal, or “red.” The anti-Communist hysteria was whipped up in a time of uncertainty and fear of the USSR. Loyal Americans who held dissident or “leftist” leanings were targeted for destruction, in effect an “American purge” in the style of the show trials and purges in the USSR during the 1930’s. State Department employees and progressive writers in Hollywood were the primary targets of public and private smear campaigns that painted moderate and liberal personalities as disloyal and treasonous. High-profile personalities such as actors and directors, as well as loyal progressive citizens trying to promote positive change in society, were singled out and accused of being communist agents engaged in an effort to subvert Democracy. American society was filled with a fear of being singled out as disloyal or of being perceived as insufficiently anti-communist in attitude. It became mandatory that employees sign loyalty oaths if they wanted to keep their jobs. The conformity of thought demanded by the anti-communist purges was eerily similar to that imposed on populations by the very communist totalitarian governments the US virulently opposed. Senator Joseph R. McCarthy was a little-known junior senator from Wisconsin, until one day in February 1950 he claimed to possess a list of 205 card-carrying Communists employed in the US Department of State. From that moment Senator McCarthy became a tireless crusader against Communism for the next several years, a period that became commonly known as the “Red Scare.” As chairman of the Senate Permanent Investigation Subcommittee, Senator McCarthy conducted hearings on communist subversion in America and investigated alleged communist infiltration of the Armed Forces. His subsequent exile from politics coincided with a conversion of his name into the modern English noun “McCarthyism,” or an adjective as in “McCarthy tactics,” when describing similar witch hunts in recent American history. The dictionary gives the definition of McCarthyism as: 1. The political practice of publicizing accusations of disloyalty or subversion with insufficient regard to evidence. 2. The use of methods of investigation and accusation regarded as unfair, in order to suppress opposition. Senator McCarthy was censured by the US Senate on December 2, 1954 and died May 2, 1957.
Operation Paperclip: Following the conclusion of the war, the US Naval Technical Mission was tasked with obtaining pertinent industrial and scientific material that had been produced by the Third Reich and which may be of benefit to US interests. Following a lengthy report, the Navy instigated Project Chatter in 1947. Many of the Nazi scientists and medical doctors who conducted hideous experiments were later recruited by the US Army, working out of Heidelberg prior to being secretly relocated to the United States under Project Paperclip. Under the leadership of Dr. Hubertus Strughold, 34 ex-Nazi scientists accepted Paperclip contracts, authorized by the Joint Chiefs of Staff and put to work at Randolph Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas. By 1953, the CIA, the US Navy, and the US Army Chemical Corps were conducting their own MKULTRA programs on non-consenting victims, who included prisoners, mental patients, foreigners, ethnic minorities, and those classified as sexual deviants. Among the most disturbing revelations of the Nuremberg Tribunal was that some of the most respected figures in the medical profession were involved in the vast crime network of the SS. Only 23 persons were charged with criminal activity in this area, despite the fact that hundreds of medical personnel were involved. The defendants were charged with crimes against humanity. They were found guilty of planning and executing experiments on humans without their consent and in a cruel and brutal manner which involved severe torture and deliberate murder, with the full knowledge of the gravity of their deeds. Only seven of the defendants were sentenced to death and hanged, others received life sentences. Five who were involved in the experiments were not tried. Most of the 200 German medical doctors conducting these medical experiments were friends of the United States before the war, and, despite their inhuman experiments, the US. attempted to rebuild a relationship with them after the war. The knowledge the Germans had accumulated at the expense of human life and human suffering was considered “war booty” by the US and the USSR. US agents tracked down Dr. Strughold, the aviation doctor who was in charge of the Dachau experiments. With full knowledge that the experiments were conducted on captive humans, the US recruited the doctors to work for them. General Dwight D. Eisenhower gave his personal approval to exploit the work and research of the Nazis that were conducted in the death camps. These German doctors were brought to the US and went to work for Project Paperclip, which insulated them from being charged with war crimes. The Nuremberg prosecutors were shocked that US authorities were using the German doctors despite their criminal past. Under the leadership of Strughold, 34 scientists accepted contracts from Project Paperclip, and were moved to Randolph Air Force Base at San Antonio, Texas. The authorization to hire these Nazi scientists came directly from the Joint Chiefs of Staff. The top military brass stated that they wished to exploit these rare minds. Project Paperclip, ironically, would use Nazi doctors to develop methods of interrogating German prisoners of war. As hostilities began to build after the war between the US and the USSR, the US imported thousands of former Nazi scientists and technicians. In 1969, Americans landed on the moon, and two groups of scientist in the control center shared the credit. The rocket team from Peenemunde, Germany, under the leadership of Werner von Braun, had perfected the V-2s which were built in the Nordhausen caves, where 20,000 slave laborers from the prison camp Dora had been worked to death. The second group was the space doctors, led by Dr. Hubertus Strughold, whose work was pioneered in Dachau’s Experimental Block No. 5, where hundreds inmates were tortured to death. The test beds for the apparatus that protected Neil Armstrong from harm—from lack of oxygen and from pressure—when he walked on the moon were the very same torture chambers that had been used to slowly kill prisoners of Nazis. Despite our lessons from Nuremberg and the death camps, the CIA and the US Navy, Air Force, and Army Chemical Corps targeted specific groups of people for experimentation who were the least able to resist: prisoners, mental patients, foreigners, ethnic minorities, political dissidents, those considered to be sexual deviants, terminally ill, children, as well as US military personnel and prisoners of war. In doing so, they violated the Nuremberg Code for conducting and subsidizing experiments on unwitting or otherwise nonconsensual citizens. The CIA began its mind control projects in 1953, the very year the US signed the Nuremberg Code and pledged with the international community of nations to respect basic human rights and to prohibit experimentation on captive populations without full and free consent.4
Reinhardt Gehlen: During WWII, Hitler’s spy chief for the Eastern Front created a network of agents inside Russia and the Eastern Block. According to Victor Marchetti, former CIA chief of Soviet strategic war plans and capabilities,
“The Gehlen Organization was the one group that did have networks inside Eastern Europe, and that is why we hired them. Hiring Gehlen was the biggest mistake the US ever made. Our allies said, ‘You are putting Nazis at the senior levels of your intelligence,’ and they were right.” The Gehlen organization was the primary source of intelligence that claimed that, ‘The Soviets were about to attack West Germany.’ That was the biggest bunch of baloney then and it is still a bunch of baloney today. Gehlen had to make his money by creating a threat that we were afraid of, so we would give him more money to tell us about it. In my opinion, the Gehlen Organization provided nothing worthwhile for understanding or estimating Soviet military or political capabilities in Eastern Europe or anywhere else.”
The Gehlen organization had been penetrated by Soviet intelligence, and many of the US Nazi assets were now double agents, taking CIA wages and turning around and selling information to the enemy. Gehlen had a major sponsor in CIA director Allen Dulles, who facilitated the Paperclip “rat lines,” which brought former Nazis into the country. Gehlen wrote a daily briefing for Dulles, who often placed it directly before President Truman with few changes. The tenor of the Cold War owes much to this very influential source of information, and Gehlen, who was instrumental in the early formation of the CIA, did not retire until 1969. He set up and ran the West German CIA (BND), which used his contacts in secret Nazi organizations like the Thule and The Spider to sell arms to third-world hot spots. Otto Skorzeny (Scarface) was a hero of the Fatherland and an agent of Gehlen’s who set up arms smuggling operations as well as CIA-type operations. Skorzeny helped found the Merex Company to peddle arms, and had close ties to the Virginia-based Interarms Company run by the CIA. The US special forces were formed and trained by Skorzeny to emulate the Nazi special forces known as werewolves. When the OSS was disbanded and the CIA formed in its place, it was married to the Eastern Block network of Nazi sympathizers run by Gehlen. In effect, at that point the CIA was the Gehlen organization.5
Operation Mockingbird: The National Security Act of 1947 was written by Democratic insider Clark Clifford in an effort to contain Communism and save Democracy. The 1947 NSA Act has in fact undermined the Republic to an extent unimaginable. Part of this sabotage of Democracy was the subversion of the free press by Operation Mockingbird. The CIA was charged with controlling the public debate and thus controlling public opinion in the US. The CIA began a very expensive operation to buy up the corporate press and, in effect, program public opinion. Early in 1955, 25 newspapers consented to act as sources of right-wing propaganda. Men with reactionary views who agreed to front for the CIA propaganda mill included William Paley (CBS), C.D. Jackson (Fortune), Henry Luce (Time), and A.H. Sulzberger (N.Y. Times). The Congress of Cultural Freedom (CCF) was the CIA cut out that began operations in June of 1950. Respected “liberal” journalist Tom Braden was the founder of CCF, and later became a co-host of CNN’s Crossfire opposite Neocon Pat Buchanan. In Europe the CIA financed ab out 20 periodicals, driving many legitimate ones out of business. In 1967 the source of CCF funds (CIA) and its influence over intellectual life was made public in Europe, exposing a literary Bay of Pigs. Melvin Lasky, a former Army captain and editor of the influential magazine named Encounter had for the previous 32 years shaped the careers of many influential foreign policy experts and intelligence officers. In 1965 the CCF was renamed Forum World Features and purchased by another CIA cut out, the publisher of the International Herald Tribune. By 1967, the CIA, in collaboration with USIA, had published over a thousand books of anti-Soviet propaganda. Its global propaganda cost the CIA one-third of its covert operations budget. By 1978, the disinformation campaign cost US taxpayers $265 million a year, a budget larger than the expenditures of Reuters, UPI, and AP, and engaging 3,000 salaried and contract CIA employees. Only the largest advertisers on television spend these vast sums of money, so the CIA may have only General Motors and a few others to compete with. In 1954, CapCities (ABC) was formed by investors with Mafia and CIA connections and whose chief council was William Casey, a former director of the CIA. In 1952, at MCA, Actors Guild president Ronald Reagan allowed the Mob-controlled company a labor monopoly. In exchange, Reagan was made part owner of MCA. In 1987, the N.Y. Times reported that Reagan “fed the names of suspect people in his organization to the FBI secretly and regularly enough to be assigned an informer’s code number, ‘T-10.’” His FBI file indicates intense collaboration with producers to “purge” the industry of subversives. Fox television has its roots in Metromedia Co., founded by German-born John Kluge, a US Army intelligence officer during WWII. Kluge bought his first radio station in 1946 and went on to become one of the world’s richest men, with a personal fortune of $5.6 billion. Franklin Murphy is the CEO of Times Mirror Square, the parent company of the Los Angeles Times. He is also a member of the Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board, the Federal Commission on Government Security, the National War College, and the US Air Force Air University. His ties to the CIA and Pentagon are conflicts of interest. The editorial pages of the paper are planted with “scholars” from “think tanks” who crank out opinions to program public opinion for military industrial clients. The American Enterprise Institute draws heavily on “scholars” from the intelligence pool. The Asian studies director is James Lilly, a veteran of the NSC and director of operations at the CIA, with 27 years experience. Former DCIA William Colby of the Phoenix Program was “an old friend.” The CIA’s infiltration of the press by the late 1950s was such a success that the executive branch established a propaganda machine of its own, code-named Operation Candor, to create a “national will” in support of military objectives. The Pike Hearings of the House Select Committee revealed the takeover of the American press by the CIA virtual government, infuriating the spy agency’s special council, who told the Committee’s staff director of the Committee’s staff director, “Pike will pay for this, you wait and see. Any political ambitions that Senator Pike had in NY are through. We will destroy him for this.” Rep. Otis Pike and Senator Frank Temple, each of whom investigated the CIA in his respective committee, were defeated in their bids for re-election, due largely to adverse publicity from Mockingbird’s op-ed branch.6
Operation Northwoods: The Joint Chiefs of Staff was the source of the plan known as Operation Northwoods. General Lemnitzer, who was considered a master planner, was upset with the Kennedy Administration’s stance towards communism in general, and Cuba in particular. In the name of anticommunism they proposed launching a secret and bloody war of terrorism against their own country in order to trick the American public into supporting an ill-conceived war they intended to launch against Cuba. The plan, which had the written approval of every member of the JCS, called for innocent people to be shot down on American streets in a sniper campaign, after which people would be framed for bombings they didn’t commit, civilian airliners would be hijacked, and much more. Lemnitzer and the other Chiefs knew there was only one option left that would ensure their war. They would have to trick the American public and world opinion into hating Cuba so much that, not only would they go along, they would insist that he and his generals launch their war against Castro. A secret JCS document said,
“World opinion and the United Nations forum should be favorably affected by developing the international image of the Cuban government as rash, irresponsible, and as an alarming and unpredictable threat to the peace of the Western Hemisphere.”
This was one of the most corrupt plans ever created by the US government. Lemnitzer and the Joint Chiefs of Staff were heavily politicized, joining far right-wing political organizations and holding seminars on military bases. The Senate Foreign Relations Committee, in a report on the problem of right-wing extremism in the military, warned that there was “considerable danger” in the “education and propaganda activities of military personnel. . . Running through all of them is a central theme that the primary, if not exclusive, danger to this country is internal Communist Infiltration.” The “thesis of the nature of the Communist threat often is developed by equating social legislation with socialism, and the latter with Communism . . . much of the administration’s [Kennedy’s] domestic legislative programs, including graduated income tax, social security, Federal aid to education, etc. under this philosophy would be characterized as steps toward Communism.” Finally, the committee specifically pointed to General Limnitzer and called for an examination of the relationship between him, his Chiefs, and the extreme right groups. McNamara demoted Lemnitzer and transferred him to Europe as chief of NATO, Gerald Ford promoted the darling of the Republican right to the President’s Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board, while his Cuba chief, General Craig, became chief of the NSA’s military arm, the Army Security Agency.7










Chapter Four: MKULTRA
By the end of the Korean War, 70% of the 7,190 US POWs signed confessions, 15% cooperated fully, and only 5% steadfastly resisted confession or indoctrination. In 1953, Lawrence Hinkle and Harold Wolff submitted to Director of Central Intelligence Allen Dulles a secret report about communist methods of brainwashing that was at that time the definitive work on the subject. The Hinkle and Wolff report stated that no magical weapons were used, nor were drugs, exotic mental ray-guns, or machines. Intense psychological pressure and human weakness were the keys, beginning with solitary confinement. Guards constantly reminded the prisoner that he was totally cut off from outside support, ordered him to stand for long periods, dictated the position allowed for sleep, waking him if he moved while sleeping, banned all outside stimuli such as books, conversation, or news of the outside world. After 4-6 weeks the prisoner would break down. “He weeps, he mutters, and prays aloud in his cell.” At this stage the interrogation began in a special room. “The guard told him that he knew his own crimes—all too well.” The prisoner is in the position of trying “to prove his innocence to he knew not what.” The interrogator and the prisoner bond and together “ransacked” the captive’s soul. As the interrogation proceeded, the prisoner realized he could end his ordeal only with a full confession. “The prisoner feels that ‘something must be done to end this.’ He must find a way out.” According to a KGB officer, more than 99 percent of prisoners sign a confession at this stage. Then the subject was either shot or sent to a labor camp after sentencing. Chinese techniques would move on to re-education of prisoners by moving them into a group cell for political indoctrination. Incessant study of Marx and Mao, lectures, and self-criticism led to conversion by group pressure. Prisoners demonstrated their commitment by ferociously attacking any deviations. Constant intimacy with prisoners who reviled him for his resistance pushed the prisoner beyond his emotional endurance. As the prisoner conformed, cellmates gave increased acceptance and esteem, which reinforced his commitment to the Party, for he learned that only his acceptance allowed him to live successfully in the cell. The American mind control effort was a mini Manhattan Project with a conviction that the keys to brainwashing lay in technology. The Agency’s brainwashing experts gravitated to people in the mold of the brilliant and sometimes mad scientist obsessed by the wonders of the brain.8
MKULTRA USA—1953: In 1953, CIA officer Richard Helms chose Dr. Sidney Gottlieb to run the Technical Service Staff (TSS), which was given the job of developing poisons to assassinate political opponents, truth serum drugs for interrogating spies, and mind control techniques to create robot assassins or unwitting double agents. Gottlieb used Nazi scientists and their state of the art mind-control techniques that had been perfected in concentration camps using Holocaust victims. Operation Paperclip recruited as many as 9,000 Nazi scientists and technicians to help the US destroy the USSR. Some of these scientists were known as programmers—people skilled in the art of breaking down and controlling the human mind. Joseph Mengele and others experimented extensively with children and adults using mescaline, electro-shock therapy, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, torture, rape, starvation, and trauma bonding. Mengele was so successful with his technique of trauma bonding that survivors today still exhibit a profound affection for their torturer, referring to Mengele as “beautiful Joseph.” Dr. Greenbaum (Dr. L. Wilson Greene) was a Jewish doctor who the Nazis coerced to participate in their experiments at Auschwitz. This individual, whose code name was Dr. Green, came to the US after WWII and began to experiment on adults and children for the military and the CIA, whose personnel copied the Nazi methodology and began numerous programs of their own. The first CIA program was known as MKULTRA. To avoid confusion, the many separate mind control operations will be referred to generically as MKULTRA. According to MKULTRA documents and sources, the methodology of mind control works best when severe trauma is administered by the age of three years old. Severe trauma, such as rape, applied at the age of three will cause the personality to split or dissociate in an attempt to shield the mind from memories of events too painful to endure. The current psychiatric term is dissociative identity disorder (DID), formerly known as multiple personality disorder (MPD), and can be produced accidentally or purposefully. The Three Faces of Eve is the story of a woman’s multiple personality disorder, which had been created by childhood abuse. In other words, MPD can be “created” by a therapist in an effort manipulate the human mind. Psychic trauma and creation of multiple personalities can be caused, for instance, by what is termed the ritual sacrifice of animals and humans. The traumatic experience of undergoing torture or even witnessing horrific events causes the dissociation. The programmer will use triggers and hypnosis to call forth the “alter personality.” Only 20% of the general population is easily hypnotizable, but trauma at an early age makes anyone vulnerable to dissociation, and thus hypnotizable. Typically, the programmer might wear a rabbit suit and sacrifice a rabbit in front of the child victim. The image of the rabbit, a phrase from Alice in Wonderland, or similar paired images are used as the triggers to call forth the alter personality. The method works best when the trauma is repeated around six years of age. A few years later, the child victim’s IQ test and personality tests are evaluated to determine whether the child may be trained in assassination, sexual blackmail, drug courier, or other role. Years after that, the subject may be hypnotized and used for operations, after which he or she would be consciously aware only of a sense of lost time. Gottlieb concentrated on the use of LSD for mind control, and exotic poisons and drugs for political assassinations. He gave LSD to an unknowing fellow scientist Frank Olsen, who worked for the Army Chemical Corps’ Special Operations Division (SOD) at Fort Detrick, developing biological weapons. Olsen committed suicide by jumping through a window on the 10th floor of a hotel. Gottlieb concealed his actions and the Olsen family was unaware of the cause of his suicide until 27 years later when the facts emerged during hearings on CIA abuses. The link between Gottlieb and Olsen illustrates how the development of different elements of mind control are intertwined with biological and chemical weapons development, radiation testing, and the building of Manchurian Candidates. (Ross pg 101) During hearings in the 1970s, Congress uncovered the fact that the CIA gave LSD to thousands of unwitting adults and children for 11 years in an effort to perfect mind-control techniques, before dropping that method in favor of ones more technologically advanced. Besides the death of bioweapons expert Frank Olsen, the death of tennis player Harold Blauer in 1952 resulted from a mescaline overdose administered (injected) by doctors using him as a guinea pig in MKULTRA mind-control research. How many other deaths and injuries resulted besides these high profile cases will never be known. MKULTRA had 149 subprojects that encompassed nearly every aspect of human behavior and social science. In the 1977 Senate hearings, former CIA director Stansfield Turner stated that the program took place at 80 institutions, including 44 universities, 15 private companies, 12 hospitals, and 3 prisons. The areas explored included radiation, electroshock, paramilitary devices and materials, anthropology, graphology, psychiatry, psychology, and sociology.”9 MKULTRA Subproject 119 was a precursor of “nonlethal” weapons programs currently active and included the subject heading, “Techniques of activation of the human organism by remote electronic means.” This memo was dated August 17, 1960 and, when viewed with other evidence that was not destroyed, shows significant interest in radio frequency (RF) weapons and direct control of human behavior at a distance. This aspect of the research is where the greatest modern emphasis has been, rather than chemical or biological agents, both of which leave physical evidence and violate existing treaties.10
Allen Dulles: Allen Dulles and his brother, John Foster Dulles, designed the CIA for Clark Clifford, the author of the NSA act of 1947. Allen Dulles had been the top OSS agent in Switzerland during the war, where he met frequently with Nazi officials and monitored US investments in Germany. He held an executive position with Standard Oil. The Dulles brothers were both partners in the Wall Street firm of Sullivan and Cromwell, still the most powerful firm of its kind. John Foster would go on to be Secretary of State for Eisenhower, while Allen was head of the CIA. Allen Dulles was fired by Kennedy in 1961 after the failed Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba. Allen Dulles became the lead investigator of the Warren Commission that found Oswald to be the lone gunman.11
Dr. George Estabrooks: Dr. George Eastabrooks was prominent in the American hypnosis scene from the 1920s to the 1970s, when he was head of Colgate University’s Department of Psychology. He published over sixty articles and several books on hypnosis. Estabrooks’ expertise was used by both the OSS and the FBI. As soon as the OSS began, George Estabrooks (b. 1885, d. 1973) started traveling to Washington, D.C. Estabrooks viewed persons who were readily susceptible to hypnosis, 10-20% of the general population, as fodder for any hypnotist’s notion of higher purpose, be it research, profit, patriotism, or his own personal entertainment. His attitude echoed that of Dr. Cook who, in 1927, advised beginning hypnotists to boldly develop a stable of hypnotic subjects: “First, secure a good subject and practice upon him until you can hypnotize him with absolutely no difficulty, and then place him in the profound [somnambulistic/amnesic] stages of hypnosis...Next secure two or three more subjects and develop them, and thus gradually add to the number.” (Cook, p. 125) The hypnotic state is referred to as somnambulistic/amnesic by Dr. Cook, because the subject was unaware of the missing time and unknowing of his “other life,” the time he spent under hypnosis. The subject is compared to a sleep walker who retained no memory of their time under hypnosis. Estabrooks promoted the use of hypno-programmed spies by both the military and police. He suggested that police agents could gather information from “the criminal class.” If allowed a free hand, the authorities could proceed to plant such prepared subjects, always with the idea of obtaining information which might, sooner or later, be of real use to the police. (Hypnotism, p. 191) During WWII, Estabrooks claimed to have created unwitting couriers. US soldiers were hypnotized and a second shell personality was created and given a detailed message. The soldier reported to his contact, was hypnotized again, and gave his secret message. The couriers were unaware of their mission and could not knowingly divulge its contents. Estabrooks stated that this and other mind control programs were operational during WWII. Estabrooks envisioned an elaborate infiltration operation of a foreign government, targeting key officials who could control events in that nation. Unknowing hypnotic subjects could be placed in key positions and could be controlled without their being aware of it. Assassins who were programmed to kill, would do so with no memory of the act or their motivation. This was verified by an MKULTRA subproject that put two 19 year old girls under hypnosis, and convincing one of the girls that she was to wake her friend, and if she did not wake, to pick up a pistol (loaded with blanks) and shoot her. The girl did exactly that and denied the deed when she was brought out of hypnosis. Estabrooks described in detail what it would take to program an unknowing subject. He estimated that ten hours of programming would be enough to accomplish his basic intention, but he recommended a ten-month regimen for personalities that were to be highly split and specially trained. He described a method for programming a double agent, whose unconscious mind would be loyal to his country, but whose conscious mind would be loyal to whatever country that was being infiltrated and reported on. In his normal waking state, which we will call Personality A, or PA, this individual will become a rabid communist. He will join the party, follow the party line and make himself as objectionable as possible to the US authorities. Then we develop Personality B (PB), the secondary personality, the unconscious personality...is rabidly American and anticommunist. It has all the information possessed by Personality A, the normal personality, whereas PA does not know about the shell personality B.
“My super spy plays his role as a communist in the waking state, aggressively, consistently, fearlessly. But his PB is a loyal American, and PB has all the memories of PA. As a loyal American, he will not hesitate to divulge these memories.”12
Dr. Ewen Cameron: Dr. Ewen Cameron was president of the American and Canadian Psychiatric Associations. He ran the Allan Memorial Institute, which was founded in 1943 with funds from the Rockefeller Foundation. Cameron studied the Nazis at the Nuremberg trials and eventually became one of most influential and powerful psychiatrists in the world. Nazi Paperclip scientists made their way into the CIA and military sponsored mind control programs here in the United States and Canada. Some of these scientists, according to Colonel L. Fletcher Prouty, were friends of Dr. Cameron.
“If you get a hold of a directory for the American Psychiatric Association in around 1956 or 1957, you’ll be surprised to find that an enormous percentage of the individuals listed are foreign-born. Mostly they came out of Germany and Eastern Europe in a big wave. They were all called technical specialists,” but really they were psychiatrists. They went into jobs at universities mostly, but many were working on these unconventional “mind control programs for US intelligence…these would go to people like Dr. Cameron in Canada.”13
Money for Cameron’s operation came from the CIA funneled through Cornell’s Society for the Investigation of Human Ecology. The systematic annihilation, or depatterning, of a subject’s mind and memory was accomplished with overdoses of LSD, barbiturate sleep for 65 days at a stretch, and ECT shocks at 75 times the recommended dosage. Psychic driving, the repetition of a recorded message for 16-20 hours a day, programmed the empty mind. The Grid Room was where the patient was forcibly strapped to a chair, paralyzed with a dose of curare, and head covered in electrodes and transducers. The subject’s brain waves were beamed to a nearby reception room filled with radio receivers, voice analyzers, and recorders. Cameron’s employee Rubenstein was serious when he said that Dr. Cameron and he would one day become the world’s authorities on continuous radio telemetry of human activity. They envisioned the time would come when “there would be no secrets of the mind that we cannot probe electrically.” All the psychiatrist had to do was ensure a continuous supply of patients and he would create the electronic equipment that “would enter the deepest corners of their minds.” Dr. Cameron had given the go-ahead for part of the institute’s basement to be turned into a radio telemetry laboratory. Rubenstein enthused that its purpose would be not only to measure behavioral activity of patients more closely, but would also provide the groundwork for a system that could be used to monitor human activity at a point remote from the subject under study. In other words, Rubenstein had added, “we’ll develop a system that will keep tabs on people without their knowing what we’re getting from them.” Cameron and Rubenstein considered this telemetry lab the foundation of a sprawling psycho-political apparatus “that will keep tabs on people without their knowing”. (Gordon Thomas) The Canadian government settled a class action lawsuit by 250 former patients of Dr. Cameron, but no person or institution has ever been disciplined or punished for these activities.
Linda McDonald was 25 years old in 1963 when Dr. Cameron treated her for mild post-partum depression. She received 102 ECT treatments, 80 days of drug-induced sleep, and emerged completely depatterned—totally incontinent and unable to state her name or recognize her husband and children. She had to relearn how drive, cook, read, and use a toilet. Eventually, unlike many patients of Cameron, she made a complete recovery, but still has no memory of the first 25 years of her life. Cameron was the premier psychiatrist of the 20th Century and having studied Nazi scientists at the Nuremberg trials, replicated many of their methods and sought their assistance in the race to control the human mind. Cameron’s mind-control experiments were one program out of many programs run by the CIA, Navy, Air Force, and Army.14
MKULTRA—1960’s and 1970’s
Richard Helms: Richard Helms was picked by CIA director John McCone to run the dirty tricks department after the Bay of Pigs. Helms became DCI in 1966, destroying the archive on MKULTRA when he left in 1972. Richard Helms was a product of the eastern establishment. His grandfather was president of the Federal Reserve and had interviewed Hitler as a UP reporter. In the tradition of Gottlieb, Helms was a Machiavellian character who used Paperclip scientists, and would stop at nothing to win. He advocated low-intensity warfare, transmitting strategic subliminal messages to the brains of enemy populations. He advocated the use of high frequencies to affect memory and the unconscious mind. In a 1964 memo to the Warren Commission, he mentions
“biological radio communication”: Cybernetics can be used in molding of a child’s character, the inculcation of knowledge and techniques, the amassing of experience, the establishment of social behavior patterns…all functions which can be summarized as control of the growth processes of the individual.”15
Dr. Stephen Aldrich: Dr. Stephen Aldrich took control of the Office of Research and Development (ORD) in 1962 from Gottlieb. Aldrich started Operation Often, an investigation into the occult with the help of Houston sorceress Sybil Leek. CIA behaviorists carefully studied every aspect of the occult underground. In 1972 the Scientific Engineering Institute (SEI) sponsored a course at the University of South Carolina in rituals of demonology and voodoo. SEI was a CIA cut out that had been set up in 1956 to study radar. In 1962 SEI set up a lab to study the effects of electrodes deep in the brain. Aldrich focused on remote brain manipulation and the occult, the thread that runs through SEI. In 1963 a CIA manual focused on Radio-Hypnotic Intracerebral Control (RHIC) that was developed by the Pentagon.
“When a part of your brain receives a tiny electrical impulse from outside sources, such as vision, hearing, etc., an emotion is produced—anger at the sight of a gang of boys beating an old woman, for example. The same emotions of anger can be created by artificial radio signals sent to your brain by a controller. You could instantly feel the same white hot anger without any apparent reason.”
The term Electronic Dissolution of Memory (EDOM) refers to the ability to erase memory at a distance. Dr. Jose Delgado announced on May 6, 1965 at a closed lecture at the American Museum of Natural History, “[S]cience has developed a new electrical methodology for the study and control of cerebral function in animals and humans.”
Project Pandora: In the 1950’s it was discovered that the US embassy in Moscow was being hit with electromagnetic radiation in the microwave spectrum, but the fact was kept secret from the embassy employees. Ambassador Stoessel contracted a blood disease, bleeding eyes, nausea, and eventually lymphoma. He and other employees suffered morbidity and some eventually died as a result of the microwave attack. Henry Kissinger sent a secret memo giving hazard pay to embassy personnel in the 1970’s after the secret was exposed in a Jack Anderson column. It is possible, even likely, that both the US government and the USSR used the embassy staff as microwave guinea pigs. The DOD’s Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA and DARPA are the same organization) set up a lab at Walter Reed Army Institute of Research and participated in Project Pandora. Scientists began by zapping monkeys to study the biological effects of highly concentrated microwave frequencies. (Constantine, 9) Similar studies were conducted at the VA hospital in Kansas City, University of Rochester, Brooks Air Force Base in Texas, Johns Hopkins, MIT, the Mitre Corp., University of Pennsylvania, and many other domestic and foreign research labs. The CIA began experimenting with other forms of directed energy in the EM spectrum. Dr. Jose Delgado experimented on four human subjects using radio waves, reporting they experienced different emotions, sensations, and “colored visions.” Delgado stated that these weapons were “more dangerous than atomic destruction.” With knowledge of the brain, he said,
“We may transform, we may shape, direct, robotize man. I think the great danger of the future is…that we will have robotized human beings who are not aware they have been robotized.”
Delgado was in fact responsible for the development of a brain transponder that was used to robotize human subjects. 21
Dr. José Delgado: Delgado came to Yale University in 1950 and received CIA funds through the Office of Naval Intelligence. He perfected the stimoceiver, an electronic brain implant used to transmit electrical impulses directly to the brain, one version of which uses a radio signal to remotely deliver electrical stimulation of the brain. In one experiment Delgado remotely stimulates the brain of a normal eleven-year-old boy, who becomes confused about his sexual identity and proceeds to tell Dr. Delgado he wants to marry him. In 1975 Delgado published “Two-way Communication with the Brain,” which explained his success at linking the implants directly to computers with the “ability to perform simultaneous recording and stimulation of brain functions, thereby permitting the establishment of feedbacks and on-demand programs of excitation with the aid of the computer.” This allowed “long-term EEG in unrestrained patients,” to “provide information directly to the brain, circumventing normal sensory receptors,” “communication from the brain to computer and back to the brain,” and “clinical applications to humans of on-demand programs of stimulation, triggered by predetermined electrical pattern.”16 By the 1980s Delgado emphasized changing brainwave patterns and physiology through electromagnetic broadcasting that could be utilized at up to three kilometers. In an interview he stated,
“This new knowledge is so important that I think it should radically change the philosophy of our education system, which believes in the sanctity of individuals, thinking that an individual exists at birth. This belief is not true… and this science is going to prove the fallacy of democracy in the sense that we talk about the rights of the individual; this democratic belief is not true…Looking into the future, it may be predicted that telerecording and telestimulation of the brain will be widely used.”17
Dr. Louis Jolyon “Jolly” West: Air Force Major Louis Jolyon “Jolly” West joined MKULTRA early, concentrating on LSD studies, the most famous of which was a lethal LSD overdose injected into an elephant named Tusko. West lived in Haight-Ashbury in 1967, ostensibly to study the hippie in his native habitat. West was in charge of the Dept. of Psychiatry at UCLA, and director of the Neuro-Psychiatric Institute until his death in 1999. From 1948 until 1956 he was Chief, Psychiatry Service, 3700th USAF Hospital, Lackland AFB in San Antonio, Texas, not far from Brooks AFB, which houses the Albertus Strughold Library. In 1973 West proposed to then Governor Reagan the creation of a “Center for the Study and Reduction of Violence.” Abandoned missile bases were to be the location for “programs for the alteration of undesirable behavior.” West identified the factors of violent behavior as “sex (male), age (youth), ethnicity (black), and urbanicity.” West planned for the California State Police to share a database that would keep track of “pre-delinquent” children in order to treat them before they became delinquents. One critic at UCLA said, “They’re employing the psychiatric armamentarium and a new technological tool set—what has come to be known as psycho-technology. Under the guise of therapeutic behavior modification, they’re applying anything from (the terror drug) Anectine, and other aversive drugs, to psychosurgery.” West examined Jack Ruby after the Kennedy assassination and pronounced him mentally ill, despite Ruby’s claims of a cover-up. Dr. West was the chief medical officer involved in remote viewing projects such as Project Grill Flame. Late in life West became associated with the Cult Awareness Network, which was founded by a former aide to Reagan.

President’s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March 1995
MKULTRA Victims Testimonies: Valerie Wolf:
“Okay. I’m going to start. My name is Valerie Wolf. In listening to the testimony today, it all sounds really familiar. I am here to talk about a possible link between radiation and mind-control experimentation that began in the late 1940s. The main reason that mind-control research is being mentioned is because people are alleging that they were exposed as children to mind-control radiation drugs and chemical experimentation, which were administered by the same doctors who are known to have been involved in conducting both radiation and mind-control research. Written documentation has been provided revealing the names of people and the names of research projects in statements from people across the country. It is also important to understand that mind-control techniques and follow-ups into adulthood may have been used to intimidate these particular research subjects into not talking about their victimization in government research. As a therapist for the past 22 years, I have specialized in treating victims and perpetrators of trauma and their families. When word got out that I was appearing at this hearing, nearly 40 therapists across the country, and I had about a week and a half to prepare, contacted me to talk about clients who had reported being subjects in radiation and mind-control experiments. The consistency of people’s stories about the purpose of the mind-control and pain-induction techniques, such as electric shock, use of hallucinogens, sensory deprivation, hypnosis, dislocation of limbs and sexual abuse, is remarkable. There is almost nothing published on this aspect of mind-control used with children, and these clients come from all over the country, having had no contact with each other. What was startling was that therapists reported many of these clients were also physically ill with auto-immune problems, thyroid problems, multiple sclerosis, and other muscle and connective tissue diseases as well as mysterious ailments for which a diagnosis cannot be found. While somatization disorder is commonly found in these clients, many of the clients who have been involved in the human experimentation with the government have multiple medically-documented physical ailments, and I was really shocked today to hear one of the speakers talk about the cysts and the teeth breaking off, because I have a client that that’s happening to. Many people are afraid to tell their doctors their histories as mind-control subjects for fear of being considered to be crazy. These clients have named some of the same people, particularly a Dr. Green, who was associated with clients’ reports of childhood induction of pain, mind-control techniques, and childhood sexual abuse. One of my clients, who had seen him with a name tag, identified him as Dr. L. Wilson Green. A person with this same name was the scientific director of the Chemical and Radiological Laboratories at the Army Chemical Center, and that he was engaged in doing research for the Army and other intelligence agencies. Other names that have come to light are Dr. Sidney Gottlieb and Dr. Martin Orne, who, it is reported, were also involved in radiation research. It needs to be made clear that people have remembered these names and events spontaneously with free recall and without the use of any memory-retrievable techniques, such as hypnosis. As much as possible, we have tried to verify the memories with family members, records and experts in the field. Many attempts have been made through Freedom of Information Act filings to gain access to the mind-control research documentation. These requests have generally been slowed down or denied, although some information has been obtained, which suggests that at least some of the information supplied by these clients is true. It is important that we obtain all of the information contained in the CIA and military files to verify or deny our clients’ memories. Although many of the files for MK Ultra may have been destroyed, whatever is left, along with the files for other projects, such as Bluebird and Artichoke, to name only two, contain valuable information. Furthermore, if, as the evidence suggests, some of these people were used in radiation experiments, there might be information in the mind-control experiment file on radiation experiments. We need this information to help in the rehabilitation and treatment of many people who have severe psychological and medical problems which interfere with their social, emotional and financial well-being. Finally, I urge you to recommend an investigation into these matters. Although there was a commission on mind-control, it did not include experiments on children because most of them were too young or still involved in the research in the late 1970s to come forward. The only way to end the harassment and suffering of these people is to make public what has happened to them in the mind-control experiments. Please recommend that there be an investigation and that the files be opened on the mind-control experiments as they related to children. Thank you.
The following is MKULTRA victim testimony by Claudia Mullen about mind control before the Presidential Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments March 15, 1995.
Claudia Mullen: Good afternoon. Between the years 1957 and 1984, I became a pawn in the government’s game. Its ultimate goal was mind control and to create the perfect spy, all through the use of chemicals, radiation, drugs, hypnosis, electric shock, isolation in tubs of water, sleep deprivation, brainwashing, verbal, physical, emotional and sexual abuse. I was exploited unwittingly for nearly three decades of my life, and the only explanations given to me were “that the end justifies the means” and “I was serving my country in their bold effort to fight communism.” I can only summarize my circumstances by saying they took an already abused seven-year-old child and compounded my suffering beyond belief. The saddest part is, I know for a fact, I was not alone. There were countless other children in my same situation, and there was no one to help us until now. I have already submitted as much information as possible including conversations overheard at the agencies responsible. I am able to report all of this to you in such detail because of my photographic memory and the arrogance of the people involved. They were certain they would always control my mind. Although the process of recalling these atrocities is not an easy one, nor is it without some danger to myself and my family, I feel the risk is worth taking. Dr. L. Wilson Greene received $50 million dollars from the Edgewood Chemical and Radiology Laboratory as part of the TSD, or Technical Science Division of the CIA, once described to Dr. Charles Brown that “children were used as subjects because they were more fun to work with, and cheaper too.” They needed lower profile subjects than soldiers and government people, so only young willing females would do. “Besides,” he said, “I like scaring them. They in the Agency think I am a God, creating subjects in experiments for whatever deviant purposes Sid and James could think up” (Sid being Dr. Sidney Gottlieb; James is Dr. James Hamilton). In 1958 they told me I was to be tested by some important doctors from the Society, or the Human Ecology Society and I was instructed to cooperate. I was told not to look at anyone’s faces, and to try hard to ignore any names because this was a very secret project. I was told all these things to help me forget. Naturally, as most children do, I did the opposite and remembered as much as I could. A Dr. John Gittinger tested me, Dr. Cameron gave me the shock, and Dr. Greene the x-rays. Then I was told by Sid Gottlieb that “I was ripe for the big A,” meaning Artichoke. By the time I left to go home, just like every time from then on, I would remember only whatever explanations Dr. Robert G. Heath, of Tulane Medical University, gave me for the odd bruises, needle marks, burns on my head, fingers, and even the genital soreness. I had no reason to think otherwise. They had already begun to control my mind. The next year I was sent to a lodge in Maryland called Deep Creek Cabins to learn how to sexually please men. I was taught how to coerce them into talking about themselves. It was Richard Helms, who was Deputy Director of the CIA, Dr. Gottlieb, Capt. George White, Morris Allan who all planned on filling as many high government agency officials and heads of academic institutions and foundations as possible so that later when the funding for mind control and radiation started to dwindle, projects would continue. I was used to entrap many unwitting men including themselves, all with the use of a hidden camera. I was only nine years old when the sexual humiliation began. I overheard conversations about part of the Agency called ORD which I found out was Office of Research and Development. It was run by Dr. Greene, Dr. Steven Aldrich, Martin Orne, and Morris Allan. Once, a crude remark was made by Dr. Gottlieb about a certain possible leak in New Orleans involving a large group of retarded children who had been given massive doses of radiation. He asked why was Wilson so worried about a few retarded kids. After all, they would be the least likely to spill the beans. Another time I heard Dr. Martin Orne, who was the director then of the Scientific Office and later head of the Institute for Experimental Research state that, “in order to keep more funding coming from different sources for radiation and mind control projects,” he suggested stepping up the amounts of stressors used and also the blackmail portions of the experiments. He said, “It needed to be done faster, then to get rid of the subjects or they were asking for us to come back later and haunt them with our remembrances.” There is much more I could tell you about government-sponsored research, including project names, subproject numbers, people involved, facilities used, tests, and other forms of pain induction, but I think I have given more than enough information to recommend further investigation of all the mind-control projects, especially as they involved so much of the use of the radiation. I would love nothing more than to say that I dreamed this all up and need to just forget it. But that would be a tragic mistake. It would also be a lie. All these atrocities did occur to me and to countless other children, and all under the guise of defending our country. It is because of the cumulative effects of exposure to radiation, chemicals, drugs, pain, subsequent mental and physical distress that I have been robbed of the ability to work and even to bear children of my own. It is blatantly obvious that none of this was needed, nor should ever have been allowed to take place at all, and the only means we have to seek out the awful truth and bring it to light is by opening whatever files remain on all the projects, and through another Presidential Commission on Mind Control. I believe that every citizen of this nation has the right to know what is fact, and what is fiction. It is our greatest protection against this ever happening again. In conclusion, I can offer you no more than what I have given you today—the truth. And I thank you for your time.
Christine DeNicola: Good afternoon. I’m Christine DeNicola, born July 1962, rendering me 32 years of age. I was a subject in radiation as well as mind-control and drug experiments performed by a man I knew as Dr. Green. My parents were divorced around 1966, and Donald Richard Ebner, my natural father, was involved with Dr. Green in the experiments. I was a subject from 1966 to 1976. Dr. Green performed radiation experiments on me in 1970, focusing on my neck, throat and chest in 1972, focusing on my chest and my uterus in 1975. Each time I became dizzy, nauseous and threw up. All these experiments were performed on me in conjunction with mind-control techniques and drugs in Tucson, Arizona. Dr. Green was using me mostly as a mind-control subject from 1966 to 1973. His objective was to gain control of my mind and train me to be a spy assassin. The first significant memory took place at Kansas City University in 1966. Don Ebner took me there by plane when my mom was out of town. I was in what looked like a laboratory, and there seemed to be other children. I was strapped down, naked, spread-eagle on a table, on my back. Dr. Green had electrodes on my body, including my head. He used what looked like an overhead projector and repeatedly said he was burning different images into my brain while a red light flashed aimed at my forehead. In between each sequence, he used electric shock on my body and told me to go deeper and deeper, while repeating each image would go deeper into my brain, and I would do whatever he told me to do. I felt drugged because he had given me a shot before he started the procedure. When it was over, he gave me another shot. The next thing I remember, I was with my grandparents again in Tucson, Arizona. I was four years old. You can see from this experiment that Dr. Green used trauma, drugs, post-hypnotic suggestion, and more trauma in an effort to gain total control of my mind. He used me in radiation experiments, both for the purposes of determining the effects of radiation on various parts of my body and to terrorize me as an additional trauma in the mind-control experiments. The rest of the experiments took place in Tucson, Arizona, out in the desert. I was taught how to pick locks, be secretive, use my photographic memory, and a technique to withhold information by repeating numbers to myself. Dr. Green moved on to wanting me to kill dolls that looked like real children. I stabbed a doll with a spear once after being severely traumatized, but the next time, I refused. He used many pain-induction techniques, but as I got older, I resisted more and more. He often tied me down in a cage, which was near his office. Between 1972 and 1976, he and his assistants were sometimes careless and left the cage unlocked. Whenever physically possible, I snuck into his office and found files with reports and memos addressed to CIA and military personnel. Included in these files were project, sub-project, subject and experiment names with some code numbers for radiation and mind-control experiments, which I have submitted in your written documentation. I was caught twice, and Dr. Green ruthlessly used electric shock, drugs, spun me on a table, put shots in my stomach and my back, dislocated my joints, and hypnotic techniques to make me feel crazy and suicidal. Because of my rebellion and growing lack of cooperation, they gave up on me as a spy assassin. Consequently, the last two years, 1974 to 1976, Dr. Green used various mind-control techniques to reverse the spy assassin messages, to self-destruct and death messages. His purpose. He wanted me dead, and I have struggled to stay alive all of my adult life, all of my adult life. I believe it is by the grace of God that I am still alive. These horrible experiments have profoundly affected my life. I developed multiple personality disorder because Dr. Green’s goal was to split my mind into as many parts as possible so he could control me totally. He failed. But I’ve had to endure years of constant physical, mental and emotional pain even to this day. I’ve been in therapy consistently for 12 years, and it wasn’t until I found my current therapist two and a half years ago, who had knowledge of the mind-control experiments, that I finally have been able to make real progress and begin to heal. In closing, I ask that you keep in mind that the memories I have described are but a glimpse of the countless others that took place over the 10 years between 1966 and 1976, that they weren’t just radiation but mind-control and drug experiments as well. I have included more detailed information of what I remember in your written documentation. Please help us by recommending an investigation and making the information available so that therapists and other mental health professionals can help more people like myself. I know I can get better. I am getting better, and I know others can, too, with the proper help. Please help us in an effort to prevent these heinous acts from continuing in the future. Thank you very much.
Programming Levels: Dr. Corydon Hammond spoke to fellow psychology professors at the Fourth Annual Eastern Regional Conference on Abuse and Multiple Personality in Alexandria, Virginia on June 25, 1992. The title of the lecture was “Hypnosis in Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD): Ritual Abuse.” Hammond says he interviewed other psychologists and psychiatrists who were encountering the same types of cases, “without leading or contaminating.” Hammond states that as many as two-thirds of the ritual abuse cases had been subjected to a highly developed and uniform technology of mind control. Often these will be persons programmed by their parents who are involved in cultic practice such as Satanism, or in intelligence agency programs. Hammond believes there are several levels of programming that can be accessed by letters in the Greek alphabet. The first level, Alpha, is generalized mind control, base-level programming characterized by augmented memory and the splitting of the mind into left and right brain divisions. Beta is apparently programming of sexuality and the destruction of moral inhibitions. Gamma is a level providing mind-control system protection involving deception and misdirection. Delta is the assassination programming level, and includes killers trained to perform ritual sacrifice. Theta is termed the “psychic killer” level. Omega is the level of programming dictating self-destruction, and is intended to cause the subject to commit suicide when they are interrogated or begin therapy. It is difficult to substantiate that a vast mind control underground exists, but the reports of people who believe that they have been victims of mind control coincide with Dr. Hammond’s information.18 Author’s note: Disinformation in intelligence activities is highly developed and not something the general public is adept at recognizing. Common practice is to make the truth sound improbable by adding a wild card, the truth is seeded with a lie. In practicing this dark art of misdirection, the six programming levels listed above may all be real with one exception. What if the Theta level (psychic killer) was such a wild card. Standard operating procedure dictates that the victims be fed a wild card to increase skepticism and disbelief. Thus the other five levels are tainted by association with the improbable and anyone who discovers the information, therapist or journalist, and publishes the entire list is also tainted by association. The corollary is false information seeded with a small portion of truth to give the lie the feel of veracity. This dear readers is the looking glass war, where up is down, and black is white. The normal mind rebels at this web of deceit where there is no such thing as absolute truth, only probabilities. It is highly probable (95% plus) that there is no such thing as a psychic killer and persons who claim this ability or practice should be looked upon with great skepticism. These individuals are using a “honey pot” to entrap and discredit the unwary. At least some of the books written by “victims” are sure to be “honey pots”. Proceed at your own risk…
Chapter Five: Nonlethal Weapons:
The concept of nonlethal weapons is not new; the term appears in heavily censored CIA documents dating from the 1960’s. But research and development in nonlethal technologies has received new impetus as post-Cold War Pentagon planning has shifted its focus to regional conflicts, insurgencies, and peacekeeping. The proponents concede that nonlethal weapons are not necessarily nonlethal; they are still called that because the term is politically attractive. Various names were considered and are still sometimes used: soft kill, mission kill, less-than-lethal weapons, non-injurious incapacitation, disabling measures, and strategic immobility. Says Lt Colonel John B. Alexander, “Having been through a number of names, I can say that nothing has had the impact of nonlethal”. The growing prominence of the nonlethal program tends to validate this strategy. Rebelling against the program’s marketing spin, analysts across the political spectrum have rejected the assertion that nonlethal weapons represent a new development in war fighting—or even a fruitful area for investment. Alexander writes, “Major political benefit can be accrued by being the first nation to announce a policy advocating projection of force in a manner that does not result in killing people,”
“Nonlethal weapons disable or destroy without causing significant injury or damage,” asserted Undersecretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz in a March 1991 memorandum. This is an important misconception. Nevertheless, Wolfowitz wrote, “A US lead in nonlethal technologies will increase our options and reinforce our position in the post-Cold War world.”
Dozens of nonlethal weapons have been proposed or developed, mostly in laboratory-scale models. They encompass a broad range of technologies, including chemical, biological, kinetic, electromagnetic, and acoustic weapons, as well as informational techniques such as computer viruses. The hazards of unaccountable government, from secret wars to secret radiation experiments, are well known. And yet, the system continues. The Clinton administration has made progress toward reforming it, but measurable results still have not materialized. The nominal justification for secrecy in nonlethal weapons is that developing them on a totally unclassified basis would enable potential adversaries to duplicate the effort or develop countermeasures. This is a valid concern, which is exploited beyond all justification, to the point of concealing the budgets and even the very existence of many programs. For hundreds of years, sci-fi writers have imagined weapons that might use energy waves or pulses to knock out, knock down, or otherwise disable enemies—without necessarily killing them. And for a good 40 years the US military has quietly been pursuing weapons of this sort. Much of this work is still secret, but now that the Cold War has ended and the United States is engaged in more humanitarian and peacekeeping missions, the search for weapons that could incapacitate people without inflicting lethal injuries has intensified. Police, too, are keenly interested. Scores of new contracts have been issued, and scientists, aided by government research on the “bioeffects” of beamed energy, are searching the electromagnetic and sonic spectrums for wavelengths that can affect human behavior. Weapons already exist that use lasers, which can temporarily or permanently blind enemy soldiers. So-called acoustic or sonic weapons, like the ones in the aforementioned lab, can vibrate the insides of humans to stun them, nauseate them, or even “liquefy their bowels and reduce them to quivering diarrheic messes,” according to a Pentagon briefing. Prototypes of such weapons were considered for tryout when US troops intervened in Somalia. Other, stranger effects also have been explored, such as using electromagnetic waves to put human targets to sleep or to heat them up, on the microwave-oven principle. Scientists are also trying to make sonic cannons that throws a shock wave with enough force to knock down a man. While this and similar weapons may seem far-fetched, scientists say they are natural successors to projects already underway—beams that disable the electronic systems of aircraft, computers, or missiles, for instance.
“Once you are into these anti-materiel weapons, it is a short jump to antipersonnel weapons,” says Louis Slesin, editor of the trade journal Microwave News. “That’s because the human body is essentially an electrochemical system, and devices that disrupt the electrical impulses of the nervous system can affect behavior and body functions.” But these programs—particularly those involving antipersonnel research—are so well guarded that details are scarce. “People [in the military] go silent on this issue,” says Slesin, “more than any other issue. People just do not want to talk about this.”
Greenham Common Women’s Peace Camp: First use of EMW en masse: Women peace campers at Greenham Common, England claimed that they were attacked by electronic weapons from within the US airbase there. Scientists from Electronics Today measured some form of electromagnetic wave which was responsible for illnesses they suffered. A team of doctors from the Medical Campaign Against Nuclear Weapons compiled a report on the condition of the women affected. The women first noticed a pattern of illnesses emerging in 1984. Women at different points around the camp appeared to have experienced similar symptoms at the same time, even when they were not in contact with one another. Large numbers of women complained of sudden feelings of extreme tiredness shortly before major events, such as the departure of a cruise missile convoy. Readings taken with a wide-range signal strength meter showed marked increases in the background signal level near one of the women’s camps at a time when they claimed to be experiencing ill effects, including vertigo, retinal bleeding, burnt face (even at night), nausea, sleep disturbances, palpitations, loss of concentration, loss of memory, disorientation, severe headaches, temporary paralysis, faulty speech coordination, irritability, and a sense of panic in non-panic situations, and in one case, a circulatory failure that required emergency treatment. Many of these symptoms have been associated in medical literature with exposure to microwaves and especially through low intensity or non-thermal exposures. The signal levels measured were well above normal background levels, but still within official safety limits. However, there is evidence from a number of sources that low levels of electromagnetic radiation can have harmful effects, especially where exposure takes place over a long period of time. These effects have been reviewed by Dr. Robert Becker, twice nominated for the Nobel Prize, and a specialist in electromagnetic (EM) effects. His report confirms that the symptoms mirror those he would expect to see had microwave weapons been deployed. British Defense officials have denied that any form of electronic signal is being used against the protesters.20
DOD/DOJ: The DOD uses the DOJ to develop “nonlethal” weapons in secret. Many of these devices are in violation of international treaties. By classifying these weapons as “crowd control” devices and funding them through the DOJ, the DOD avoids oversight. During the Nixon administration, psychiatric and police organizations merged their efforts, particularly the DOJ and National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH). The DOJ, through the Law Enforcement Assistance Administration (LEAA), was also planning the creation of a national police force, and urban warfare preparation that went by the names Operation Cable Splicer and Operation Garden Plot. The government publication, “Individual Rights and the Federal Role in Behavior Modification”, revealed that the DOJ, Department of Labor (DOL), VA, DOD, and National Science Foundation (NSF) were engaged in various aspects of behavior modification without effective oversight or review. Under interrogation, the head of the LEAA announced that funding would be cut, but instead it proceeded to fund behavior modification. One such project at Atmore State Prison (Alabama) conducted over 50 psychosurgical operations, which, according to Dr. Swan of Fisk University, were lobotomies performed on black political activists. In 1977 a Senate hearing into CIA drug experimentation drove existing programs underground. To secure the survival of their projects, networks, and funding, the mind control fraternity were forced to largely abandon scientific and military laboratories to seek deeper cover. Congressional scrutiny forced them to hide their activities by performing experiments on the powerless and voiceless human beings incarcerated in prison and psychiatric systems, or in the inner city by starting or manipulating cults and using them as cover for their operations. Mind control operations were hidden in undocumented “black projects” and intelligence agency “cut-outs” of all types, including criminal enterprises that provided cover and deniability for the perpetrators in government and heads of intelligence agencies.
Cyclotronic resonance is the ability of very low strength electromagnetic fields to produce significant biological effects by spinning or rotating particles within living cells. One military application described in The Final Report on Biotechnology Research Requirements for Aeronautical Systems Through the Year 2000 (Vol. I, Southwest research Institute, San Antonio, Texas, 1982), is the introduction of a small amount of chemical or biological weapon to enemy soldiers or populations. By using a harmonizing or resonance frequency of a poison existing in minute or undetectable concentrations, lethal effects can be achieved. The US Naval Medical Research Center used the technique of cyclotronic resonance on the lithium ion that occurs naturally in the brain to sedate the brain as if a large dose of lithium had been administered. By resonating naturally occurring chemicals, you amplify their potency, creating the same chemical changes as would have occurred with a massive dose of the chemical. These weapons change the porosity of the blood brain barrier, allowing these lethal substances to go where they normally would be excluded. These experiments are ongoing using the DOJ to fund these programs as “crowd control” to avoid being caught in violations of international treaties against the use of biological and chemical weapons. (Begich pg 134) In 1993, the National Institute of Justice (of the DOJ) document “NIJ Initiative on Less-Than-Lethal Weapons” recommended that state and local police departments in America utilize psychotronic, electromagnetic, and other mind-control weapons against American citizens involved in “domestic disturbances,” an open-ended term that could include family arguments. The report said,
“Short-term research will be completed to adopt military technology to use by domestic law enforcement…including laser, microwave, and electromagnetic weapons.”
The Washington Post reported, “The Pentagon and the DOJ have agreed to share state-of-the-art military technology with civilian law enforcement agencies, including exotic “nonlethal” weapons.” This new approach to law enforcement was showcased in a three-day secret conference on nonlethal weaponry at the Applied Physics Laboratory at Johns Hopkins University in Maryland. The conference head was Col. John B. Alexander, Program Manager for Nonlethal (psychotronic) Defense, Los Alamos National Laboratory. Attending the meeting was Attorney General Janet Reno, military weapons specialists, and representatives from state and local police departments. Subjects included, “radio frequency weapons, high powered microwave technology, acoustic technology, voice synthesis, and application of extreme frequency electromagnetic fields to nonlethal weapons.”21
Classified weapons are being passed to domestic law enforcement agencies, as shown by the 1995 ONDCP (Office of National Drug Control Policy) International Technology Symposium, “Counter-Drug Law Enforcement: Applied Technology for Improved Operational Effectiveness,” which outlined the “Transition of advanced military technologies to the civil law enforcement environment.” There are some observers who fear that the burgeoning narcotics industry is an ideal “cover” in which to “transit” nonlethal technologies to domestic political tasks. Whether this is merely a misplaced “Orwellian” fear remains to be seen. However, organized crime is so globally “organized” that experts now believe it is impossible to eradicate or even effectively combat.
Non-lethal tetanizing weapon: United States Patent 5675103: A non-lethal weapon for temporarily immobilizing a target subject by means of muscular tetanization in which the tetanization is produced by conducting a precisely-modulated electrical current through the target. Because the electrical current is a close replication of the physiological neuroelectric impulses which control striated muscle tissue, it tetanizes the subject's skeletal muscles without causing any perceptible sensation. The transmission of this current to the distant target is via two channels of electrically conductive air. The conductive channels are created by multi-photon and collisional ionization within the paths of two beams of coherent (laser) or columnated incoherent ultraviolet radiation directed to the target. A single beam may be used to tetanize a grounded target. The high-voltage tetanizing current flows from electrodes at the origin of the beams along the channels of free electrons within them.
A sonic weapon is pretty much what it sounds like: using sound waves as weapons. And there are tons of them: the Long Range Acoustic Device, the Sonic Bullet, the Curdler (AKA People Repeller), the Shout, the Acoustic Blaster, the Hyperspike, the Acoustic Bazooka, the HyperSonic Sound System, the Aversive Audible Acoustic Device, the Gayle Blaster, the Acoustic Canon, the Sequential Arc Discharge Acoustic Generator, the Mosquito, and the Squawk Box. Basically, each of these is a take on one of two approaches: attack the hearing or attack the body.
An Active Denial System that fires 95 GHz-millimeter-wave directed energy is being developed for multiple uses by a multi-organizational team. ADS systems are a new class of nonlethal weaponry using 95 GHz-millimeter-wave directed energy. This technology is capable of rapidly heating a person’s skin to achieve a pain threshold that has been demonstrated by AFRL human subject testing to be very effective at repelling people, without burning the skin or causing other secondary effects. The US Department of Energy Office of Security and Safety Performance Assurance (SSA) is exploring the potential to use directed energy weapons technology sponsored by the Department of Defense (DoD), named Active Denial Technology (ADT), to help protect DOE nuclear assets. SSA is sponsoring Sandia National Laboratories, a National Nuclear Security Administration lab, to investigate how the technology can be used on adversaries by developing a new small-sized Active Denial System (ADS) to meet the unique and rapidly evolving security needs of DOE. To help solve the many technical issues associated with this challenge, Sandia has partnered with Raytheon and the Air Force Research Laboratory (AFRL), because both organizations have significant experience with earlier ADS system developments.
Killer drones that can see through walls. (by William Saletan, Slate Magazine) Display from an unmanned aerial vehicle:
...Looking into a breakthrough cryptically reported in Iraq and Afghanistan: the ability of U.S. unmanned aerial vehicles to identify and track human targets "even when they are inside buildings." Several recently reported technologies might account for it, but Slate reader fozzy suggests looking for the answer in a military research field called STTW, usually translated as "sense-through-the-wall." Has this ability been extended to a distance that allows it to be used by aerial drones? Fozzy cites a March 2008 Army technical report on the latest progress in STTW radar methods. April 2008 report from the same research team. Both reports focus on "detecting and identifying humans enclosed in building structures." "Through-the-wall sensing is currently a topic of great interest to defense agencies both in the U.S. and abroad," says the April report. "The U.S. Army Research Laboratory (ARL) has been active in all these fields of investigation, approaching these issues both through hardware design and radar measurements and through computer simulation of various STTW scenarios." STTW has been around for a while. A 2006 report from the National Defense University mentions a DARPA system that can "detect the presence of personnel within rooms (stated to be successful through 12 inches of concrete)," as well as a commercially developed system with a "30-foot standoff capability." The next step, to protect U.S. personnel, is to put the technology on "unattended" mobile devices. Since the initial context is urban warfare, the pioneering client is the Army, and the introductory platform is unmanned ground vehicles. But the goal is to increase "standoff distance" and spread the technology to other platforms. (Slate)
Directed Energy Weapons in Iraq: The following is eyewitness testimony from Iraq describing the aftermath of the United States use of experimental directed energy weapons. From the movie “Star Wars in Iraq” (Guerre stellari in Iraq, di Maurizio Torrealta e Sigfrido Ranucci). This testimony was reported to American filmmaker Patrick Dillon a few weeks after the battle for the airport (April 2003). The person interviewed, Majid al Ghezali, is a well-known and respected man in Baghdad, who is the first violinist of the Bagdhad Orchestra. In addition to describing the battle, Majid al Ghezali wanted to show Patrick Dillon the site near the airport where this mysterious weapon was used, along with the traces of fused metal still visible, and the irregularly sized ditches where the cadavers were buried before they were exhumed. We sought out Majid al Ghezali to hear more details of his story. We met up with him in Amman and he pointed out some inexplicable peculiarities on the bodies of the victims of the battle for the airport.
Majid Al Ghezali: They used incredible weapons Experimental weapons? Majid Al Ghezali: Yes…Yes, I think. They shoot the bus. We saw the bus like a cloth, like a wet cloth. It seemed like a Volkswagen, a big bus like a Volkswagen. Majid Al Ghezali: Just the head was burnt. In the other parts of the body there wasn’t anything. Al Ghezali reported that he had seen three passengers in a car, all dead, with their faces and teeth burnt, their clothes intact, and no sign of projectiles. Majid Al Ghezali: There wasn’t any bullet. I saw their teeth, just the teeth, and they had no eyes, all of them, there was nothing on their bodies. There were other inexplicable aspects: the terrain where the battle took place was dug up by the American military and replaced with other fresh earth; the bodies that were not hit by projectiles had shrunk to just slightly more than one meter in height. Majid Al Ghezali: Except the ones killed by the bullets, most of them became very small. I mean… like that… Something like that. When we asked Majid what weapon he imagined had been used, he said that he had reached the conclusion that it must have been a laser weapon. Majid Al Ghezali: One year later we heard that they used an update technology, a unique one, like lasers. We found another disturbing document on the use of mysterious weapons in Iraq, which referred to episodes that took place almost at the same time as those described by Majid al Ghezali.
Saad al Falluji: They were 26 in the bus. About 20 of them had no head, the head had been cut, some of them had no arms or no legs. The only unwounded was the driver and really I don’t know how he reach our hospital because one arm was on his side, one head just beside him. It was a very strange and horrible situation. In the roof of the car there were parts of the body: intestines, brains, all parts of the body. It was a very, very, very miserable situation. Geert Van Moorter (medical doctor working in Iraq during and after the war, as a volunteer for the Belgian NGO Medical Aid for the Third World): Do you have idea with what kind of weapon the attacked the bus? Saad al Falluji: We don’t know with what kind of weapon they hit this bus. Doctor n°2: It seems to be a new weapon Saad al Falluji: Yes, a new weapon Doctor n°2: They are trying to do experiments on our civilians. Nobody could identify the type of this weapon. We went to Belgium to find the filmmaker of this sequence, Geert Van Moorter, a doctor working as a volunteer in Iraq. Geert Van Moorter: This footage is taken at the General Teaching Hospital in Hilla, which is about 100 Km from Baghdad, and close to the historical site of Babylon. There I talked with the colleague doctor Saad al Falluji, which is the chief surgeon in that hospital. Doctor al Falluji said me that the survivors that he operated said him that they did not hear any noise, so there was no explosion to hear, no metal fragments or shrapnels or bullets in their bodies, so they themselves were thinking of some strange kind of weapon which they did not know. Let’s hear Dr. Saad el Falluji’s story about this in more detail. Saad al Falluji: This bus was very crowded, they were going from Hilla to Kifil, to find their families, but before they had arrived at the American checkpoint the villagers said to them “return back, return back.” When the bus tried to return back it was shot by the checkpoint. Geert Van Moorter: No gunshot wounds? Saad al Falluji: No, no, I don’t know what it was. We are here 10 surgeons and we couldn’t decide which was the weapon that hit this car. Geert Van Moorter: But inside the bodies you did not discover ordinary bullets? Saad al Falluji: We didn’t find bullets, but most of the passengers were dead, so they took them immediately to the refrigerator and we couldn’t dissect and see, but in those who were alive we didn’t find any kind of bullet. We didn’t find bullets in their bodies. Doctor n°2: Something cutting organs, cutting limbs, attacking the abdomen, attacking the neck and goes out. Dr. Falluji also ended up speaking about a laser weapon.... Saad al Falluji : I don’t think that the bombing, or the cluster bombs, or the laser weapons can bring democracy to our country. As in any war, the war in Iraq left us a dreadful gallery of horror—images of mutilations that not even doctors can explain. The witnesses referred to laser weapons, arms with mysterious effects. We do not know what kind of weapons could produce such terrible effects. We tried to learn more about it, by asking for interviews to members of companies manufacturing laser and microwave weapons. Yet, the US Defense Department prevented any information from being released to us. They also did not answer – up to the time the film was edited – the questions we had sent them in order to know whether or not experimental weapons had been tested in Iraq and Afghanistan. We then reviewed the Pentagon’s media conferences released before the II Gulf War. Willingness to test new weapons emerged from the words of both the Defense Secretary and General Meyers. The questions from the media on direct energy and microwave weapons produced a certain amount of embarrassment.
American journalist: Mr. Secretary, can I ask you a question about some of the technology that you’re developing to fight the war on terrorists, specifically directed energy and high-powered microwave technology? Do you—when do you envision that you can weaponize that type of technology? Donald Rumsfeld: Goodness, it is in—for the most part, the kinds of things you’re talking about are in varying early stages. (To the general.) Do you want to—do you have anything you would add? General Myers: I don’t think I would add much. It’s—I think they are in early stages and probably not ready for employment at this point. Donald Rumsfeld: “In the normal order of things, when you invest in research and development and begin a developmental project, you don’t have any intention or expectations that one would use it. On the other hand, the real world intervenes from time to time, and you reach in there and take something out that is still in a developmental stage, and you might use it. So the—your question’s not answerable. It is—depends on what happens in the future and how well things move along the track and whether or not someone feels it’s appropriate to reach into a development stage and see if something might be useful, as was the case with the unmanned aerial vehicles”. American journalist: But you sound like you’re willing to experiment with it. General Myers:
“Yeah, I think that’s the point. And I think—and it’s—and we have, I think, from the beginning of this conflict—I think General Franks has been very open to looking at new things, if there are new things available, and has been willing to put them into the fight, even before they’ve been fully wrung out. And I think that’s—not referring to these particular cases of directed energy or high-powered microwaves, but sure. And we will continue to do that”.
Chapter Six: CIA Cults
Whenever possible, multiple sources are used to verify content, however this was not always possible. With this in mind we ask that readers concentrate on the totality of the material, not individual examples of criminality. Example: The chapter on cults often contains single source material that may overstate or exaggerate the role of persons named therein. The totality of the material paints a picture that is accurate. All persons named as allegedly involved in criminal activity are innocent until proven guilty, and deserve the presumption of innocence. Many of the nonlethal weapons experts are physicists who work in academia and are not necessarily aware of where their funding comes from or, how the technology will ultimately be used. Many social scientists are also unaware how their specialized knowledge might be used for unethical purposes. The majority of these individuals are innocent of criminal intent, while a minority have willingly cooperated in using their expertise for unethical and criminal ends. With this in mind please concentrate upon the bigger picture and the preponderance of evidence, rather than focusing upon references to individual actions. To repeat, the majority of facts and ideas in this book come from multiple sources, however this is not always possible. Many facts in this chapter, unlike others, are single source material.
Intelligence agencies have infiltrated and created a number of satanic groups, beginning with their resurgence in 1966 with the birth of the Temple of Satan, founded by Anton LaVey. LaVey studied criminology in San Francisco, and worked in the San Francisco Police Department crime lab, as well as an informant for Interpol. Prior to the Temple of Satan, LaVey ran a group called the Magic Circle. LaVey’s most famous associate was the Army intelligence officer Lt. Col. Michael Aquino. At the time of his membership in LaVey’s group, Aquino was an Army specialist in intelligence and psychological warfare. In 1973 he became the executive officer of the 306th Psychological Operations Battalion, contemporaneously with his founding of the Temple of Set.22
Lt Colonel Michael Aquino co-authored with General Paul Vallely, “From Psyop MindWar: The Psychology of Victory,” the thesis of which is that an enemy population could be subdued by inflicting a state of psychological terror and feelings of imminent destruction. He discusses the use of psychotronic weapons or electromagnetic weapons that influence the mind. Capitulation could be induced without firing a shot by extremely low frequency (ELF) signals piggybacked on broadcasts of radio, TV, or microwave communications, to influence and manipulate the thoughts and feelings of the target population. In the 1960s, he was prominent in the Church of Satan and a close friend of Anton LaVey, until he started his own Temple of Set. A police intelligence report dated July 1, 1981 reads,
“The Temple of Set is a group with hundreds of members that operates on a national level. Aquino is the official head of the organization and rules through a council of nine, who are in fact his Lieutenants.”
At least two members of the “council of nine” at that time were members of Army intelligence. In the late 1980s, Aquino was accused by the San Francisco Police Department of being involved in a satanic child molestation ring centered on the day care at the Presidio military base, where Aquino was stationed at the time. Probable victims were numbered at 68, many of whom had contracted venereal disease. Twenty-two families filed $66 million in claims against the Army, claiming that criminal charges against Aquino were dropped, due to pressure from the Army. Aquino admitted to renting the German castle where the Nazi SS was formed and, along with fellow spooks decked out in full Nazi regalia, re-enacted the secret formative ceremony.23
It is important to note that Lt Colonel Michael Aquino is first and foremost a military intelligence officer with over forty years of experience in counterinsurgency/infiltration operations. Members of Army intelligence and others in the intelligence agencies are quite possibly (allegedly) involved in a counterinsurgency/infiltration operation aimed at destabilizing the constitutional centers of power in the United States. Many of these cults and other cause-oriented groups have been started or infiltrated by Aquino and his associates in the intelligence agencies in order to control large numbers of people. It should be noted that all of these cults are closed systems with their own belief systems that are insular and separate from the reality that most people take for granted. It is helpful to think about these closed systems as a circle, within a circle, within a circle…three layers deep. The outer ring is comprised of the general membership who do not think they are in a cult, and believe their organization is dedicated to doing good works. The next inner circle is comprised of a number of members entrusted with leadership roles who know full well that they are engaged in unethical and/or illegal activity to enrich themselves and exercise power over others. The third innermost ring may comprise one or more people who have connections to the intelligence agencies and are using the cult members to raise illicit funds, form a private army to attack potential enemies, and supply a population of human experimental subjects.
These individuals are often used to engage in anti-social acts that members of the greater society would not contemplate, including routine psychological and physical child abuse, satanic ritual abuse (SRA) similar to MKULTRA programming, and organized stalking or gang stalking. According to authors Keith, Constantine, and other researchers, the following cults are allegedly linked to Aquino or his associates in the intelligence community.
Jonestown: The mass suicides at Jonestown of 850 people had similar threads, a cult with sinister connections. Jim Jones, who had connections to the CIA, set up his Utopian experiment on the same land that the CIA had used to train mercenaries to fight in Angola. According to investigators, “the Jonestown experiment was conceived of by Dr. Laurence Laird Layton, staffed by him, and financed by Layton.” The African-American cult had at its core a Caucasian inner-council, composed of Layton and his family. Layton was a chemist in the Manhattan Project and head of the Army’s chemical warfare research division in the 1950’s. The People’s Temple cult took over the Mendocino State Hospital as part of a government pilot project to evaluate the feasibility of de-institutionalizing mental patients. After a reduction in state funding, most of the patients at Mendocino were released into the custody of the Peoples’ Temple. Congressman Leo Ryan was assassinated in his attempt to investigate the cult. In 1981 survivors sued the former head of the CIA for “enhancing the economic and political powers of James Warren Jones” and of conducting “mind control and drug experimentation” on the Temple flock.24
Symbionese Liberation Army: The Symbionese Liberation Army (SLA) kidnapped Patty Hearst in 1974 and went on a crime spree that terrorized California and discredited the anti-establishment counterculture. The group’s leader, Donald DeFreeze, was a paid informant for the LAPD’s Public Disorder Unit from 1967-69, and then directed the Black Cultural Association at the Vacaville Medical Facility, a prison where behavior modification was performed, including electronic brain implanting and lobotomies. The Black Cultural Association was run by Colston Westbrook, a black CIA expert in psychological warfare who participated in Operation Phoenix assassination program in Vietnam. Westbrook’s controller is alleged to have been the CIA’s William Herrmann, the man who originated the idea of the violence center championed by Louis Jolyon West during Reagan’s governorship of California. Patty Hearst was placed in a dark closet for 40 days, brought out only to be raped or tortured and traumatized, and then returned to the darkness. She was prosecuted for participating in various crimes and was later pardoned by President Carter. The debate at her trial revolved around the question of brainwashing and if such a thing really existed. The opinion that prevailed—no, it does not exist—was put forth by psychiatrists who held themselves out as impartial, but were connected to the intelligence community.
Process Church/The Foundation: The Manson Family was associated with the Process Church, which, according to the Utah Dept. of public Safety, moved to southern Utah and changed their name to The Foundation. In 1990 an internal memo authored by the Mormon Church authority Glenn L. Pace, allegations were made of ritual abuse and human sacrifice. Pace writes he has met with 60 victims of ritual abuse, but there are probably two to three times as many victims; 53 were female and 7 were male, 8 of which are children, and all were members of the Mormon Church. Forty-five victims alleged they witnessed or participated in human sacrifice. The majority of them were abused by relatives; all had developed psychological problems such as multiple personality disorder. “The memories come in layers…the first might be of incest. Another layer might be the memory of seeing people hurt or even killed. Then they remember having seen babies killed. Another layer is realizing that they participated in the sacrifices. One of the most painful memories may be that they even sacrificed their own baby… I have only seen those coming forth to get help. They are in their twenties and thirties for the most part. I can only assume that it is expanding geometrically, and am horrified by the numbers represented by the generation who are now children and teenagers.” Dr. Mengele found that trauma bonding and mind control worked best when the victim is forced to kill someone they love. Mengele usually accomplished this by having one twin kill another.
The Franklin Cover-up: The Franklin Cover-up refers to a sexual blackmail operation and savings and loan fraud that began in Omaha, Nebraska in the early 1980s. Larry King, a 300-pound pedophile, operated a national child prostitution network that catered to wealthy patrons and Republican Party insiders. King was one of the fastest rising stars in the party, he sang the National Anthem at the Republican convention in 1984 and 1988. King and his associates defrauded Franklin Savings of $40 million, and used residents of Boy’s Town and other children to video-tape powerful and influential men and women engaged in sex acts with minors. These blackmail operations took place during fund-raising parties for the RNC. Those involved stayed late for the “after party,” which included drugs and sex with minors. (Franklin) The strategy of early MKULTRA was to use sexual blackmail operations which targeted political figures, in order to ensure continued funding from legislators. Victims who came forward testified that King and his associates performed satanic rituals and human sacrifices. Many of the children who came forward with their stories have since been murdered or imprisoned. The most prominent and vocal victim, Alisha Owens, has been held in solitary confinement longer than any other person in Nebraska history. King served two years for fraud and was promptly employed by his good friend the editor of an Omaha newspaper.25
Unification Church: The Unification Church of Reverend Sun Myung Moon had close connections to KCIA since its creation by the CIA. Four of Moon’s early leaders were army officers with KCIA credentials, and Moon’s most influential aide, Bo Hi Pak, was liaison between CIA and KCIA, making numerous trips to the NSA at Fort Meade, Maryland. Moon’s Church is fabulously rich and influential, with at least 600 front groups. It purchased the Washington Times newspaper for over a billion dollars.
The Children of God: The Children of God cult in Argentina has been involved in ritual abuse of children for decades, but has evaded conviction, despite voluminous undeniable evidence and victim testimony. David “Moses” Berg founded the Church in the 1970s, advocated using sex to entice new members into the Church. Berg’s own children and former members have stated that they were forced into sex between the ages of 4 to 10 years with high-level Church members. The victims also testified to a sexual blackmail and infiltration campaign aimed at some of the most powerful men in Europe, particularly “in the media, legal community, and government.” Powerful figures of political and financial support for the Family include Libyan president Muommar Kaddafi, Chilean dictator Augusto Pinochet, and King Juan Carlos of Spain. (Constantine, 147) The sect currently estimates its numbers at 300,000 converts in 60 countries. In 1992 the Family children’s choir sang in the White House for Barbara Bush to kick off a Christmas show in the East Room. The sect also sang for George H.W. Bush after he toured the damage of Hurricane Andrew in south Florida.
McMartin Preschool: In preparation for the McMartin Preschool child abuse trial, 389 toddlers were interviewed; nearly all of them described abuse at the preschool, and do to this day. Some 80% had physical symptoms, including blunt force trauma of sexual areas, scarring, rectal bleeding and sexual diseases. Paul and Shirley Eberle published the only two books available on the case (The Politics of Child Abuse, 1986) achieving national status as child abuse experts. In courts of law their work is frequently cited, they lecture widely to receptive audiences and have been speakers at a conference held by Victims of Child Abuse Laws (VOCAL). These two individuals ran an underground tabloid (Finger, 1970s)) which delved heavily into sadomasochistic sex, sex with children and sex acts involving human excrement. These two pedophiles who seek to portray every abuser as a victim of mass hysteria, satanic panic and witch hunts are just two of many. The parents of the McMartin preschoolers hired scientists and technicians who unearthed a series of underground tunnels beneath the school, confirming the children’s testimony. The longest tunnel was 45 feet long and six feet below the school, with a nine-foot chamber, spoken of by the children. Another branch led to the triplex next door, surfacing beneath a roll-away bathtub. Forensic tests on thousands of objects found at the site included two hundred animal bones. The tunnels were dug in 1966, the year of the schools construction by the father of the defendant, Charles Buckey, who built the school and worked for the Hughes tool company. There is an old adage: Hughes is the CIA.
Scientology: The Cult Awareness Network (CAN) was founded two decades ago in the wake of the murders and mass suicides in Guyana that claimed the lives of 850 of the late Jim Jones’ followers. The nonprofit national organization assisted the desperate loved ones of people caught up in the ever-proliferating cult scene. The organizations targeted by CAN were the KKK, the Aryan Nations, dozens of obscure fundamentalist and evangelical Christian groups, the Church of Satan, the Moonies, followers of political extremist Lyndon LaRouche, and the Church of Scientology. (Ron Russell, L.A. New Times, 9/99) An organized blizzard of lawsuits produced judgments totaling $5.2 million and led to the anti-cult group’s financial ruin. In 1996 CAN’s logo, furniture, and phone number were auctioned off at the order of a bankruptcy judge. Scientology lawyers took possession of 20 years worth of CAN’s highly sensitive case files containing information on thousands of people who had turned to CAN for help in rescuing their friends and relatives. Scientology is known for harassing its enemies in the courts, and retaliating against “suppressives,” people who ridicule Scientology teachings. Those teachings include Hubbard’s decree that humans are made of clusters of spirits, called “thetans,” who were banished to Earth about 75 million years ago by an evil galactic ruler named Xenu. Hubbard was a pulp fiction writer who had served in the Navy and hit it big in 1950 by coming up with the concept of Dianetics, which he dubbed a modern science of mental health. It remains at the core of Scientology practice. One of its staples is a simplified lie detector called an E-meter, which is supposed to measure electrical changes in the skin while subjects discuss intimate details of their lives. Hubbard claimed that unhappiness sprang from mental aberrations, called “engrams,” and that counseling sessions with the E-meter could help get rid of them. Scientologists refer to the extensive (and expensive) process of “clearing” the mind in order for this to occur as “auditing.” But during the 1970s, the Internal Revenue Service conducted some auditing sessions of its own and accused Hubbard of skimming millions of dollars from the Church, laundering it through dummy corporations, and stashing it in Swiss bank accounts. And although he died before the case was adjudicated, his wife and 10 other former Church leaders went to prison in the early 1980s for infiltrating, burglarizing, and wiretapping dozens of private and government agencies in an attempt to block their investigations.
Masons: The vast majority of Masons join and undergo rituals and rites that seem to have no meaning; it is only when one enters the highest levels, the circle within a circle, if you will, that that secret knowledge is shared as to what this organization and its rituals are really about. This knowledge is imparted to a select few who achieve a certain status, perhaps 32nd degree status or higher. What these rites are and what this secret knowledge is has yet to be proven. Masons are one of the most prominent links between victims of Satanic Ritual Abuse. Victims of SRA are in all likelihood victims of MKULTRA experiments in childhood. Literally thousands of people from different parts of the country who have never been in contact with each other are telling essentially the same story—that as very young children these people were forced to participate in SRA, including child rape and ritual sacrifice. The consistency of stories, the links to MKULTRA and SRA, seems to be a fantastic story at first, but victim testimony is very consistent and the association of both programs to high-level mason members has been repeated many times. Many of the personalities involved in the original MKULTRA experiments were high-level Masons, including Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, George Estabrooks, Ewen Cameron, and others in the intelligence community. Masons have been accused of many things over the years, but it is equally likely that the Masons were infiltrated by CIA perpetrators of MKULTRA in an effort to control a closed system and have access to experimental subjects. MKULTRA was moved out of the lab and into these closed systems of various kinds that could be manipulated and used to supply large numbers of children for mind control experiments and blackmail operations without directly implicating the CIA.
False Memory Syndrome Foundation/Satanic Ritual Abuse: MKULTRA programming was codified into a standard methodology. Child victims of Satanic Ritual Abuse are probably victims of MKULTRA experiments/programming. The following are several examples of alleged CIA MKULTRA psychiatrists and pedophiles who are allegedly engaged in an organized cover-up to discredit the victims who come forward with memories of MKULTRA/SRA programming. The “remote viewers” named below are tied to development of psychotronic weapons, designed to influence the central nervous system. These personalities are also often loosely tied to cults that allegedly perpetrate SRA, suggesting that MKULTRA and nonlethal weapons development are tied together in a hidden agenda.
Dr. Martin T. Orne: Dr. Martin T. Orne is an original board member of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation (FMSF) and a senior CIA/Navy researcher at the University of Pennsylvania’s Experimental Psychiatry laboratory, as well as a close friend of George Estabrooks. The FMSF was created to deny the existence of cult mind control and child abuse and is staffed with psychiatrists connected to the CIA and their mind control experimentation. The phenomenon of children being coached or led to invent tales of abuse or making up such stories does exist, but comprises a small minority of the reported cases of child abuse, between 2% to 8% of reported cases. (Constantine, 62) One survey found 88% of therapists consider ritual child abuse to be a very real social problem. Only 5% of all child abuse cases ever enter the courtroom, half of these end with the child returned to the custody of the abusive parent. Dr. Orne’s research into hypno-programming at Cornell University in the 1960’s was paid for by the Human Ecology Fund, and SEI, which also funded some of Dr. Ewen Cameron’s brainwashing and remote mind control experimentation. CIA-funded black psychiatry at that time specialized in electroshock, lobotomies, drugging agents, incapacitants, hypnosis, sleep deprivation, and radio-control of the brain. FMSF founder Ralph Underwager and his wife openly advocate pedophilia, saying that it was “God’s Will” that adults engage in sex with children. He told British reporters in 1994 that, “scientific evidence proved 60% of all women molested as children believed the experience was good for them.”
Dr. Underwager is the world’s foremost authority on false memory, but in court is repeatedly revealed as a charlatan. Numerous other members of the FMSF have connections to pedophilia, covert operations, and black psychiatry. Peter and Pamela Freyd, executive directors of the FMSF, have been accused of sexual abuse by their daughter, a professor of psychology at the University of Oregon. The industrial production of FMSF stories in journals, newspapers, and TV have shaped public opinion. The very concept of false memory serves the same purpose as holocaust denial. Crimes are obstructed, the accused wears the veil of a martyr, and the victim is reviled.26
During WWII British intelligence set up a German resistance organization in the UK that recruited spies to gather information for Germany. Anyone who joined were either convinced to switch sides or thought they were working for Germany, and were used to feed false information to the enemy. Nazi spies in the UK were often arrested, recruited, and released to serve as sources of misinformation. The concept of intelligence agencies playing both sides is often repeated. The Cult Awareness Network (CAN) fought against cults, rescued people from cults, but may have been originally created by someone connected to MKULTRA. CAN is ultimately destroyed by systematic lawsuits filed by cults, and their files are auctioned off to Scientology lawyers. The majority of CAN members were the “good guys”, but was this another exercise in playing both sides a la British intelligence during WWII? The “child abuse industry” may function in the same manner. Often innocent parents are falsely accused of abuse by state agencies and their children are taken away and placed in situations rife with abuse. The innocent parents cry foul from the highest mountains and rightly join organizations dedicated to defending people wrongly accused of child abuse. These organizations themselves can be inspired by perpetrators to protect perpetrators from justice. By playing both sides (VOCAL and child welfare agencies), those involved in criminality have so muddied the waters that the casual observer cannot determine the “good guys” from the “bad guys”. In all likelihood the FMSF is engaged in the same manner. Fake victims of SRA are trotted out and publicly make false claims, behaving in a manner that discredits the population of real victims who have retreated to the shadows of anonymity. Honest investigators that encounter the disinformation campaign, the fake victims who make outrageous and impossible claims, understandably view these people as “tin foil hat people” and thus the larger group of real victims, are by association seen as cases of mass hysteria. Most people are not accustomed to thinking in the manner of the looking glass war where up is down and black is white. The normal mind rebels at being forced to see the world as having no clear cut truth, where the universe functions on probability and shades of grey. Many people are not able to make the mental leap into this world of lies, spies, and ambiguity.
Remote Viewing: Remote viewing programs were publicly sold as an attempt to spy on the USSR using psychic powers to find hidden Russian bases and gather intelligence information. The military intelligence personalities involved in remote viewing often have ties to development programs for microwave and radio frequency radiation weapons designed to influence the central nervous system, referred to collectively as psychotronics. They often have ties to religious cults as well. Remote viewing began with Operation Scanate and Grill Flame run by the NSA and Army intelligence at places like Fort Meade involving such personalities as Lt. Col. Thomas Bearden, General Albert Stubblebine, Ingo Swann, Keith Harary, Major Ed Dames, Dr. Harold Puthoff, Dr. Russell Targ, Major Paul Smith, and others. Operation Scanate leader, Lt Colonel Thomas Bearden, went on to lead the U.S. Psychotronics Association. Project Grill Flame leaders Major Ed Dames and General Albert Stubblebine began Psi-Tech Corporation, a private remote viewing company. Remote viewers Puthoff, Harary, and Dames have counseled the traumatized victims of death cults and mass shootings such as the Jonestown mass deaths and the Columbine shootings, even though they are not councilors, but physicists and military intelligence officers by training. Dr. Harold Puthoff exemplifies the contradiction. He is a former intelligence officer (Fort Meade) who developed the tunable laser and “electronic beam devices” with nonlethal weapons applications. Puthoff is also a remote viewer and a high level Scientologist “mental superman” who likes to council traumatized victims of cults. The contradiction of an intelligence officer and scientist who holds patents related to nonlethal weapons development, versus a scientology cult member and remote viewer “superman” who enjoys “debriefing” traumatized death cult members and young people traumatized in mass killings is illogical. These disparate things do not go together.
General Edmund Thompson: Gen. Thompson ran the second remote viewing project called Project Grill Flame at Fort Meade, home of the NSA, with oversight by the DIA. Jack Verona, a nuclear physicist and head of the DIA’s Scientific and Technical Intelligence Directorate, managed the project as well as Sleeping Beauty, dealing with the offensive use of microwave weapons. In 1981 US Army Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM) took over the project and it was renamed Center Lane, supervised by General Albert Stubblebine, who is married to psychiatrist and UFO promoter Rima Laibow. Remote viewers recruited to the program included Ed Dames, Bill Ray, Paul Smith; all had been trained by Scientologist Ingo Swann. General Stubblebine later became chairman of the civilian remote viewing company Psi-Tech, founded by Major Ed Dames. Following the Oliver North debacle, the Secretary of Defense officially terminated Grill Flame, fearing bad publicity if the program were to become known to the public. The leading members of the project, including Dames, immediately relocated to the privately owned and newly formed Psi-Tech, and continue their work to this day, operating under government contract. In the course of his work, Dames was (and remains) close to many of the leading figures and proponents of anti-personnel electromagnetic weapons (EMW). During NBC’s “The Other Side” program, Dames stated, “The US Government has an electronic device which could implant thoughts in people.” He refused to comment further. The program was broadcast in April 1995. Psi-Tech was sponsoring Operation Guiding Light, that is, remote viewing classes for students of Chatfield Senior High School, the school which absorbed the Columbine students after the mass killing took place.
The concept of remote viewing and religious death cults are almost certainly being used as a smoke screen, a psychological warfare operation, much like the Army intelligence operation Quicksilver on D-Day that was based upon misdirection. The real purpose is probably screening the development and use of psychotronic weapons (EMW and ELF weapons) and conducting MKULTRA experiments and operations. The people involved in remote viewing programs for the NSA and INSCOM at Ft Meade and Psi-Tech Corporation, are closely tied to classified anti-personnel weapons development and religious cults that use MKULTRA methodology (trauma) to create MPD. In the words of Sherlock Holmes, “Once you eliminate the impossible, whatever remains, no matter how improbable, must be the truth.” What are impossible in this picture are mental supermen (fake), and “end times death cults” (fake). What is probable are classified weapons programs (real) and MKULTRA moved out of the labs (real). Strange threads suggesting that MKULTRA and nonlethal microwave weapons development programs are tied together. MKULTRA and EMW used to manipulate the human mind and central nervous system may have evolved into Dr. Estabrooks’ infiltration operation. Let me state this in more straight forward terms. Logic dictates that Army intelligence men who stare at goats either kill with their minds and they really are mental supermen, or like the USSR has done since the 1980’s, they use radio frequency radiation weapons (EMW) to kill goats from a distance of up to half a mile.
Dr. Louis Jolyon West was responsible for medical oversight of Grill Flame, the author of the 1994 paper “Pseudo-identity and the Treatment of Personality Changes in Victims of Captivity and Cults.” West states, “Prolonged environmental stress or life situations profoundly different from the usual can disrupt the normally integrative functions of personality.”28
Chapter Seven: The Trojan Horse
The Athenians laid siege to Troy for many years and then abruptly departed, leaving the Trojan horse. The Prophet Laocoon warned the city that the Trojan horse held their doom. He hurled his javelin into the side of the Trojan horse and was attacked by a giant multi-headed serpent that emerged from the sea and pulled him and his son into the sea to their deaths. The inhabitants took this as an omen to mean that the Trojan horse was a gift from the gods, and thus sacred. They brought the offering inside the city gates, and at night the Athenians emerged, opened the gates to their awaiting army, and the city was sacked and destroyed, the men killed, and the women and children enslaved.
George Orwell, Aldous Huxley, and Marshall McLuhan were three prophetic voices of the twentieth century who warned of the technological subjugation of mankind. Orwell wrote the novel 1984, which is about a world controlled by three empires in a state of perpetual war and shifting alliances. Big Brother and the Thought Police were monitoring all human activity, and the population was kept in a constant state of war hysteria and fear of the enemy. One percent of the population composed the inner party, 15 percent the outer party, the remaining 84 percent of the population were “Proles.” The inner party used the outer party, 15% of the population, to control the Proles. The technology of control possessed by the totalitarian state made rebellion impossible; slavery was eternal. Aldous Huxley wrote the novel Brave New World, which is about a future technological state controlled by the drug Soma. Human reproduction was an industrial process, cloning different models of genetically designed humans for specific tasks within the social hierarchy. Huxley despaired that humanity would destroy itself, but decided finally that a spiritual evolution could avoid such a catastrophe. Marshall McLuhan wrote about the effects of technology on society. In the 1950’s and 60’s he was the prophet of the Internet. He spoke of the concept of the Maelstrom and described it as the movement from a literate society based upon the written word back to a symbolic post-literate society based on electronic imagery. He said that this vortex of technology would disrupt human civilization and obliterate everything that came before.
In Greek mythology, King Minos received a gift from the gods, a perfect white bull. Instead of sacrificing the animal to the gods, as agreed, he substituted an inferior one, and usurped for himself that which came from the gods. Poseidon placed a curse upon the land and Minos’ wife gave birth to a monster, the body of a man and the head of a bull. Minos forced Daedalus to create an inescapable maze to imprison the nightmare creation. King Minos forced human sacrifices into the maze to wander lost until they were killed and eaten by the Minotaur. Theseus was forced into the maze, but the King’s daughter had given him a magic ball of string to trace his path in the maze and a whistle to disarm the Minotaur. He slew the monster and freed himself from the maze. This story has persisted for several thousand years across different cultures because the themes are eternal. King Minos creates the monster by usurping power for himself and placing himself above the law. Minos has created fascism, the Minotaur nightmare that survives on human sacrifice, the beast that feasts on human flesh—dictatorship. The hero, Theseus slays the beast, destroys fascism and the tyrant, and frees the land from its curse.
What face has the Minotaur assumed in the twentieth century that we would recognize? Nazi Germany personifies the technological totalitarian state and serves as a model. The subjugation of the Weimar Republic began with the creation of private militias, which were used as a springboard to infiltrate the German military, and finally the police forces. The Reichstag fire was an excuse to seize power and kill those that might stop them. The Night of the Long Knives refers to the creation of hit lists of enemies, and the hunting down and execution of hundreds of internal political rivals, opponents, and potential threats. Once Hitler had crossed the Rubicon of mass assassination, he publicly declared his actions above the law. This was the moment of the birth of the Minotaur in the twentieth century. The pseudoscience of eugenics and the dogma of German racial superiority and the theoretical subhuman level of other races was the rationale for wars of annihilation. Hitler’s plan was to depopulate vast regions of the east and replace them with Germanic stock. Lebensraum, or living space, was the key term. Ten million Jews came under their geographical control, of which six million were systematically murdered in an effort to wipe out the Jewish race. Three million others perished in the camps: gypsies, Slavs, other supposed subhuman races, homosexuals, dissident Catholic priests, POWs, union leaders, political opponents, Germans caught aiding Jews, Jehovah’s Witnesses and other religious sects, and the intellectuals of conquered nations. The concentration camp of Auschwitz alone processed 4,756 human beings a day.
The political propaganda machine was in many ways a work of art. School textbooks were altered and controversial books were burned ceremonially. State-of-the-art movies were made to reinforce the racial dogma. The propaganda was so irresistible that many Jews and other targeted groups were caught up in the excitement and joined the Nazi movement. In the aftermath of the war, 50 million people had died and Europe lay in ashes. The question that the victors wanted to answer was how had the most civilized and technologically advanced nation on earth descended into the pit of hell. Who were these men, were they madmen? Worst of all, if it could happen there, could it happen here? The psychiatrists who virtually lived with them during the Nuremberg trials wrote their collective portrait.
“Their collective IQ was 140, a rigid view of the world, black and white without grey. They saw themselves as supermen but their problem-solving strategies, of which there are three, were the least effective. They were born followers; they needed someone to tell them what to think. Though they had some very unusual characteristics and some unusual personalities among them, they were not madmen. The psychiatrist noted that there were plenty of similar individuals in the United States who would gladly step over half the bodies of their fellow countrymen to control the remainder. The answers they received were not the answers they were prepared to hear. No they were not madmen, and yes, it could happen here”.
Once in power, Joseph Stalin immediately had half the Russian parliament shot or exiled to Siberia. And, to solidify his hold on power, he deliberately starved millions of his own people to death and personally signed a million death warrants. The Molotov-Ribbentrop pact was a secret agreement between Stalin and Hitler to attack Poland and divide the nation between them. And when Hitler double-crossed him and attacked the USSR, 20 million Russians perished. Stalin was totally devoid of human feeling for his own countrymen or anyone else, and the world was right to fear him. Mao led a Chinese communist peasant revolution that overthrew Chiang Kai-shek in 1949. The degree of individual conformity demanded by the state to Communist dogma in the world’s most populous nation was terrifying. The Great Leap Forward was a failed attempt at crash industrialization that resulted in famine and the deaths of millions of people. Mao’s favorite tactic was to set opposing groups of people against each other to instill fear, eliminate potential rivals, and retain power despite popular discontent. One example was the Cultural Revolution that established the Red Guards as a vigilante force used to attack bourgeois elements in society, meaning anyone. The suffering of his own people left him unmoved. Mao’s cult of personality exceeded even that of Stalin. His image and writings were inescapable. Stalin, Mao, and Hitler personified the totalitarian dictatorship as an external threat to the Republic. We were right to fear them, their cult of personality, and their vise-like control on their own societies. However, ancient wisdom and the mythology of the Minotaur point towards a tyranny that emerges from within, not one imposed from without.
The three prophets of the twentieth century have warned of a technological dictatorship that is imposed from within—not a foreign threat, but one that emerges internally, as it did in Nazi Germany. Alexis de Tocqueville was perhaps the greatest historian of the age. He visited the US in the 1831 and wrote a description of our country that exceeds all others. He identified the US and Russia as the two emerging world powers and, in effect, predicted the Cold War 120 years before it began. Tocqueville wrote about how the Minotaur would manifest itself in this country. His description of a kinder, gentler fascism resembles the words of the three prophets: a manner of control that makes people love their servitude; fascism wearing a silk tie. If the technological dictatorship spoken of by the three twentieth-century prophets should arise now, it would have to happen here in the technologically most advanced country. The racial dogma would be replaced by super patriotism and super religion. If such a dictatorship, a new Minotaur, should arise here, how would we recognize its form? If the US intelligence services are using state-of-the-art microwave weapons to commit war crimes and are actively subverting the constitutional authority of the Republic and foreign governments, it is logical that a previous pattern of behavior or similar crimes would have been exhibited by these personalities and organizations and by their forbearers.
















Chapter Eight: Cointelpro
Cointelpro stands for counterintelligence program primarily run by the FBI as a covert action program (secret dirty war) against domestic dissidents. The use of infiltration, psychological warfare, harassment through the legal system, and the use of extralegal force and violence, including murder, probably began in the 1950’s, and is now a permanent feature of US government. Targets included the civil rights movement, the anti-war movement, the environmental movement, and opposition political parties—basically any progressive group in American society. Dissidents stole FBI files in 1971 that detailed Cointelpro operations at about the same time the Pentagon Papers were published, detailing decades of systematic government lying about the Vietnam War to the American people. Watergate hit the front pages with the story of a clandestine squad of White House “plumbers,” who broke into Daniel Ellsberg’s psychiatrist office in an effort to smear him. The “plumbers” were caught burglarizing the offices of the democratic national committee (DNC) and eventually nationally televised congressional hearings revealed a full-blown program of “dirty tricks” to subvert the anti-war movement, as well as the Democratic Party, by forging letters, leaking false news items to the press, stealing files, and roughing up demonstrators. The operation was traced back to the attorney general, and the White House, implicating the FBI, and the President and his top staff. The fact that President Nixon felt compelled to use former intelligence assets and their Cuban mercenaries to form his own personal Cointelpro squad to attack his enemies was curious, considering that this could have been accomplished much easier by simply getting the FBI or other agency to do what they had been doing so successfully for decades. Watergate was exposed fairly well, but the Senate and House congressional hearings into the activities of the FBI and CIA were crushed. The Senate committee’s report was edited by the agencies being investigated before its publication. The House committee’s report, including an account of FBI and CIA obstruction of its inquiry, was suppressed altogether. Senator Frank Church and Congressman Otis Pike, the committee chairs, were both targeted in their reelection campaigns by the intelligence agencies and defeated, their careers destroyed. The Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) did open up access to FBI documents, and lawsuits forced the release of some Cointelpro files to the media, but many of the most important files were withheld or destroyed, and former operatives report that the most heinous crimes were never committed to writing. William C. Sullivan, who ran the Cointelpro program in the 1960’s was killed in 1977 in an uninvestigated “hunting accident” shortly before he was to testify before a grand jury. The only FBI officials who were ever prosecuted for Cointelpro crimes were quickly pardoned by President Ford. There was an appearance of reform that was largely aimed at placating a weary public, which had become disillusioned with government. Due to scrutiny, the programs were muted for several years but began to increase in activity again in the 1980s. The most prominent target of Cointelpro in the 1960’s was Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., who received a blackmail letter from J. Edgar Hoover detailing evidence of Dr. King’s extramarital affairs and suggesting that he should commit suicide in order to preclude the release of the material to the press and its negative effect on his family and his movement. The surveillance of King included the 112th military intelligence Brigade and the use of the U-2 spy plane to take photos. King was marked, barely a month before his murder, for elimination as a potential “messiah” who could “unify and electrify” the Black Movement. The FBI allegedly planned to replace him “in his role of the leadership of the Negro people” with conservative black lawyer Samuel Pierce (later named to Reagan’s cabinet). The theme of a forced suicide is repeated on others targeted by Cointelpro, most notably Jean Seberg, an actress involved in civil rights. Seberg’s husband received a forged letter detailing an affair she was supposedly having with a black activist. The actress, who was pregnant at the time, attempted suicide, suffered a miscarriage, and eventually did commit suicide. Forced suicide on a target allows intelligence agencies deniability for the crime. In effect, it is the perfect crime. A total of 2,370 officially-approved Cointelpro actions were admitted to the Senate Intelligence Committee, but thousands more have since been revealed. Ultimately, FBI documents disclosed six major official counterintelligence programs, as well as non-Cointelpro covert operations against Native Americans, Asian-Americans, Arab-Americans, Iranians-Americans, and others. The major violence of the domestic terrorist campaign was directed at the Black Nationalist and American Indian movements. Individuals of these groups were readily imprisoned on false charges or assassinated. Cointelpro did murder Caucasian targets, but did so in fewer numbers than minority personalities. The theory of counterinsurgency operations was codified by Frank Kitson, the British commander in Malaysia and Northern Ireland. His book, Low-Intensity Operations: Subversion, Insurgency, and Peacekeeping, insists that infiltration and “psychological operations” be mounted against dissident groups in “normal times,” before any mass movement can develop. This means that an undeclared secret war should be waged against person’s organizing and advocating for change in a constitutionally protected manner. These tactics have been adopted by US intelligence agencies against individuals and progressive movements within American society. The favorite tactic used in infiltration of activist groups is the “snitch jacket,” where suspicion of being an informant is used against legitimate leaders. The operatives are directed to disrupt meetings; spread rumors; inflame disagreements over what people normally fight over—money, politics, race, and gender; exacerbate rivalries and jealousy; and to lead zealous activists into unnecessary danger and set them up for prosecution. False news stories, forged documents, and anonymous letters and phone calls, as well as pressure on landlords and employers, make up just some of the strategies used. Cointelpro operations are presently being incorporated into the development of microwave and radio frequency weapons. Dissidents that in the past were visibly attacked or assassinated in a traditional manner are now targeted for elimination using electromagnetic weapons. These domestic dissidents are used as human guinea pigs and experimental subjects in terminal experiments that are designed to force suicide, incarceration, or premature death due to the effects of non-ionizing. These political assassinations leave no physical evidence of poison like biological, chemical, or radioactive residues. There are no bullet fragments or obvious physical injuries. The theme of forced suicide, such as the Martin Luther King, Jr. and Seberg blackmail letters, has remained constant. What’s different is that driving a target to suicide using microwave weapons and vigilante harassment is perfectly deniable, because these individuals are tormented invisibly. The intelligence agencies achieve perfect deniability for their crimes.29
Chapter Nine: CIA Blowback
The United States has destabilized numerous countries and overthrown their elected governments. Just how many countries is uncertain. What follows is a brief history of three nations. 30
Iran: In 1953, the Eisenhower administration joined forces with British intelligence to overthrow the government of Iran, which was seeking a larger share of its country’s oil revenues. Britain began pumping oil in Iran in 1908, installed a fictitious monarchy to guard their profit of $116 million pounds sterling (1935-1950). The monarchy was overthrown by Mohammed Mossadeq, who then sought more than the 5-15% share of domestic oil revenues. Allen Dulles and Kermit Roosevelt, the son of FDR, were able to direct Iranian army officers in a coup of the elected government and the reinstallation of the Shah. The Shah immediately granted British Petroleum a 40% share of the oil concession, and American firms received 40% as a reward for their participation. The overthrow of Mossadeq emboldened the CIA and became a blueprint for future destabilization operations. Mossadeq represented the legitimate aspirations of a nationalist democracy that were thwarted in the name of anticommunism. The resulting chaos and radicalization of Iran was a direct result of interference in the internal affairs of that nation, what is referred to as blowback—the unintended negative consequences of covert actions against foreign elected governments. The Shah was described in a confidential CIA report as a sociopath who suffered from a dominating father and a sense of the illegitimacy of his mandate to rule. SAVAK is perhaps the most feared term in Iran, it is the name of the Shah’s secret police agency that was set up with the help of the CIA and MI5. One archeologist who worked with an Iranian female student found that she was missing and reportedly arrested by agents of SAVAK. Her political affiliations with an opposition party had brought her to their attention, even though these actions amounted to an American college student joining the McCarthy Democrats. He was later informed that she had been interrogated, tortured, violated, and then executed. This occurred to thousands of students, professionals, and loyal opposition members who criticized or opposed the Shah’s regime. When publicly informed about these actions of his government by journalists, the Shah was sanguine and considered it the price of stability. The excesses of the American selected and trained SAVAK, as well as the unequal distribution of wealth, led directly to the emergence of the Ayatollah Khomeini and the Iranian Revolution, which resulted in the kidnapping of American embassy personnel and a hostile regime that views the US as a force of evil in the world, hence the litany of referring to the US as “The Great Satan.”
Guatemala: In 1954, the CIA accepted and carried out a proposal from United Brands (Chiquita Banana) to overthrow the Guatemalan government, which was the only democratically elected government Guatemala had ever had. Chiquita and the CIA replaced that government with 30-plus years (and still counting) of bloodshed under a series of almost barbaric right-wing dictators. The US taxpayers continue to fund these regimes under the recurrent threat that if they do not, the Guatemalan people will fall prey to the evils of communism. A mere 2% of the population owned 72% of the land. 90% of landowners were confined to the poorest 15% of the land. United Brands owned the railroads, the major port, and vast tracts of some of the most productive land on earth. President Arbenz had won the election with 65% of the vote in 1950. He tried to fulfill his mandate, which was land reform, minimum wage, and other extravagances modeled on FDR’s efforts in the US. He seized the largest land holdings and distributed the 1.5 million acres to 100,000 families, including confiscating his own families land holdings. The land was paid for with 25 year interest bearing bonds, which was perfectly within the guidelines of the Kennedy-era Alliance for Progress program, or US programs in El Salvador and Chile, the only difference being the investment by United Brands and the political influence that they could bring to bear on the Arbenz government. US Secretary of State under Eisenhower was John Foster Dulles, a partner of the law firm Sullivan and Cromwell. He had personally handled the purchase of the Central American railroads for United Brands. Together with his brother Allen Dulles, head of the CIA, they orchestrated a campaign to paint the Arbenz government as “red” and launch a mercenary war from Honduras. John Moors Cabot attacked from the State Department, Henry Cabot Lodge attacked them in the UN, and Eisenhower’s personal secretary lobbied him for her husband, who was public relations director for United Brands. Arbenz tried to buy weapons on the open market to defend his country, but the shipment was captured and held up as proof that he was “red.” A mercenary army invaded Guatemala in force and was about to be defeated when CIA pilots intervened and turned the tide of battle. Arbenz fled to Mexico and United Brands and CIA representatives in Guatemala handpicked an unknown, Carlos Castillas Armas. The bloodletting among the peasant population numbered several hundred thousand, and at times took on the character of a genocidal war carried out by forces trained, equipped, and supervised by the US. In 1979, 90% of the farmers continued to own 16.2% of the land, an eternal source of revolution that will continually have to be crushed with the help of the US taxpayer. In 1966, a swell of revolution brought a full-scale counterinsurgency response program to Guatemala, including arms, advisors, and even Green Berets. A State Department study analyzed the program years later and stated, “To eliminate a few hundred guerillas, the government killed perhaps 10,000 Guatemalan peasants.” Father Ronald Hennessy wrote of one event among many. “July 14, 1982: The local military commander sent word for all of the people of the aldea of Pentenac to be assembled for his 11:00 arrival…At 4:00pm all of the men, with hands tied behind their backs, were escorted by the soldiers to one house, shot, stabbed, piled one on top of the other, and covered with burnable items of the very house, which were sprinkled with gasoline and set on fire. The women were treated the same as the men, differing only in that some had live babies on their backs when they were stacked for burning. The other children were tied, one to another, and pulled alive into the flames of a third house by the soldiers. In September of 1981, an association of Guatemalan coroners had complained that they couldn’t keep up with the demand for autopsies because the number of violent deaths had increased so rapidly (50% higher each month than the last). Michael Deaver was instrumental in the election of Reagan in 1980 and was one of his three closest advisors, along with Edwin Meese and James Baker. His public relations firm of Deaver and Hannaford took on various right-wing Central and South American landowners and businessmen as clients, among them a group of Guatemalans.31
Iraq: In 1958 General Abdel-Karim Kassem led a coup, took power, and proclaimed a republic, legalized the Communist party, decreed land reform, and granted autonomy to the Kurds. Allen Dulles declared Iraq “the most dangerous spot in the world,” and in 1963 the CIA-supported Ba’ath Party overthrew Kassem. The Ba’ath Party shared power until 1968, when the CIA again instigated a coup that culminated in the rise of Saddam Hussein, who had been on the CIA payroll since his early twenties. In 1980, Saddam Hussein invaded Iran, in fear of potential Iranian revolutionary influence among his country’s majority, Shiites. Iran began to win in 1982, and the US, in fear of the Iranian revolution, began to covertly aid and arm Saddam. President Reagan sent Donald Rumsfeld to Iraq in 1984, and full diplomatic relations were reestablished. Saddam Hussein became privy to US satellite technology secrets in the effort to defeat Iran. The Reagan administration funneled $5.5 billion through the Atlanta branch of the Italian bank Banca Nazionale del Lavoro, guaranteed by taxpayers under the Commodity Credit Corporation, “to promote American farm exports.” Between 1986 and 1989, 73 transactions took place that included bacterial cultures for anthrax production, advanced computers, and equipment to repair jets and rockets. Sales of a full range of munitions were stepped up, including the helicopters which were used to gas 5,000 Kurds in the village of Halabja in 1988. In 2002, Iraq was forced to deliver an 11,800-page dossier on the history of its weapons program to the UN Security Council. H.W. Bush administration officials took possession of the document first and cut 8,000 pages which detailed American and Western company sales of weapons and dual-use technology sold to Iraq prior to 1991. 32
General Smedley Butler, twice awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor, the most decorated Marine in US history, who spent decades in the service (1898-1931), in his famous book, War is a Racket, he wrote:
“[D]uring that period I spent most of my time as a high-class muscleman for big business, Wall Street, and the bankers…Thus, I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National Bank boys to collect oil revenues in. I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street…In China I helped to see to it that Standard Oil went its way unmolested.” (Chalmers Johnson)
CIA Guns, Drugs, and Fraud: On conclusion of the Italian campaign, the mafia was rewarded with control of the ports in Italy to exclude unions friendly to socialist and Communist interests. Heroin smuggling through the ports became the major pipeline to supplying the American and world markets for decades to come, exemplified in the movie “The French Connection.” The docks were the transit point for the “rat lines,” routes that Nazi war criminals used to escape justice from international tribunals, most of whom came to the United States or South America, aided by Allen Dulles and the CIA in Operation Paperclip. In China in 1949, the Communists drove out the US-backed nationalist warlord Chiang Kai-shek, whose defeated army, the Kuomintang (KMT) fled to the Golden Triangle, and took over opium production to finance weapons purchases and the finer things in life. By the 1950s, heroin had become a nationwide concern in the US. From Senate hearings to popular movies and criminologists, addicts were blamed for soaring crime rates. These KMT operations were hidden from the US public for thirty years, and it is only recently that Afghanistan has captured 90% of the world heroin market. The US exploited the Montagnard and Hmong tribesmen as a source of opium, and used the CIA’s Air America to bring in guns and supplies in exchange for drugs. Large quantities of heroin appeared in the US, some of it smuggled inside the bodies of dead American GIs. Addiction plagued the Army in Vietnam to the point of reducing their fighting capacity, and after the war these men brought their drug problems home with them. The US government promoted the drug traffic and intervened to make sure the traffic would not be discovered. In the words of one former investigator,
“you’d be running a criminal investigation, say narcotics, you’d find out that Inspector so-and-so of your national police is involved in this. You investigate up to a point and you can’t go any further. It would go to our headquarters and then it would go to Washington and nothing would ever happen. The intelligence gleaned from these people was more important than stopping the drug traffic.” The senior public relations man for the DEA offers the explanation, “Their mission was to get people to fight against the Communists, not stop the drug traffic”.33
Edwin Wilson: Edwin Wilson was a career CIA officer who reported to Ted Shackley, the architect of the Bay of Pigs in 1961. Wilson “retired” in 1971 and reported to CIA officers Shackley and Robert Keith Gray (RNC), and did business through his numerous shipping and international consulting firms used as front companies with such firms as Control Data Corporation (Bobby Ray Inman). Wilson was paid $35,000 a year while living on a four-million-dollar estate in Virginia, where he regularly entertained senators, congressmen, generals, admirals, political officials, and senior intelligence officers. Wilson was selling his services for high fees to companies and foreign governments that wanted help obtaining US government contracts or weapons. He was discovered to have worked for Qaddafi, selling heat seeking missiles, plastic explosives, and training programs covering “espionage, sabotage, and general psychological warfare.” Wilson and Frank Terpil supplied sophisticated assassination gear, and began hiring anti-Castro Cubans to assassinate Qaddafi’s political opponents abroad. Green Berets were hired for assassinations and were led to believe that the covert operations were being carried out with the full backing of the CIA. When the operation was blown, Wilson’s handler, Ted Shackley, denied all knowledge of the operations and denied that Wilson was in fact an asset of the CIA. Wilson was convicted of arms dealing and sentenced to prison, from which he was recently released when evidence that he actually was working for the CIA surfaced decades later. The judge in the case freed Wilson after twenty five years behind bars because of air-tight documentation, proof that this was not a rogue operation.
Nugan-Hand Bank: The Nugan-Hand Bank of Australia was the scene of the largest bank fraud in history at that time (1980). The investment firm was set up in 1973 by covert intelligence assets from the US and the board staffed by prominent US admirals, generals, and colonels. Millions of dollars were used to purchase weapons and trade them for heroin in the Golden Triangle in order to finance on-going operations outside of legislative or even executive control of the elected US government. Branches of the banking front were opened on several continents to move weapons, drugs, and money between drug producers, customers, and covert wars in South Africa, Central America, Iran, and other places. Corrupt foreign leaders such as Ferdinand Marcos, as well as drug lords in the Golden Triangle, were actively courted by Nugan-Hand participants. The Stewart Royal Commission, which investigated the billion-dollar fraud, functioned largely to cover up the nature and intent of the crime. When the house of cards collapsed, the two owners were allowed time to flee. Michael Hand, the former Green Beret and intelligence asset (Air America) disappeared, while Frank Nugan was found murdered in what was covered up as a suicide. In 1975, CIA team leader Theodore Shackley issued an ultimatum to the Australian intelligence services that their relationship would end if the Prime Minister continued to question the CIA’s influence in Australian internal affairs. Three days later, Governor General John Kerr, a man with extensive ties to CIA front organizations (Asia Foundation) going back many years, dismissed Prime Minister Whitlam in a constitutional coup.34
BCCI, “Bank of Crooks & Criminals International”: Clark Clifford wrote the 1947 National Security Act, which created the national security state, and, in the twilight of his career, was caught enmeshed in a banking scandal that was to become the yardstick by which all other terrorist-linked corruption would come to be measured. Ramparts magazine called Clifford a “curious hybrid of Rasputin, Perry Como and Mr. Fix it,” in an article that depicted him as an architect of US economic imperialism and linked that role to his legal work representing major multinational corporations. BCCI, meanwhile, had its own connections. The Reagan administration launched no investigation, even after the CIA had sent reports to the Treasury, Commerce, and State Departments bluntly describing the bank’s role in drug money laundering and other illegal activities. BCCI catered to many of the most notorious tyrants and thugs of the late 20th century, including Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein, the heads of the Medellin cocaine cartel, and Abu Nidal, the notorious Palestinian terrorist. According to the CIA, it also did business with those who went on to lead Al Qaeda. BCCI went beyond merely offering financial assistance to dictators and terrorists. According to Time magazine, the operation itself was an elaborate fraud, replete with a “global intelligence operation and a Mafia-like enforcement squad.” The Wall Street Journal reported in 1991 that there was a “mosaic of BCCI connections surrounding Harken Energy since George W. Bush came on board.” In 1987, Bush secured a critical $25 million loan from a bank that was a BCCI joint venture. A French intelligence report obtained by Washington Post in 2002 identified dozens of companies and individuals involved with BCCI who were found to be dealing with bin Laden. As one senior US investigator said in 2002, “BCCI was the mother and father of terrorist financing operations.” Clifford and his former law partner, Robert Altman, were indicted in July 1992 on charges of fraud and accepting $40 million in bribes from the foreign-owned Bank of Credit and Commerce International. The two had been attorneys for BCCI. They denied the charges against them and said they were duped by BCCI’s Pakistani executives. BCCI pleaded guilty in January 1992 to federal racketeering charges and agreed to forfeit a record $550 million in US assets. (Washington Monthly, by David Sirota and Jonathan Baskin)
Iran-Contra: A secret program by the Reagan administration circumvented Congress, and illegally sold weapons to Iran, a “terrorist nation,” in order to pay for a guerilla war against the Sandinista Nicaraguan government. When the operation was uncovered, it also uncovered an off-the-books operation that, in the words of one Senator, was a secret government with its own permanent funding mechanism and its own army, navy, and air force. The exposure of the Iran-Contra operation revealed the tip of the iceberg. Admiral Richard Secord ran a multi-faceted program that concentrated on banking fraud, drug smuggling, and illegal arms dealing by officers and former officers of the US military. Oliver L. North, a Marine lieutenant colonel assigned to the National Security Council staff beginning in 1981 until he was fired on November 25, 1986, was the White House official most directly involved in secretly aiding the contras, selling arms to Iran, and diverting Iran arms sales proceeds to the Contras. North, who was deputy director of political-military affairs, reported many of his activities to his superiors, National Security Adviser Robert C. McFarlane and, later, John M. Poindexter. He claimed to have taken much of his direction from Central Intelligence Agency Director William Casey. More significantly, North testified repeatedly that he believed President Reagan was aware and approving of his activities. North was indicted in March 1988 on 16 Iran-Contra charges; He was found guilty of three counts. North’s convictions were vacated on July 20, 1990, after the appeals court found that witnesses in his trial might have been impermissibly affected by his immunized congressional testimony. Many figures who came under criminal investigation and prosecution in Iran-Contra such as John Poindexter, Elliot Abrams, Richard Armitage, Dick Cheney, Otto Reich, Colin Powell, and John Negroponte returned to serve in the Bush administrations without serious challenge from Congress.
Contras and the Crips: A San Francisco Bay Area drug ring sold tons of cocaine to the Crips and Bloods street gangs of Los Angeles and funneled millions in drug profits to an arm of the contra guerrillas of Nicaragua run by the Central Intelligence Agency, (San Jose Mercury News). This drug network opened the first pipeline between Colombia’s cocaine cartels and the black neighborhoods of Los Angeles, a city now known as the “crack capital of the world.” (Gary Webb) The investigative reporter, Gary Webb, who broke the story that no other major newspaper would run, died in what can only be described as a staged suicide, undoubtedly murdered.
“In March, 1994, I traveled to Guatemala during spring vacation. The country was in a state of low-level civil war, and bandana wearing AK-47-toting guerillas were nearly as numerous as the US armed government troops. The newspapers, radio, and television were blaring the story that American citizens were kidnapping Guatemalan children to smuggle out of the country and into the US to be used as unwilling organ donors for wealthy elderly Americans. This did not make me too popular with the local citizens who did not know me, and children playing in the park were hesitant to come near me. I felt as if a target had been painted on my back. A female teacher from Alaska who had traveled there on vacation to help Habitat for Humanity build housing for poor villagers was attacked by an angry mob and killed while I was there. The effect of the rumors was to drive a wedge between the civilian population and US citizens who traveled there to assist people through grass roots organizations. “Driving south into Guatemala had been an eye-opening experience that took me through several low-level civil wars and road blocks too numerous to mention. The person I was traveling with was a Guatemalan citizen and former member of the military who made a living importing consumer goods purchased in the US. Despite his knowledge and connections, it was obvious to me that he could not have smuggled so much as a microwave oven into the country, much less smuggled a Guatemalan child out of the country. The borders were closely guarded by scrupulous officers who did not ask for bribes and checked the contents of every vehicle. From this I concluded that the Guatemalan government itself was at least complicit in the smuggling operations, if they even existed at all, and that the media stories were a psychological warfare operation designed to separate US citizens from helping the Guatemalan peasants. “I was appalled that the US military presence in the country was so obvious, propping up a military dictatorship, despite the discontent, and violent opposition of its people. Imagine my surprise upon reading the works of authors Gordon Thomas and Alex Constantine.”
Following is an excerpt from Alex Constantine’s Psychic Dictatorship of the USA, related to the kidnapping of Guatemalan children. In an investigation of the worldwide slavery underground, Gordon Thomas documented CIA participation in the kidnap of Latin American children “flown across the border in light air craft, and sold to child sex rings, or sold so their organs could be used in transplants.” Some of the pilots “made two or three flights a day.” The more experienced used Beech 18’s because of the aircrafts capacity and maneuverability. The majority of fliers had flown for the CIA.35
Katharine Griggs: Katharine ‘Kay’ Griggs knows what it is like to have a gun pointed in her face. She knows what it is like to have her face slapped, her bones broken, and her nose bloodied by her former bully of a husband, an active Marine colonel and a man she claims is “above the law and literally gets away with murder.” Virginia court documents and photos of her battered arms and legs tell the sad and brutal physical story of her failed marriage, a tumultuous 11-year roller coaster ride ending in 1999. But the real story for public consumption isn’t the private divorce court details. It is the secret military information about drug running, weapon sales, sexual perversion, and assassination squads she learned firsthand from her husband, US Marine Corps Col. George Raymond Griggs, now remarried and living in Mirror Lake, New Hampshire. This isn’t the first time Griggs is going public with her story about government mob-like hit squads and the sexually perverted secret “Cap and Gown and Skull and Bones Society” her husband belonged to, along with other high-ranking Marine officers and public officials. Griggs first went public in 1996 after receiving death threats and being rescued by Sarah McClendon, former senior member of the White House press corps, who believed her story and took her under her wing, giving her a place to stay and important advice about how to stay alive when dealing with military operatives. “I became a whistle-blower and received death threats,” said Griggs during an extended telephone conversation from her Tidewater, Virginia home. “I finally wound up living, for safety reasons, with Sarah, the dean of the White House Press Corps, who had been with every president since FDR and was in Army intelligence and also an attorney’s daughter from Texas.” Advised by McClendon to go public after being unable to get the mainstream media to listen, she traveled to Adrian, Michigan on the advice of a friend to do a long taped interview with Pastor Rick Strawcutter, a preacher and owner of a 500-watt pirate FM station at 99.3 on the dial in Lenawee County. Strawcutter, who believed in free-speech radio and in empowering the public with the truth, produced two extended interviews, which were finally released in 2000. One is a two-hour version called “Sleeping With the Enemy,” and the other is an unedited eight-hour version.
Since then, Griggs said, she went back to her Virginia home, tried to piece her life together, and essentially talked to private groups or anybody who would take the time to listen. She says, “I will keep repeating it to anyone.” She added that, after 9/11, the war in Iraq, the London bombings, and the fear of terrorism, “The American people are at a point where they are ready and willing to hear the truth.” Although they may be shocked, Griggs said the “truth will set you free,” even if it means facing up to the highest form of corruption, including sexual perversion and government-sponsored mob-like hits orchestrated by high-ranking military and government officials. “My former husband, George, who is a trained assassin, calls the people he is involved with the members of The Firm or The Brotherhood. If you are in the clique, you are above the law and literally can get away with murder. For years, mostly when he was drinking, he told me how he and others in this elite military group would kill people,” said Griggs, as she mentioned name after high-powered name and story after-detailed story about sexual perversion, murder, military hit squads, brainwashing, and mind control—all activities sanctioned, participated in, and condoned by a group of military and political elite. “There were many other things and people he told me about which were startling, things I’ll tell you later. But George is like a robot, glazed eyes and all. While he drinks, he sort of comes alive. It is hard to explain unless you actually see him. He told me he was the No. 1 shooter for a long time for a group of powerful people at the top. If a guy is too honest, for example, they get rid of him.” When asked how large an inside group it was and how she survived after going public with such damning information about so many high powered names, she added: “I just keep myself and my story in the public eye. I am a decent, honest person who believes in telling the truth. I have a deep, abiding faith and trust in God. I also come from a strong-minded, strong-willed family and I am not afraid of generals and admirals. “As far as the sheer numbers of people involved in this Cap and Gown, Skull and Bones secret society, it’s hard to say. But it is based on old friendships, college and prep school relationships, covering up secrets, and sexual perversion. My husband told me about all the sexually perverted rituals, like anal and oral sex in coffins at drunken parties and running naked in the woods at Bohemian Grove.
Then there was the last time I saw George, which was in 2001, and he was telling me to keep quiet, but I think he knows I will never stop telling the truth.” During numerous drinking binges over many years, one of the main things that sticks out in Griggs’ mind was how easily her husband rationalized killing a small number of innocent people and how he was able to somehow justify the killings if it accomplished a strategic goal for the elite group involved. “Who are these people?” Griggs repeated, after being asked the same direct question, “In general, they are first-generation German sons, mostly who run things in the military through tight friendships made in Europe and at war colleges. Psyops is a controlling group, and Paul Wolfowitz is a major player, as are the many Zionists on this side of the Atlantic. “Truth is light. And these guys are anxious to collect the global power now in the few hands of their Freemasonic (French Masons) brotherhood’s elite hands. It is a very, very small group and a rather homogenized group of global top-down existentialist Zionists and socialists—in short, Nazis who came to the US when Hitler, their boy, turned on them in 1933.
Griggs said other recognizable names and major players she learned from her husband’s arrogant ramblings, besides Wolfowitz and other nondescript military and civilian names, involved in what she called a Zionist global takeover, included Donald Rumsfeld, George H.W. Bush, Dick Cheney, Henry Kissinger, and Andrew Fine, to name a few. “After what I learned from George about ‘Rummy,’ as he called him and idolized him and the others, is that they all operate from this secret little sick society and are all basically cowards and bullies. And I don’t believe I should ever keep quiet about who they are because the only way we are going to change their behavior is to shed light on what they are doing and show how ludicrous , sick and inept their behavior really is. My husband, George, just idolized ‘Rummy,’ and thinks he is just wonderful when basically he is nothing more than an in the closet-Nazi. Also, George liked to brag how he and Wolfowitz were down in Indonesia in the 1970s, down there training young assassins. After what I heard all those years and now putting it into perspective after 9/11, I think they are trying to destroy America. Their whole game is all about war, selling weapons, and creating a militaristic society. I know firsthand from listening to my husband, they will do anything—I mean anything, including murder—to get what they want.” Although Griggs said her husband never mentioned anything specific about 9/11 during their marriage, she claims he hinted several times that “war-gaming and airplane crashes” were necessary elements to control and manipulate the American population. Putting many of her husband’s comments together with other acquaintances made through him, she had this to say about 9/11: “Before 9/11, there were some things which let me know that it was involved with war gaming going on at ACT Commands center in Suffolk. War games and diversions and manipulations of American public opinion he said are “necessary.” George explained some examples such as airplane “crashes” and the bombing by the Israeli Lebanese Bekka valley recruits who blew up the Marine Corps barracks. I believe my husband knew ahead of time 9/11 was going to occur. I know that there was a war game going on via Tampa, I think it was called Bright Star, which was being run on 9/11 by a weird and insecure USMC General who was in charge while the Army head was conveniently away in the Near East. I am sure 9-11 was a joint and combined military operation, using boys who were recruited via A.Q. Khan’s Israeli network in Pakistan and South Africa through Zionists in Hamburg. I believe that certain MI6 British Zionists with the Ian Goodwin-Peter, Goodwin-Basil, Cardinal Hume Yorkshire network were also involved in funding and recruiting these guys. It was a large and ongoing operation to set up, and involved lots of CIA Zionists and lots of funny money.”
Griggs grew up in the elite Virginia Southern class, the child of a Reserve Military family of Scottish and French Huguenot descent. Raised with strict Christian ideals, moral character, deep faith, and impeccable ethics, she carried with her the headstrong outspoken nature of her father and the truth-seeking characteristics of her mother. However, a victim of old Southern male chauvinism and backward traditions, she was married young in an arranged fashion to John Garland Pollard III, the wealthy grandson of a Virginia governor who lived off his inheritance in a typical aristocratic Southern-style plantation. “Looking back it was just horrible and suffocating,” said Griggs, who, after getting a divorce in 1983, went on to teach after getting a degree in history with a specialty in Virginia history and the Scottish Reformation. After resettling in a Virginia Beach home and working as an Asst. Director of the Chamber of Commerce, she was about to meet a dashing Marine Colonel who would forever change the course and direction of her life. After renting the main portion of her house to Col. Griggs, the couple dated for two months, and were quickly married—a speedy decision the young bride would quickly learn to regret. The story of the couple’s courtship is of little importance, but what happened afterwards regarding the colonel’s drunken ramblings takes center stage. “He started drinking—did a lot of heavy drinking—and at first I thought I could change him,” said Griggs, who listened closely over the years about her husband’s role as a military assassin and his role as a military trainer who brought new, young assassins into the fold. “He started talking openly about murder, corruption, assassinations, and lies. It was just incredible the names that were involved and the people who were being killed. “He gave me very detailed and graphic descriptions about how Waco was carried out, as well as how many other hits went down, including Malcolm Kerr, the head of the American University in Beirut, and Ron Brown, who was trying to take away the State Department’s monopoly on drug money and arms deals.
My husband would get into these crazed stupors where he would be running around the house naked, and there were times I would find him lying in the grass that way. I learned about how he was sexually molested by homosexual teachers at the elite Hun School, where a lot of the others in this small, elite group also attended, including the members the Saudi Royal family. He told me how sex is used to control, intimidate, and groom boys into this type of military service from a young age. He mentioned how many of The Brotherhood, as he liked to call them, are members of the ‘Cap and Gown’ Princeton group or the ‘Skull and Bones’ Yale crowd, and how they performed sexually perverted induction ceremonies with anal and oral sex performed inside coffins.” During the final two years of the marriage, Griggs said her husband basically disappeared. When she finally decided to blow the whistle on her husband’s activities and others surrounding him, she met privately with attorney and former CIA Director William Colby, seeking advice. “I really thought I would get some help, but Colby was later found dead,” said Griggs about Colby, whose body was found several days after he disappeared on April, 27, 1996, while supposedly canoeing near his Rock Point, Maryland vacation home. “Then I started getting death threats, had my house burglarized, my car messed with. And every time I would try to get the FBI or police to act, strangely nothing would be done. They would do things like steal my underwear, leave black dots on all my blouses, and leave twelve screw drivers on my kitchen counter. They would do strange things like this, which if you think about it, is really hard to explain to the police without them thinking you are crazy. I later found out I was flagged by Marine General Al Gray, my husband’s boss who put the wheels in motion on much of the criminal activity. He flagged me as a trouble-maker, knowing I was a free-thinker who was not about to keep quiet like all the other military wives who knew too much. Finally, I sought help from Sarah McClendon, who basically saved my life.” After weathering the storm of harassment in Washington D.C., Griggs was encouraged by friends to publicize her story nationally through the alternative media, since major publications wouldn’t touch it with a ten-foot pole.
In 1998, she then met Pastor Strawcutter, who believed in her and who basically told the same story Griggs is telling today, but in much more detail. Pastor Strawcutter’s 1998 Taped Interview: Besides running a ministry in Adrian, MI., Strawcutter’s main passion is truth-telling, his philosophy turning out to be a perfect match for Griggs when she finally contacted him one morning in 1998, as he broadcasted live during drive-time on his pirate FM radio station. “I remember one morning getting this call during a commercial break, and then we put Kay on live for about 45 minutes. I couldn’t believe what I was hearing,” said Strawcutter in a telephone interview from his Michigan Temple. “After the show, I arranged for Kay to come to Michigan with her documentation and photos of the story.” When Griggs arrived with her husband’s diary and photos, providing credible documentation for some of what she claimed, Strawcutter taped her story for over eight hours. After the taping session, he recalls that, out of all the controversial stories he worked on, the Griggs story was one of the most troubling and difficult to deal with, due to the sensitive nature of the allegations and the number of high-ranking names involved. Finally, after sitting on the story for a year, Strawcutter decided to release it in the long, unedited, 8-hour long version and the 2-hour condensed version. And, as Griggs later recounted, the Strawcutter tapes are even more detailed about how members of The Brotherhood operate in a world of treachery, deceit, lies, murder, drug running, sex slavery, and illegal weapon sales—all in the name of forming a new world order. “People need to know the truth about what Kay Griggs is saying,” said Strawcutter, who for a long time on his FM station had been testing the waters of truth by broadcasting controversial stories, many coming from the likes of Michael Collins Piper and other writers for the American Free Press, an alternative paper which also delves into subjects taboo to the mainstream media. “I basically believed she was telling the truth and decided to go with the story as she told it.” Asked if he was ever harassed for bringing the Griggs tapes public, he added, “No, not really. I never worry about things like that. But I do know after winning a landmark federal case to stay on the air in the 1990s, the feds came down real hard on me about three months after 9/11 with another legal challenge to my station, which had become wildly successful, becoming the second top rated show in the county.” Shortly thereafter, Strawcutter was forced to take his brand of truth-telling radio off the air waves in the wake of legal roadblocks and challenges designed by the government to bankrupt his efforts.
Katharine ‘Kay’ Griggs Today: The headstrong, truth-telling woman who first provided America with her shocking story in 1996, is really no different today, although she readily admits the government is still trying to ruin her financially, and still monitors her closely. Although still under the government’s microscope, her energy and curiosity remain strong as ever. “With all that’s happening in the world, the time is right now for truth,” said Griggs. “I think America can handle the truth now, and I basically want people to know that my husband and the people involved with him are really nothing but cowards and bullies. But they are, at the same time, dangerous, evil people that must be stopped. I am not a vindictive person, and I also am not seeking publicity. I simply want people to know the truth about how these people are trying to destroy this country.” Single and living in the same home she shared with her former military husband, Griggs still holds firm to her strong Christian beliefs, saying she will talk to anybody who is interested in listening, since she firmly believes “truth is light and only the truth will set you free.”36
Chapter Ten: Russian EMW
Directed Energy Weapons Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR, was a 1972 Army study of Soviet experimentation that focused on the targeting of individuals, not groups. Soviet dissidents were the target of microwave anti-personnel weapons and mind-altering techniques that sought “the total submission of one’s will to some outside force.” The American effort at the time was just as exotic. Brain researcher Wilder Penfield demonstrated that electrical stimulation kicked up lost memories with perfect recall. Acoustical telemetry allowed American scientists to create scallops of infra-sound waves in the head, wiping clean all information stored by the brain cells. An EMW (electromagnetic weapons) arms race was in progress. EMW “mind control” or behavioral modification surfaced at the 1973 Russian Conference on Psychotronic Research. The agenda for the Prague meeting included the following five topics: Erasure of the subconscious mind, development of ESP, induction of paranormal effects in dreams, the mechanical equivalent of neuropsychic energy, and the Psi gene. The Soviets were known to have potent blinding lasers. They were also feared to have developed acoustic and radiowave weapons.
The 1987 issue of Soviet Military Power, a cold war Pentagon publication, warned that the Soviets might be close to “a prototype short-range tactical RF [radio frequency] weapon.” The Washington Post reported that year that the Soviets had used such weapons to kill goats at 1 kilometer’s range. The Pentagon, it turns out, has been pursuing similar devices since the 1960’s.37 The Russian capability, demonstrated in a series of laboratory experiments dating back to the mid-1970’s, could be used to suppress riots, control dissidents, demoralize or disable opposing forces, and enhance the performance of friendly special operations teams. Pioneered by the government-funded Department of Psycho-Correction at the Moscow Medical Academy, acoustic psycho-correction involves the transmission of specific commands via static or white noise bands into the human subconscious without upsetting other intellectual functions. Experts said laboratory demonstrations have shown encouraging results after exposure of less than one minute. Moreover, decades of research and investment of untold millions of rubles in the process of psycho-correction have produced the ability to alter behavior on willing and unwilling subjects, the experts add. In an effort to restrict potential misuse of this capability, Russian senior research scientists, diplomats, military offices and officials of the Russian Ministry of Higher Education, Science, and Technology Policy are beginning to provide limited demonstrations for their US counterparts. Further evaluations of key technologies in the United States are being planned, as are discussions aimed at creating a framework for bringing the issue under bilateral or multilateral controls, US and Russian sources said.
An undated paper by a Moscow-based group affiliated with the Department of Psycho-Correction at the Moscow Medical Academy, acknowledges the potential danger of this capability. The Russian experts, including George Kotov, a former KGB general now serving in a senior government ministry post, present in their report a list of software and hardware associated with their psycho-correction program that could be procured for as little as $80,000. “As far as it has become possible to probe and correct psychic contents of human beings despite their will and consciousness by instrumental means...results having been achieved can get out of [our] control and be used with inhuman purposes of manipulating psyche.” The Russia authors note that, “World opinion is not ready for dealing appropriately with the problems coming from the possibility of direct access to the human mind. Therefore, the Russian authors have proposed a bilateral Center for Psycho-technologies where US and Russia...could monitor and restrict the emerging capabilities.”
Dr. Igor Smirnov: Dr. Igor Smirnov, a Russian expert on nonlethal weapons, was brought to the US for a series of meetings in Virginia in 1993. The meetings were attended by representatives of the CIA, DIA, FBI, and ARPA.38 Civilians included representatives of the NIMH and GMC’s Director of Biomedical Research. Smirnov and his nonlethal weapons technology were brought to Waco during the Branch Davidian Siege in 1993, in hopes of using them on David Koresh, even though Smirnov could not guarantee its safety, but a software problem reportedly made the use of the equipment impossible. A firm called Psychotechnologies Corp., based in Richmond, Va., entered into an agreement with the Russians to share and develop this technology for American use. Dr. Smirnov died of a heart attack in 2005, and the patent is now held exclusively by Psychotechnologies Corp. Psi-Tech is controlled by Major Ed Dames and General Albert Stubbblebine.
Woodpecker: Full scale electromagnetic warfare between the US and USSR began on July 4, 1976, when the Russians began broadcasting a broadband short-wave radio signal that could be heard all over the world. The signal is maintained at enormous expense and is made up of the most powerful radio transmitters in the world. The “Russian Woodpecker” radio signal varies between 3.26 and 17.5 megahertz. Shortly after it came on line, complaints emerged, mostly centered in Oregon, of headaches, anxiety, lack of body coordination, and other symptoms. Dr. Andrija Puharich, who has connections to the US intelligence community, has researched electromagnetics since the early 1950s, and is considered among the leading world authorities. According to Dr. Puharich, the Soviets caught US intelligence unaware with their 100 megawatt transmissions of extremely low frequency waves (ELF), the pulse of which covers the frequency range of the brain.
“I had a hypothesis that this was a new mind-control weapon that could entrain a human being’s EEG. I designed an experiment and conclusively proved that the Soviet transmission could entrain the human brain and thereby induce behavioral modification. They (CIA) proved a certain ELF frequency could cause cancer, I have repeated these experiments and found this to be true…a single ELF frequency (classified) can cause cancer. The US Air Force identified five different frequencies in this compound harmonic the Russians were sending through the earth and the atmosphere. The intention was to affect a change in consciousness in mankind. The ELF waves will penetrate anything and everything, the specially shielded Faraday cage, the ocean. Nothing stops or weakens these signals.”
Puharich and Beck proved that a signal of 6 Hertz easily penetrated the copper walls of a Faraday cage, and so could the rate the Russians used, 6.6 Hertz, which causes depression.
“7.83 hertz could make a person feel good. This was the Schumann Resonance, the earth’s pulse rate. 10.8 Hertz could cause riotous behavior. Whole populations can be controlled by ELF waves. Intensive research on such behavior modification is now being conducted by the US government to find out just what such waves do to people. This electromagnetic research is similar to the secret drug experiments conducted on the unsuspecting populace in the 1950’s.”
Puharich went over the heads of the disbelieving US military and hand-delivered a secret report to President Carter, Prime Minister Trudeau of Canada, and other western dignitaries. The government moved quickly to shut him up, burning down his home and much of his research. While in hiding in Mexico, he managed to arrange a meeting, and an agreement was reached. He has had no trouble with the CIA to date, save that his book on the subject of the ELF war has been blocked from publication, therefore the public remains uninformed. On the subject of the ELF cancer-causing wave he says, “These waves cannot be jammed. The lower-frequency Hertz waves are as long as 300,000 miles. The government has built huge transmitters in South Africa, Australia, and other places to beam ELF waves back to Russia. There is no shield that will stop these signals.” (Keith 203) Although the US govt. did not officially acknowledge that the country was under electromagnetic assault from a foreign power, they apparently responded in kind, beyond what Puharich documented. Operation Pique involved firing electromagnetic signals off the ionosphere, to ricochet down on Eastern Europe, with a particular focus on Eastern European nuclear installations.39




Chapter Eleven: Unclassified Science and Scientists
The Military financed all scientific research into development of directed energy weapons. After decades of work, real progress was on the horizon, and much of the research became classified; or, once a breakthrough of some kind was made, the public program was shut down and restarted elsewhere in conditions of absolute secrecy. The published scientific papers that concerned potential weapons and even bioelectric medicine were reduced to a trickle, but occasional information about their existence continued to emerge. The works of Allen Sharp, Joseph Sharp, Allen Frey, José Delgado, Ross Adey, J.F. Schapitz, Andre Puharich, Herman Schwann, James Lin, Bill Van Bise, Eldon Byrd, Robert Becker, James Lilly, Igor Smirnov, and many others present sufficient evidence of these weapons’ existence. Many of these elite scientists had no idea who was funding their work and how the technology was being misused. Scientists who knowingly divulge classified information face life in prison. It must be stated that some of these men knew the potential dangers inherent in their work and a few scientists committed crimes against humanity without reservation.
The earliest work on the effects of electromagnetics on humans was done by Nikola Tesla. Drs. Chaffee and Light in 1934 published “A Method for Remote Control of Electrical Stimulation of the Nervous System.” The same year, Soviet scientist Vasilev wrote “Critical Evaluation of the Hypogenic Method.” The experiments showed, “At a distance…mental suggestion to go to sleep was complied with within a minute”. The background to the development of anti-personnel electromagnetic weapons can be traced to the early 1940’s, and possibly earlier. The earliest extant reference was contained in a review of Japanese research and development efforts on a “Death Ray” by the US Strategic Bombing Survey (Pacific Survey, Military Analysis Division, volume 63). While not reaching the stage of practical application, research was considered sufficiently promising to warrant the expenditure of 2 million yen from 1940 to 1945. Summarizing the Japanese efforts, allied scientists concluded that a ray apparatus might be developed that could kill unshielded human beings at a distance of 5 to 10 miles. Studies demonstrated that, for example, automobile engines could be stopped by tuned waves as early as 1943. It is therefore reasonable to suppose that this technique has been available for many years. Research on living organisms (mice and ground hogs) revealed that waves from two meters to 60 centimeters in length caused hemorrhage of lungs, whereas waves shorter than two meters destroyed brain cells.
André Puharich: and Warren S. McCulloch: André Puharich studied the effects of radio waves on animals at Northwestern University in the late 1940s, and later founded a laboratory he called the Round Table Foundation of Electrobiology. His associate in the organization was Warren S. McCulloch, of Bellevue, an early advocate of electronic brain implants, and chair of conferences, sponsored by the Josiah Macy Jr. Foundation. Puharich was later employed at the Army’s Chemical and Biological Warfare Center at Fort Detrick, Maryland, researching the effects of LSD for the CIA in 1954. He perfected the radio tooth implant, “a small little relay and receiver-transmitter.” Puharich also worked at the Permanente Research Foundation, and was funded by Sandoz Chemical Works.40
Dr. Allan Frey: Dr. Allan Frey, a biophysicist at GE’s Advanced Electronics Center of Cornell University, and a contractor for the office of Naval Research, discovered in 1958 that the auditory system responds to EM (electromagnetic) energy in a portion of the RF (radio frequency) spectrum at low-power densities, well below that necessary for biological damage. According to Frey,
“The human auditory system and a table radio may be one order of magnitude apart in sensitivity to RF energy.”
He proposed “stimulating the nervous system without the damage caused by electrodes.” He wrote two papers, “Microwave Auditory Effect and Applications” and “Human Auditory Response to Modulated Electromagnetic Energy”. Frey’s work had obvious implications for covert operations. He synchronized pulsed microwaves with the myocardial rhythm of a frog’s heart: the heart stopped beating. Frey had perfected the inducement of heart seizures by beamed electromagnetics. He microwaved cats and found that stimulation of the hypothalamus had a powerful effect on emotions. Frey found that human subjects exposed to 1310 MHz and 2982 MHz microwaves at average power densities of 0.4 to 2mW/cm2 perceived auditory sounds. The peak power densities were on the order of 200 to 300 mW/cm2, and the pulse repetition frequencies varied from 200 to 400 Hz. Frey referred to this auditory phenomenon as the RF sound. The sensation occurred instantaneously at average incident power densities well below that necessary for known biological damage, and appeared to originate from within or near the back of the head. Frey was reluctant to experiment on humans, but Paperclip scientist were not.
Dr. Ross Adey: Dr. Ross Adey worked at UCLA, rigged the brains of lab animals to transmit to a radio receiver, which shot signals back to a device that sparked any behavior desired by the researcher. Adey had worked closely with émigré Nazi technicians after WWII. Adey determined that emotional states and behavior can be remotely influenced merely by placing a subject in an electromagnetic field. By directing a carrier frequency to stimulate the brain and using amplitude modulation to shape the wave to mimic a desired EEG frequency, he was able to impose a 4.5 CPS theta rhythm on his subjects.
Drs. Joseph Sharp and Allen Frey experimented with microwaves, seeking to transmit spoken words directly into the audio cortex via a pulsed-microwave analog of the speaker’s sound vibration. Indeed, Frey’s work in this field, dating back to 1960, gave rise to the so-called “Frey effect,” which is now more commonly referred to as “microwave hearing.” Within the Pentagon this ability is now known as “Artificial Telepathy.” Adey and others have compiled an entire library of frequencies and pulsation rates which can affect the mind and nervous system.41
Dr. Herman Schwann: Dr. Herman Schwann is hailed as the father of bioelectric medicine. Out of his research came the 10-milliwatt safety standard set in the 1950s. Schwann worked at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute of biophysics in Germany, became a Paperclip scientist after the war, and taught bioengineering at the University of Pennsylvania. Schwann was heavily funded, mostly by the DOD. Schwann was lionized at the University of Pennsylvania as a great humanitarian; his portrait still hangs in a place of honor. Schwann was a German scientist who came to the US under a military recruitment program after the war. He has worked at the University of Pennsylvania on numerous government contracts, and set the first health and safety standards for electromagnetic radiation, adopted by the US government. In “Physical Properties of Biological Matter: Some History, Principles, and Applications” (1982), Schwann writes, “Rajewsky and I had published a paper on the conductivity of erythrocytes, reporting, for the first time, dielectric measurements on biological materials extending up to 1,000 MHz.... I mention all of these things to indicate the decisive role that the Navy and NIH played. Navy support has been available to me, in one form or another, ever since 1947, and NIH support since 1952.” The book continues, “While a young physics student, financial problems forced me to interrupt my studies until I found employment as an electronics technician at the Oswalt Institute for Physics in Medicine, now the Max Planck Institute for Biophysics... [C]ell membranes are not likely to be affected directly by microwaves since fields of interest can only apply potentials across the membranes that are vanishingly small in comparison with potentials needed to yield significant membrane responses. And significant responses of biopolymers require field strength levels very much higher than those causing undue heating.” Schwann has worked extensively in the biomedical engineering field. He has claimed, up to the 1990s, that the non-thermal effects of electromagnetic radiation have not been proven. In a March 22, 2000 e-mail response to questions regarding classified electromagnetic, neurological weapons, he stated, “I am not aware of military antipersonnel weapons using electromagnetic (EM) radiation. There was a lot of talk about it some years ago. I believe the potential for such weaponry is small since EM radiation field strength decreases inversely with the distance square in the ‘distant’ field.42
Dr. J. F. Schapitz: Dr. J.F. Schapitz was funded by the DOD in 1974 for a proposal to research the use of radio broadcasting in conjunction with hypnotic control. He wrote,
“The spoken word of the hypnotist may be conveyed by modulated electromagnetic energy directly into the subconscious parts of the human brain—i.e., without employing any technical devices for the receiving and transcoding the messages and without the person exposed to such influence having a chance to control the input consciously. His second experiment was the implanting of hypnotic suggestions for simple acts, like leaving the lab to buy some particular item, which were to be triggered by a suggested time, spoken word, or sight. Subjects were to be interviewed later. “It may be expected that they rationalize their behavior and consider it to be undertaken out of their own free will,” he wrote. The results of Schapitz’ experimentation have never been released to the public.43
Eldon Byrd: Eldon Byrd, a specialist in medical bioengineering, worked for the Marine Corps from 1980 to 1983 at the Armed Forces Radiobiology Research Institute of Bethesda, Maryland. Byrd experimented on small animals, and himself, to see if electromagnetic waves could be used to influence or entrain the brain activity of living organisms. Byrd said,
“We could put animals into a stupor by hitting them with these frequencies. We got chick brains in vitro to dump 80% of the natural opioids in their brains. The effect was nonlethal and reversible. You could disable a person temporarily, it would have been like a stun gun, we would have had a weapon in one year.”
Byrd reported having his work taken away from him and the project going black. Numerous other researchers in electromagnetics report having their work taken away from them at the precise point when they begin to get successful results.44
Dr. Dietrich Beischer: Dr. Dietrich Beischer exposed 7,000 naval crew men to dangerous levels of microwave energy, claiming the exposure limits could be “obtained no other way,” given the “exquisitely complex and dynamic nature of the human organism.” Dr. Beischer disappeared or died in 1977, like other scientists engaged in research on microwave weapons. Nobel laureate Robert O. Becker received a phone call from Beischer: “He blurted out, I’m at a pay phone, I can’t talk long, they are watching me. I can’t go to the meeting or ever communicate with you again. I’m sorry, you’ve been a good friend. Goodbye.” Soon after I called his office at Pensacola and was told, “I’m sorry, there is no one here by that name.” “Just as in the movies, a guy who had done important research there for decades just disappeared.” According to author Ford Rowan, Richard Helms’ dream of bio-communication was achieved by the CIA in the late sixties. Microwaves penetrated the skull, the miniaturized receiver linked the brain to a remote computer. Brain waves were deciphered, recorded, and beamed to another person—a two-way mental communication. According to this source the program had, in effect, “landed on the moon” 50 years ago.45
Dr. Joseph C. Sharp: At the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, Dr. Joseph C. Sharp was himself the subject of an experiment in which pulsed microwave audiograms, or the microwave analog of the sound vibrations of spoken words, were delivered to his brain in such a way that he was able to understand the words that were spoken. Military and undercover uses of such a device might include driving a subject crazy with inner voices in order to discredit him, or conveying undetectable instructions to a programmed assassin.
In his autobiography, The Scientist, John C. Lilly records a conversation he had with the director of the National Institute of Mental Health in 1953. The director asked Lilly to brief the CIA, FBI, NSA, and the various military intelligence services on his work using electrodes to stimulate directly the pleasure and pain centers in the brain. Lilly refused, noting, in his reply,
“Dr. Antoine Remond, using our techniques in Paris, has demonstrated that this method of stimulation of the brain can be applied to the human without the help of the neurosurgeon; he is doing it in his office in Paris without neurosurgical supervision. This means that anybody with the proper apparatus can carry this out on a person covertly, with no external signs that the electrodes have been used on that person. I feel that if this technique got into the hands of a secret agency, they would have total control over a human being and be able to change his beliefs extremely quickly, leaving little evidence of what they had done.”46
Dr. James Lin: Dr. James Lin of Wayne State University wrote a book entitled Microwave Auditory Effects & Applications, in which he states, “The capability of communicating directly with humans by pulsed microwaves is obviously not limited to the field of therapeutic medicine.”
Dr. Karl Pribram: EM mind control machines were championed at Stanford University by Dr. Karl Pribram, director of the Neuropsychology Research Laboratory:
“I certainly could educate a child by putting an electrode in the lateral hypothalamus and then selecting the situations at which I stimulate it. In this way I can grossly change his behavior.”
Psychology Today celebrated Pribram as “The Magellan of Brain Science.” Having obtained his BS and MD degrees at the University of Chicago and Stanford University, respectively, he studied how the brain processes and stores sensory imagery, and is credited with discovering that mental imaging bears a close resemblance to hologram projection, (“The basis for transmitting images to the craniums of test subjects under the misnomer “remote viewing”?).47
Dr. Michael Persinger: Dr. Michael Persinger, a psychologist and neuroscientist, “did research on the effects of electromagnetic radiation on the brain for a Pentagon weapons project.” He has worked in the field for 40 years, and has been funded by the Navy and reportedly the NSA as well. Persinger perfected a means to make experimental subjects feel they have been abducted by aliens or had an encounter with angels or God, through the use of a modified motorcycle helmet equipped with solenoids to send electromagnetic pulses through the frontal lobes of their brains. “Human experience of God can be generated by a process that has nothing to do with whether God exists or not.” Persinger published, “On the Possibility of Directly Accessing Every Human Brain by Electromagnetic Induction of Fundamental Algorithms” (1995).
“A process which is coupled to the narrow band of brain temperature could allow all normal human brains to be affected by a sub-harmonic whose frequency range at 10 Hz would only vary by 0.1 Hz…Random variations, of noise within the matrices could potentially differentiate between individual brains.”
In other words, individuals could be identified by the specific characteristics of their brain output. “Identification of these sequences could also allow direct access to the most complex neurocognitive processes associated with the self, human consciousness, and the aggregate of experimental representations (episodic memory) that define the individual within the brain.” In short, a person’s memory, consciousness, and sense of self can be fully accessed and modified by electromagnetic means. Essentially, a person’s personality can be completely shaped by electromagnetic means much like the research of Dr. Ewen Cameron sought to do with more primitive means. Persinger says brain processes can be “circumvented by direct induction of this information within the brain…the basic premise is that synthetic duplication of the neuroelectrical correlates generated by sensors to an actual stimulus should produce identical experiences without the presence of that stimulus.” According to Persinger, virtually any mental state can be artificially injected into a human brain from an exterior source. The most frightening thing is that the means for doing this already exist in a fully operational form on a worldwide basis.
“The power levels for these amplitudes are similar to those associated with the signals (generated globally by radio and communication systems)… Within the last two decades a potential has emerged which was improbable but which is now marginally feasible. This potential is the technical capability to influence directly the major portion of the approximately six billion brains of the human species…by generating neural information within a physical medium within which all members of the species are immersed.”
Persinger’s message, minus the jargon, is that the entire human race can be controlled through the use of the hardware and signals devoted to television and radio networks.48

Chapter Twelve: SDI/ HAARP
Strategic Defense Initiative: The Star Wars program routinely falsified research data. “We would lose hundreds of millions of dollars in Congress if we did not perform it successfully, we put a beacon with a certain frequency on the target vehicle, on the interceptor we had a receiver. The hit looked beautiful so Congress did not ask questions.” The very idea of Star Wars, an umbrella that would shield America from Soviet nuclear warheads, was itself a massive deception. No knowledgeable scientist thought for a minute such a shield was feasible. Yet the Pentagon proceeded with this fraud and faked other tests in 1990 and 1991 after the Soviet threat had disappeared.” Edward Teller was charged with falsifying test data on “Super Excalibur,” a nuclear-powered x-ray laser built by Lawrence Livermore Laboratory. The project was canceled in 1992.49
“All the talk about death rays and charged particle beams has been little more than an elaborate smokescreen designed to hide the fact that the US is developing a directed energy weapon that uses a high-power microwave pulse.” (Brodeur)
Livermore has been a central participant in SDI since 1982, when Teller, the lab’s founder suggested SDI to Reagan. The father of the H-bomb received 40,000 shares of a laser research company, which later defrauded investors. Dr. Teller tried to sell Alaska on Project Plowshare, the use of six thermonuclear weapons to excavate a harbor at Cape Thompson, Alaska. In 1987, Teller returned to Alaska to propose the installation of a laser-like weapon system on the North Slope of Alaska. The weapon system Teller was trying to sell was classified and not openly discussed, but the presentations indicated this “Star Wars” weapon was HAARP. In 1995, Congress killed funding for “Star Wars,” but HAARP continues as the ultimate SDI radio frequency radiation weapon. The Reagan administration intensified the push into EM weapons development under project Sleeping Beauty. A scientist working for the Army’s ballistic defense command complained to the House Government Operations Committee that as much as half the entire SDI budget had disappeared into classified projects. When Ronald Reagan spoke to the UN about Star Wars, he promised that the weapons system would be shared with all of humanity and that, “should we be invaded by aliens it would be used to defend the earth.”
High Frequency Active Auroral Research Project (HAARP): HAARP is the world’s largest electromagnetic broadcasting station, and may represent an escalation in the WWIII electromagnetic war. The project is a creation of US Air Force and Naval Research. Publicly, it is for ionospheric research, but can be used to control weather and do electromagnetic sweeps that can be used for behavioral modification of large populations. HAARP, 30 miles from Fairbanks Alaska, is the real focus of anti-missile defense that SDI purported to be, and it is much more. The title of the public patent is “A Method and Apparatus for Altering a Region of the Earth’s Atmosphere, Ionosphere and Magnetosphere.” Dr. Bernard Eastland, a physicist who holds a patent for the “fusion torch” also holds about a dozen others related to HAARP that were eventually purchased by E-Systems and Raytheon. Patent 4,686,605 claims the following uses: “cause total disruption of (all forms) of communications over very large portions of the earth… missile or aircraft destruction, deflection or confusion… weather modification…by altering solar absorption,” and also “altering composition of the atmosphere.” This patent was classified by the Navy under a National Security Order in 1987, but other patents exist for purposes of “Power Beaming Systems,” “Artificial Ionospheric Mirror Composed of a Plasma Layer,” “Creation of Artificial Ionizing Clouds Above the Earth,” “Defense System for Discriminating Between Objects in Space,” and “Nuclear-Sized Explosions Without Radiation.” HAARP is described as a research instrument for studying the ionosphere. It is an Ionospheric Heater (IRI), of which many exist, but HAARP is special. The ability to focus energy and the unprecedented amount, in gigawatts (billion watts), makes it millions of times more effective at heating the region about 120 miles high. About 99% of the atmosphere's mass is below 32 km (20 miles). The ionosphere is the very thin layer above that absorbs dangerous ultraviolet radiation and makes life possible on earth. There is little mixing normally between the two layers, but disturbances in the ionosphere translate to changes in weather, such as those caused by normally occurring sunspots and the solar wind. The main idea behind HAARP is the ability to direct electrons along the naturally occurring magnetic field lines of the earth and accelerate them to near the speed of light to form a protective shell of highly excited particles that not only block communications worldwide, but destroy missiles in their trajectory as they descend from space. The effects can be localized by punching a hole through the Ionosphere to super heat an area of 30 Km (18 miles) in diameter into a plasma shield. Any missile or aircraft would be destroyed that tried to fly through the plasma, which is the fourth state of matter. A hole in the ionosphere over an enemy country could kill by allowing solar radiation to strike the surface unhindered. Weather modification could also be used as an instrument of warfare by manipulating the electrojet and the jet streams that dictate climate. The publicly stated aim of HAARP is C3, or communications. The margin of victory in war is to block or intercept enemy communications and to secure your own. The signals in the ELF range can be generated by HAARP and heard anywhere in the world, and are used for earth-penetrating tomography, basically finding enemy submarines or underground bases. Volcanoes and earthquakes cause electromagnetic disturbances, and it is theorized that EM disturbances might of themselves trigger earthquakes and volcanoes. Dr. Richard Williams says the high energy experiments will generate the equivalent of the output of 10-100 large power generating stations and that
“Tests of these kinds could cause irreversible damage.” David Yarrow states, “Earth’s axial spin means that a burst lasting more than a few minutes will slice through the ionosphere like microwave knife…producing not a ‘hole’ but a long tear—an incision.”
According to Elizabeth Rauscher, Ph.D., “The ionosphere is prone to catalytic reactions, so if a small part is changed, a major change in the ionosphere can happen.” HAARP documents admit that thousand-fold greater amounts of energy can be released into the ionosphere than injected. Stanford University experiments beaming radio waves (VLF) into the magnetosphere detected the signals halfway around the world, some amplified a thousand times. HAARP documents describe intentionally trying to get a “runaway” effect in the ionosphere, stating that,
“the instabilities commonly studied are approaching their maximum RF energy dissipative capacity, beyond which the plasma process will ‘runaway’ until the next limiting factor is reached.”
The first atomic weapon testing was done without knowing with 100% certainty if the chain reaction would stop or keep going. Oppenheimer admitted years later, “The government knew that the scientists didn’t know.” The decision to pulse several gigawatts of energy into the ionosphere could cross a threshold. In The Lost Millennium, Walter Richmond wrote an account of such an event, which began with a “solar tap” and a planetary short circuit.
“The surge of power became an avalanche…at the pole in the vertical plane of the earth’s magnetic field where the winds of magnetism would not rise to blow it out. One trillion watt-seconds of energy unleashed their fury on the polar cap in the first flash…Even as it discharged, the ionosphere was recharged from the solar furnace. The first flash became a mighty roar that poured an increased and now steady stream…of energy through the now-stabilized short circuit. Kilo cubit after square kilo cubit of frozen wasteland boiled. Watt after watt of ever-increasing avalanche energy lit the polar cap with a glare that had never before been seen…Earth’s an electrical motor…When the motor began to run wild, it would increase its rotational speed…Eventually the Earth would explode from increased centrifugal stress.”
The project manager of HAARP, the ultimate SDI radio frequency radiation weapon, describes the “experiment” of earth-penetrating capability using “frequencies of 10 to 20 Hertz (pulses per second) or maybe one Hertz, one cycle per second type waves.” This range of frequencies are the same dominant frequencies within which the human brain normally operates. Objections to nondisclosure of the biological effects of ELF on living things were ignored. The military, particularly the Navy and Air Force, have extensive research on the negative effects of ELF. These effects have been well documented, but the government easily deflects public concern by playing down the effects and minimizing the risks. This is the same method used for other military systems, including nuclear weapons tests, LSD experiments, and radiation experiments, all carried out on unknowing subjects under the guise of National Security. The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) has been falsified as to the true nature of the weapon system, its capabilities, and its possible fallout.
The military will never abandon this aspect of the miniature Manhattan Project regarding RFR weapons, because of the extreme versatility and relative inexpensiveness of this weapons system. Among its many applications, HAARP can: generate an EMP to disable electronic devices; provide improved submarine communications; produce more flexible and accurate radar; disrupt enemy communications while maintaining ours; produce earth-penetrating radar for finding hidden installations or oil, gas, and mineral deposits; and detect low-flying missiles and planes. These are only the publicly-stated capabilities. E-Systems is “part of the central nervous systems for the nation’s intelligence community,” with nearly 90% of $2 billion in sales in classified projects. Most of these projects were for the NSA and CIA, while the employees are often former Agency officials. Raytheon purchased E-Systems for $2.3 billion and holds at least twelve patents related to HAARP. E-Systems was the most secretive company in the US; after Raytheon acquired it, its details are even more shrouded in mystery.50
The brain operates with a narrow band of frequencies: beta waves, or normal activity, are 13-35 Hz; alpha waves, or focused mental functioning are 8-12 Hz; theta waves, or mental imagery, are 4-7 Hz; and delta waves, or sleep, are .5-3 Hz. External stimulation of the brain by electromagnetic energy causes the brain to become entrained or locked in phase with an external signal. Specific waveforms and frequencies trigger precise chemical responses in the brain. The release of these neurochemicals cause specific reactions in the brain, which result in feelings of fear, lust, depression, love, etc. The power level needed to achieve a level of control over brain activity is very small, from 5 to 200 microamperes, which is a thousand times less than the power used to run a 60 watt light bulb. The trick to influencing brain activity is in the combination of frequency, power level, and wave form. (Begich)
In 1958, at the age of 14, Daniel Patrick Flanagan invented the Neurophone, a device to convert sound (words, music) into electrical impulses, which can be transferred through any point on the body directly into the brain, bypassing the ear entirely. The patent office refused a patent and told the inventor that if the device could make one of their deaf employees hear, he would issue the patent. The device was tested, the employee “heard,” and the patent was granted. The Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) classified the invention and froze research for years. In 1978, after the secrecy order was lifted, Flanagan produced the Mark XI and Thinkman Model 50, which were used as learning tools because they literally download taped information into long term memory. Recent discussions with Flanagan about the subject of HAARP revealed that this radio transmitter could be used as a wireless neurophone covering the entire planet. The HAARP transmitting system could be used inadvertently or intentionally to alter mental functions.51












Chapter Thirteen: Patents and Spin-offs
Classification under the heading of National Security is sufficient to hide the experimental work of scientists engaged in directed energy weapons research. However, if an inventor wishes to reap financial rewards for a device, a patent must be filed. There are hundreds of patents related to directed energy weapons and what the Pentagon now refers to as “psychotronica” or “synthetic telepathy.” The existence of these patents, together with the body of scientific research, and the testimony of victims of human experimentation is incontrovertible proof that the weapons exist. The earliest patents for directed energy weapons belong to Nikola Tesla. Tesla built the first electrical generating station, single handedly beginning the modern age. The SDI patent drawings submitted 70 years later by Dr. Bernard Eastland who holds numerous SDI patents are essentially Tesla drawings. It is hard to imagine a technical genius that far ahead of his time. J.P. Morgan was the primary investor in Tesla, but he eventually cut off his funding and confiscated the rights to the many devices and patents, and Tesla died in poverty and obscurity.
Robert G. Malech patented in 1976 an “Apparatus and Method for Remotely Monitoring and Altering Brain Waves” (Patent 3951134). The patent abstract states, “Apparatus for method of sensing brain waves at a position remote from the subject, whereby electromagnetic signals of different frequencies are simultaneously transmitted to the brain of the subject. The present invention relates to apparatus and a method for monitoring brain waves wherein all components of the apparatus are remote from the test subject. High frequency transmitters are operated to radiate electromagnetic energy of different frequencies through antennas which are capable of scanning the entire brain of the test subject or any desired region thereof. The signals of different frequencies penetrate the skull of the subject and impinge upon the brain where they mix to form an interference wave modulated by radiation from the brain’s natural electrical activity. The modulated interference wave is transmitted by the brain and received by an antenna at a remote station where it is demodulated, and processed to provide a profile of the subject’s brain waves. In addition to passively monitoring his brain waves, the subject’s neurological processes may be affected by transmitting to his brain, through transmitting compensating signals. The latter signals can be derived from the received and processed brain waves.”52
Robert A. Monroe: 5213562 “Method for Inducing Mental, Emotional and Physical States of Consciousness, Including Specific Mental Activity in Human Beings” (1993), patented by Robert A. Monroe, a practitioner of “remote viewing,” founder of the Monroe Institute in Charlottesville, Virginia. Specific states of consciousness can be induced, “through generation of stereo audio signals having specific wave shapes…human brain waves, in the form of EEGs, are superimposed upon specific stereo audio signals, known as carrier frequencies which are within the range of human hearing.” Monroe filed a later patent as an improvement. He is reported to have had close connections to the CIA, and is now deceased.
More weapons related patents by number.
Mardirossian: 6011991 A system and method for the enabling of human beings to communicate by way of their monitored brain activity. The brain activity of an individual is monitored and transmitted to a remote location (e.g. by satellite). At the remote location, the monitored brain activity is compared with pre-recorded normalized brain activity curves, waveforms, or patterns to determine if a match or substantial match is found. If such a match is found, then the computer at the remote location determines that the individual was attempting to communicate the word, phrase, or thought corresponding to the matched stored normalized signal.
Loos: 6017302 In human subjects, sensory resonances can be excited by subliminal atmospheric acoustic pulses that are tuned to the resonance frequency. The 1/2 Hz sensory resonance affects the autonomic nervous system and may cause relaxation, drowsiness, or sexual excitement, depending on the precise acoustic frequency near 1/2 Hz used. The effects of the 2.5 Hz resonance include slowing of certain cortical processes, sleepiness, and disorientation. For these effects to occur, the acoustic intensity must lie in a certain deeply subliminal range. Suitable apparatus consists of a portable battery-powered source of weak sub audio acoustic radiation. The method and apparatus can be used by the general public as an aid to relaxation, sleep, or sexual arousal, and clinically for the control and perhaps treatment of insomnia, tremors, epileptic seizures, and anxiety disorders. There is further application as a nonlethal weapon that can be used in law enforcement standoff situations, for causing drowsiness and disorientation in targeted subjects. It is then preferable to use venting acoustic monopoles in the form of a device that inhales and exhales air with sub audio frequency.
LIDA: 3773049 (USSR 1960 technology) An apparatus for the treatment of neuropsychic and somatic disorders wherein light-, sound-, VHF electromagnetic field-pulses and radiation from light-, sound-, VHF electromagnetic field- and heat-sources, respectively, are simultaneously applied by means of a control unit to the patient’s central nervous system with a predetermined repetition rate. The light radiation and sound radiation sources are made so as to exert an adequate and monotonous influence of the light-and sound-radiation on the patient’s visual analyzers and auditory analyzers, respectively.
Stocklin: 4858612 A method and apparatus for simulation of hearing in mammals by introduction of a plurality of microwaves into the region of the auditory cortex is shown and described. A microphone is used to transform sound signals into electrical signals which are in turn analyzed and processed to provide controls for generating a plurality of microwave signals at different frequencies. The multifrequency microwaves are then applied to the brain in the region of the auditory cortex. By this method sounds are perceived by the mammal which are representative of the original sound received by the microphone.
Brunkan: 4877027 Sound is induced in the head of a person by radiating the head with microwaves in the range of 100 megahertz to 10,000 megahertz that are modulated with a particular waveform. The waveform consists of frequency modulated bursts. Each burst is made up of ten to twenty uniformly spaced pulses grouped tightly together. The burst width is between 500 nanoseconds and 100 microseconds. The pulse width is in the range of 10 nanoseconds to 1 microsecond. The bursts are frequency modulated by the audio input to create the sensation of hearing in the person whose head is irradiated.
Gall: 5123899 A system for altering the states of human consciousness involves the simultaneous application of multiple stimuli, preferable sounds, having differing frequencies and wave forms. The relationship between the frequencies of the several stimuli is exhibited by the equation…
Lowery: 5159703 A silent communications system in which non-aural carriers, in the very low or very high audio frequency range or in the adjacent ultrasonic frequency spectrum, are amplitude or frequency modulated with the desired intelligence and propagated acoustically or vibrationally, for inducement into the brain, typically through the use of loudspeakers, earphones, or piezoelectric transducers. The modulated carriers may be transmitted directly in real time or may be conveniently recorded and stored on mechanical, magnetic or optical media for delayed or repeated transmission to the listener.
Monroe: 5356368 Improved methods and apparatus for entraining human brain patterns, employing frequency following response (FFR) techniques, facilitate attainment of desired states of consciousness. In one embodiment, a plurality of electroencephalogram (EEG) waveforms, characteristic of a given state of consciousness, are combined to yield an EEG waveform to which subjects may be susceptible more readily. In another embodiment, sleep patterns are reproduced based on observed brain patterns during portions of a sleep cycle; entrainment principles are applied to induce sleep. In yet another embodiment, entrainment principles are applied in the work environment, to induce and maintain a desired level of consciousness. A portable device also is described.
These are a few patents out of hundreds of similar device patents specifically designed to couple with and/or attack the human central nervous system.
TECHNOLOGICAL SPIN-OFFS: Technological spin-offs from microwave weapons and José Delgado’s stimoceiver brain implant have applications in the medical field and in the field of criminology. Implants allow a doctor now to check on the health of thousands of distant patients, and to treat them with a keystroke. Paraplegics can now control a computer cursor with their minds, and may soon walk. The blind may be able to see and the deaf to hear with the virtually limitless potential of bioelectric medicine. Published research papers into bioelectric medicine were very numerous for several decades, but classification by the military and intelligence services, who jealously guard what they consider the “Sword of Excalibur,” reduced the output to a mere trickle and dried up funds for medical applications research. Currently, a new generation of bioelectric medical research has begun to show promise of incredible breakthroughs, so what has been restricted for 30 years is now beginning to emerge on its own. Criminology has taken much the same turn as the military, concentrating on the uses of technology to imprison the human mind and spirit in a virtual straightjacket. The military financed secret research and suppressed its dissemination through the use of classification, stopping the legitimate use of bioelectric medicine to heal. The terrible weapons they have so laboriously developed to attack the minds of enemy populations have apparently been turned upon the American people. In the same breath, the criminal justice system and the penal system have applied the new technology in an equally arrogant and criminal manner. What began as a program to monitor and control the behavior of prisoners has resulted in a virtual prison and unimaginable torment for thousands of innocent citizens.
Biocybernetics: 1.The science of communications and control in animals, especially physiologic feedback mechanisms and central nervous system control. 2. The study of how communication and control occurs within the bodies of living things between different parts of the body.
Spin-offs include medical applications of the transmitter-reinforcer, a device that transmits data on a patients’ health. The microwave signal sends accurate readings of a patient’s condition to a computer, which digests the data. Many patients can be monitored simultaneously, and if a patient needs a dose of aversion treatment, the computer acts as a controller, delivering a tone signal or a shock. One study suggested that transmitter receivers implanted in the brains of patients could monitor and control the patients’ behavior. The form of this new revolution most familiar to the public is the RFID chip which is implanted in family pets to ID them if they lost. Also common now are implants designed to be read remotely in order to track valuable livestock on vast ranches or track rare wildlife in their natural habitat. These RFID chips are smaller than a grain of rice and can be injected with a special syringe or even fired from a specially designed rifle to avoid anesthetizing endangered wildlife. The Chinese have developed just such a rifle, but this one is designed to fire RFIDs into Chinese dissidents in order to track them and to interfere with their activities using the above-mentioned technique of aversion “therapy.”
Dr. Robert Becker, Nobel Prize recipient and author of The Body Electric, has used bioelectric medicine to regenerate missing limbs on animals, as well as missing organ systems. The coming revolution in bio-cybernetics and bioelectric medicine has been funded by the military in the early years, but now the obvious utility and potential for nearly biblical cures in the high-tech realm have drawn investment from companies who are not dependent on the military or CIA for research funds. Many of these companies are viewed as strategic assets by the intelligence community, and have been purchased or are led by prominent members of the “Community.” Despite the effort at controlling the future direction of the technology, the cat is out of the bag, and the flood of new inventions and processes will eventually swamp the effort to control it.
Personal Tracking and Recovery System: Patent 5,629,678 was filed 1/10/95, is an apparatus for tracking and recovering humans. It utilizes an implantable transceiver incorporating a power supply and actuation system allowing the unit to remain implanted and functional for years without maintenance. The implanted transmitter may be remotely actuated, or actuated by the implantee. Power for the remote-activated receiver is generated electromechanically through the movement of body muscle. The device is small enough to be implanted in a child, facilitating use as a safeguard against kidnapping, and has a transmission range which also makes it suitable for wilderness sporting activities. A novel biological monitoring feature allows the device to be used to facilitate prompt medical dispatch in the event of heart attack or similar medical emergency. A novel sensation-feedback feature allows the implantee to control and actuate the device with certainty.
In a 1972 article in Issues in Criminology, the telemetric implants were advocated as a means to monitor and manipulate the minds of the probationers.
“The technique of telemetric control of human beings offers the possibility of regulating behavior with precision on a subconscious level.” DOD official Joseph Meyer describes the technology’s application in policing: “Surround the criminal with a kind of externalized conscience, an electronic substitute for social conditioning, group pressure, and inner motivation.” The ideal subject was “the poor and uneducated urban dweller [who] is fundamentally unnecessary to the economy.”
In light of these developments, scientists at Lockheed and Stanford Research Institute prepared a report for the Third International Conference on Artificial Intelligence at Stanford University. It postulated the rise of a technocratic elite with dominion over intelligence and identification systems to monitor whole countries. An article published in a 1970s issue of the law review Crime and Justice called
“The Use of Electronics in the Observation and Control of Human Behavior and its Possible Use in Rehabilitation and Control” stated, “In the very near future, a computer technology will make possible alternatives to imprisonment. The development of systems for telemetering information from sensors implanted in or on the body will soon make possible the observation and control of human behavior without actual physical contact…it will be possible to maintain 24-hour surveillance over the subject and to intervene electronically or physically to influence and control selected behavior. It will thus be possible to exercise control over human behavior and from a distance without contact.” (Keith, 102)
Hitachi is selling microchip technology to the public, called the Mu Chip, which can be attached to passports and banknotes, and, at 0.4 mm by 0.4 mm, about the size of a flat grain of sand, can also be easily implanted into human beings by sub-dermal injection. It is also an RFID, meaning that, when the chip is scanned, it will instantly register your personal bar code, which will then plug into the master database of your life. A larger chip sold by Verichip and more the size of a grain of sand is capable of sending radio signals, locating you via GPS, and accessing you remotely. The Verichip is being marketed as a way to automatically debit your bank account for purchases, enter restricted areas, or interface with computer systems. The public has been gradually drawn into accepting microchips that are now routinely put into pets, and even young children.
In 1972, doctors at the University of Mississippi implanted electrodes into the brains of black children as young as five years old, with the purpose of controlling “hyperactive” and “aggressive” behavior. A report by one researcher stated, ‘Their brains were being implanted with electrodes that were heated up to melt areas of the brain that regulate emotion and intellect.”
“Brain-actuated control” is under development at the Dayton, Ohio base to help pilots deal with the increasing amounts of information needed to fly modern jets, said Grant McMillan, director of Patterson’s bio-cybernetics lab. Eventually, pilots may be able to control flight using only their minds, he added. With biofeedback, in which changes in the brain are portrayed on screens, volunteers learn how to control the electrical activity created by their thought processes. Scalp monitors pick up the electrical signals, and a computer translates them into mechanical commands.”53
A tool called the Bio-Pacer can, according to its manufacturer, produce a number of mood altering frequencies—without attachment to the subject. Indeed, the Bio-Pacer III (a high-powered version) can affect an entire room. This device costs $275, according to the most recent price sheet available. What sort of machine might $27,500 buy, or $275,000? There is already in use a small EDOM generator-transmitter which can be concealed on the body of a person. Contact with this person a casual handshake or even just a touch transmits a tiny electronic charge plus an ultra-sonic signal tone, which for a short while will disturb the time orientation of the person affected.
CIA psychologists assigned to the Phoenix Program worked on suspected members of the Vietcong at Bien Hoa Prison near Saigon. In one experiment, POWs had brain implants stimulated in an effort to get the enemy soldiers to attack each other. When the experiment failed to produce the desired results, the prisoners were executed and their bodies cremated.54














Chapter Fourteen: Mind War
A puzzle piece crucial to an understanding of the current infiltration counterinsurgency program is a little-known military science paper called “From Psyop to MindWar: The Psychology of Victory,” which was submitted in 1980, at the beginning of the Reagan administration. The paper’s authors are General Paul E. Vallely, Commander of the 7th Psychological Operations Group, headquartered at Presidio of San Francisco, and Lt Colonel Michael Aquino, Psyop Research and Analysis Team Leader. Divulging classified information or technology is punishable by life imprisonment; therefore, when writing about current technology which is secret, military strategists commonly use the ruse of talking about existing systems as being future technology, or they veil their comments so that only the select few will see the deeper meaning. It is standard practice to produce an unclassified version that can be published publicly and a classified version that is more explicit, or in many cases contradictory. In other words, often that which is printed publicly is made up of lies. Despite this practice, the public version of this document is historical, for a number of reasons, including that it contains several revealing passages: [In Vietnam] our PSYOP failed…because it was outmatched by the PSYOP of the enemy. …Our own PSYOP did not really change the minds of the enemy populace, nor did it defend the US populace at home against the propaganda of the enemy. Furthermore the enemy’s PSYOP was so strong that it—not bigger armies or better weapons—overcame all of the weapons systems we fielded. The lesson is not to ignore our own PSYOP capability, but rather to change it and strengthen it so that it can do precisely that kind of thing to our enemy in the next war for the mind.
Psychotronic research is in its infancy, but the US Army already possesses an operational weapons system designed to do what Lt. Col. J.B. Alexander would like ESP to do—except that this weapons system uses existing communications media.
It seeks to map the minds of neutral and enemy individuals and then change them in accordance with US national interests. It must strengthen our national will to victory and it must attack and ultimately destroy that of our enemy. It both causes and is affected by physical combat, but it is a type of war which is fought on a far more subtle basis as well-in the minds of the national populations involved.” “If we do not attack the enemy’s will until he reaches the battlefield, his nation will have strengthened it as best it can. We must attack that will before it is locked into place. We must instill in it a predisposition to inevitable defeat. Strategic MindWar must begin the moment war is considered to be inevitable. It must seek out the attention of the enemy nation through every available medium, and it must strike at the nation’s potential soldiers before they put on their uniforms. It is in their homes and their communities that they are most vulnerable to MindWar. Was the US defeated in the jungles of Vietnam, or was it defeated in the streets of American cities. In its strategic context, MindWar must reach out to friends, enemies, and neutrals alike across the globe- neither through primitive “battlefield” leaflets and loudspeakers of PSYOP nor through the weak, imprecise, and narrow efforts of psychotronics—but through the media possessed by the US which have the capabilities to reach virtually all people on the face of the Earth. For the mind to believe in its own decisions, it must feel that it made those decisions without coercion. Coercive measures used by the operative, consequently must not be detectable by ordinary means. There is no need to resort to mind-weakening drugs such as those explored by the CIA; in fact the exposure of a single such method would do unacceptable damage to MindWar’s reputation for truth. Existing PSYOP identifies purely sociological factors, which suggest appropriate idioms for messages. Doctrine in this area is highly developed, and the task is basically one of assembling and maintaining individuals and teams with enough expertise and experience to apply the doctrine effectively. This, however, is only the sociological dimension of target receptiveness measures. There are some purely natural conditions under which minds may become more or less receptive to ideas, and MindWar should take full advantage of such phenomena as atmospheric electromagnetic activity, air ionization, and extremely low frequency waves (21).” If we do not accept Excalibur, then we relinquish our ability to inspire foreign cultures with our morality. If they then desire moralities unsatisfactory to us, we have no choice but to fight them on a more brutish level. A footnote (21) in the document described ELF: Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) waves: ELF waves up to 100 Hz are naturally occurring but they can also be produced artificially (such as for the Navy’s Project Sanguine for submarine communication). ELF-waves are not normally noticed by the unaided senses, yet their resonant effect upon the human body has been connected to both physiological disorders and emotional distortion. Infrasound vibration (up to 20 Hz) can subliminally influence brain activity to align itself to Delta, Theta, Alpha, or Beta wave patterns, inclining an audience toward everything from alertness to passivity. Infrasound could be used tactically, as ELF-waves endure for great distances; and it could be used in conjunction with media broadcasts as well.
This description of ELF is fairly specific and admits that it is to be used in “conjunction” with television and radio. In short, the ELF MindWar attack signal will be piggybacked on a TV carrier wave to target civilian populations in their homes to instill feelings of fear and terror prior to the start of a conflict. The power of ELF to change the mood and thoughts of enemy populations was well understood by the US Psyop forces, and to Vallely and Aquino in particular. If these weapons were turned against friendly populations, it would be extremely difficult to detect their influence. “The Psychology of Victory,” paper possibly represents a scheme for waging perpetual psychological warfare against friend and enemy populations alike, particularly against the American people.
This “MindWar” paper was provoked by an article by Lt. Col. John Alexander, which appeared in the December 1980 edition of Military Review, advocating the introduction of ESP (extra-sensory perception), “telepathic behavior modification” parapsychology, psychokinesis (“mind over matter”), remote viewing, out of body experiences, and other New Age and occult practices into US military intelligence. Alexander’s paper was titled “The New Mental Battlefield: Beam Me Up, Spock.” As the résumé of Lt. Col John B. Alexander indicates, he has been in charge of nonlethal weapons development for twenty years: Director, advanced concepts US Army Lab. Command, Adelphi, MD 1985-88; Manager, nonlethal weapons defense technology, Los Alamos National Laboratory, 1988-1995 (ret); Manager, anti-material technology, Defense Initiatives Office, 1988-91; Program Manager, contingency mission technology, Conventional Defense Technology; Director for science liaison, National Institute for Discovery Sciences, 1995 to present; Visiting Scientist, Los Alamos, 1995 to present.
THE AVIARY: The Aviary is an alleged cabal of intelligence agents and others who seek to mislead, debunk, and/or enlighten the UFO research community. Here is a list of several members and their codenames:55
Colonel John B. Alexander (Penguin): Education: BGS in Sociology, University of Nebraska, 1971; MA in Education, Pepperdine University, 1975; PhD in Education, Walden University, 1980; Postgraduate work at UCLA (1990); MIT (1991); and Harvard (1993). Entered the Army as a Private in 1956, and retired as a Colonel in 1988.Commander, Army Special Forces Teams, US Army, Thailand, Vietnam, 1966-69. Chief of Human Resources Division, US Army, Ft. McPherson, GA, Inspector General, Department of Army, Washington, 1980-82. Chief of Human Technology, Army Intelligence Command, US Army, Arlington, VA 1982-83. Manager of Tech. Integration, Army Materiel Command, US Army, Alexandria, VA, 1983-85. Director, Advanced Concepts US Army Lab. Command, Adelphi, MD 1985-88. Manager, Nonlethal Weapons Defense Technology, Los Alamos National Laboratory, 1988-1995 (ret). Manager, Anti-material Technology, Defense Initiatives Office, 1988-91. Program Manager, Contingency Mission Technology, Conventional Defense Technology. Director for Science Liaison, National Institute for Discovery Sciences, 1995 to present. Visiting Scientist, Los Alamos, 1995 to present. Col. Alexander received a National Award for Volunteerism from President Ronald Reagan in 1987, and the Aerospace Laureate Award from Aviation Week in 1993 and 1994. Alexander organized a national conference devoted to researching “reports of ritual abuse, near-death experiences, human contacts with extraterrestrial aliens and other so-called anomalous experiences,” the Albuquerque Journal reported in March 1993. The Australian magazine Nexus reported last year that in 1971, Alexander “was diving in the Biminis Islands looking for the lost continent of Atlantis. He was an official representative for the Silva mind control organization and a lecturer on pre-cataclysmic civilizations ... [and] he helped perform ESP experiments with dolphins. . . In The Warrior’s Edge: Front-line Strategies for Victory on the Corporate Battlefield, a 1990 book he co-authored with Maj. Richard Groller and Janet Morris, Alexander describes himself as having “evolved from hard-core mercenary to thanatologist”. As a Special Forces A-Team commander in Thailand and Vietnam, he led hundreds of mercenaries into battle, the book explains. At the same time, he studied meditation in Buddhist monasteries and later engaged in technical exploration and demonstration of advanced human performance.” (Aftergood)
Alexander was formerly with the US Army Intelligence & Security Command (INSCOM) under Maj. Gen. Albert Stubblebine, 1982-1984, and was reportedly one of Stubblebine’s closest officers. He is married to alien abduction researcher Victoria Lucas (now Alexander). “After retiring from the Army in 1988, Alexander joined the Los Alamos National Laboratory and began working with Janet Morris, the Research Director of the US Global Strategy Council (USGSC), chaired by Dr. Ray Cline, former Deputy Director of the CIA.” “Born in New York in 1937, he spent part of his career as a Commander of Green Berets Special Forces in Vietnam, led Cambodian mercenaries behind enemy lines, and took part in a number of clandestine programs, including Phoenix. He currently holds the post of Director of Nonlethal Programs in the Los Alamos National Laboratory. He was an official representative for the Silva mind control organization and a lecturer on pre-cataclysmic civilizations. Alexander is also a past President and a Board member of the International Association for Near-Death Studies, and, with his former wife, Jan Northup, he helped Dr. C.B. Scott Jones perform ESP experiments with dolphins.”56
C.B. Scott Jones (Falcon): President of the Human Potential Foundation, he “served in Naval Intelligence for approximately 15 years, including assignments with Carrier Division 14, and as Assistant Naval Attaché, New Delhi, India, and Kathmandu, Nepal in the 1960s. He collected intelligence and provided intelligence support throughout Southeast Asia, the Middle East, and North Africa. Jones has briefed the President’s Scientific Advisory Committee, and has testified before House and Senate committees on intelligence matters.” He retired from the Navy around 1976 due to a parapsychological experience. After retiring, he worked for several companies, including R. F. Cross Associates, Ltd., and Kaman Tempo, a division of Kaman Sciences. This work involved development in projects sponsored by the Defense Nuclear Agency, Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), and the US Army Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM). “In 1989, MUFON appointed Jones as a Special Consultant in International Relations. Scott has been on the Board of Trustees of the American Society for Psychical Research (ASPR) since 1985, and now [1992] serves as its President.” He formed the Human Potential Foundation in 1989. “Jones has conducted his own dolphin telepathy studies along with Colonel John Alexander and Theodore Rockwell, a prominent (Who’s Who) nuclear engineer, who has worked on naval nuclear propulsion systems and who also [has] serve[ed] as vice president of the US Psychotronics Association.” In his paper “Government UFO Connections” (included in Phoenix in the Labyrinth), he claims to have no knowledge of government involvement in UFOs. Michael Persinger was a big buddy of C. B. Jones. A Navy pilot and intelligence officer for forty years, he retains his security clearance. While a Navy attaché in India, he experienced an unknown paranormal event that “enabled me to do my intelligence assignment with much greater speed than one ordinarily expected.” He has been a believer in UFOs since he saw one during the Korean War. His book Phoenix in the Labyrinth reportedly deals with the company Psi-Tech a great deal. On the registration questionnaire for the May 1995 conference When Cosmic Cultures Meet, Jones asked attendees if they would consider taking a drug that would result in telepathic contact with aliens. While working for Senator Pell, Jones was in contact with many psychics, and often put them in touch with intelligence agencies. In 1989, Scott claimed that the government probably didn’t have a large parapsychology program. In this essay, he also seems to doubt that the US could carry on a mind-control program (again), due to the checks and balances of our democratic system. Jones has attended conferences in the former Soviet Union, and his foundation is also involved with the research of the Russian scientist Dr. Igor Smirnov.
Jack Verona (Raven): Jack Verona, a nuclear physicist, is a former high-ranking Pentagon scientist. He is a former head of the DIA’s Scientific and Technical Intelligence Directorate. In this capacity, he oversaw the funding and tasking of Grill Flame. Another project he oversaw was code-named Sleeping Beauty, which dealt with researching microwaves and how they affect the human mind. Reportedly the former boss of Michael Persinger, he retired in late 1989.57
Harold Puthoff (Owl): Harold E. Puthoff was born June 20, 1936. He earned his BS and an MS in electrical engineering from the University of Florida, and his PhD from Stanford University in 1967. After graduating, he served in the Army on duty with the NSA at Fort Meade, Maryland, where he worked as an engineer with Project Light, which studied fiber optics, lasers, and high-speed computers (very cutting-edge at the time). Puthoff served as an officer in the Navy from 1960-63 at Ft. Meade. In 1971 he joined Stanford Research Institute (SRI) as a specialist in laser physics, having worked for the previous eight years in the Microwave Laboratory at Stanford University. He was head of the SRI remote viewing program from 1972 to 1985. After leaving, he invented the Tunable Raman Laser. Today, Puthoff is Director of the Institute for Advanced Studies at Austin. A theoretical and experimental physicist specializing in fundamental electrodynamics, his research ranges from theoretical studies of quantum vacuum states as they apply to the stability of matter, gravitation, cosmology, and energy research, to laboratory studies of innovative approaches to energy generation.” He has published over 30 technical papers in the areas of electron-beam devices, lasers, and quantum zero-point-energy effects. He also has issued and pending patents in the laser, communications, and energy fields, and is co-author (with R. H. Pantell) of a textbook called Fundamentals of Quantum Electronics (New York: Wiley, 1969), which is also published in French, and Russian. Puthoff is reported to have been at OT (Operating Thetan) Level III with the Temple of Scientology at the time of his experiments. He wrote the preface to Scientology: A Religion, and he was married in a Scientology Temple, even though “Puthoff says his involvement with the Temple more than a decade ago was casual.” He joined the Temple in the 1960’s, and left in the mid-1970’s, after which he lent support to a group that criticized it. It was during a Los Angeles training seminar that he met Pat Price, who later worked at SRI. Peter Tompkins and Christopher Bird state in The Secret Life of Plants that while at SRI Puthoff conducted experiments on chicken eggs. Using an e-meter (invented by L. Ron Hubbard and used in the practices of Scientology), he attempted to see if an egg would react if another was broken nearby.
Lt. Col. Thomas E. Bearden (Ret.): A US Army lieutenant colonel (ret.) and former Pentagon analyst, Thomas E. Bearden is President and CEO of CTEC, Inc., a private research and development corporation which engages in research on free energy devices and the mechanisms for interaction of electromagnetic fields and radiation with biological systems. Bearden is president of the Association of Distinguished American Scientists (ADAS), a life member of the Alabama Academy of Science. He served on the Board of Directors of the US Psychotronics Association and the American Association of Metascience (AAMS), and served as editor of the latter organization’s publication, Specula Journal, for four years. He also served on the Board of Directors of Astron, Inc., a private aerospace research and development corporation in the greater Washington D.C. area, which is noted for its specialized radio frequency antennas. He and his wife, Doris, live in Huntsville, Alabama, where Bearden, although retired, continues private research and serves as a special consultant to the aerospace industry on “scalar electromagnetics processes” Virtual Times’ biography of Bearden states the following. “Lt. Col. Thomas E. Bearden is a nuclear engineer, war games and weapons analyst, and military tactician. He has an MS in nuclear engineering from Georgia Tech and is a graduate of the US Army Command and General Staff College and several US Army artillery and guided missile schools. He has over 30 years of experience in air defense systems, technical intelligence, Soviet electromagnetic weaponry, artificial intelligence, computerized war games, and anti-missile radiation countermeasures. He is a senior scientist with a large aerospace company [Colsa Corp.] Col. Bearden personally developed and published the basis for a drastic revision of electromagnetic theory and engineering, based on the work of Whittaker and Maxwell. His work is primarily responsible for the widespread interest and research into scalar electromagnetic phenomena in this country over the past decade.”58
Ronald McRae states in his book Mind Wars, that as a member of the US Psychotronics Association, he claimed that
“Soviet psychic experiments have caused Legionnaire’s disease, cattle mutilations, UFO abductions, and the sinking of the US submarine Thresher.” According to McRae, he also claimed that “these experiments have aroused mankind’s collective unconsciousness, called ZARG”.
Many of his theories were published before his retirement and are available through the Defense Documentation Center. His views are supported by John Alexander. After retirement, Bearden was contracted by the Pentagon to study the ‘photonic barrier modulator,’ ‘hyper spatial nuclear howitzer,’ and the connection between ESP and UFOs.”59
In The Controllers: Mind Control and Its Role in the “Alien” abduction Phenomenon, Martin Cannon argues that “alien abductions” might actually be a cover for government mind control and experimentation. His study is based on his research on accessible documentation of mind control technology, especially brain implants. “Perhaps the most disturbing wanderer into this mind-field,” Cannon writes, “is Joseph A. Meyer, of the National Security Agency, the most formidable and secretive component of America’s national security complex. Meyer has proposed implanting roughly half of all Americans arrested—not necessarily convicted—of any crime; the numbers of ‘subscribers’ (his euphemism) would run into the tens of millions. ‘Subscribers’ could be monitored continually by computer wherever they went. Meyer, who has carefully worked out the economics of his mass-implantation system, asserts that taxpayer liability should be reduced by forcing subscribers to ‘rent’ the implant from the State. Implants are cheaper and more efficient than police, Meyer suggests, since the call to crime is relentless for the poor ‘urban dweller’—who, this spook-scientist admits in a surprisingly candid aside, is fundamentally unnecessary to a post-industrial economy. ‘Urban dweller’ may be another of Meyer’s euphemisms: He uses New York’s Harlem as his model community in working out the details of his mind-management system.”60
Russell Targ: Russell Targ joined SRI’s electronics and bioengineering laboratory in 1972, and is now a senior research physicist at the Institute. He was a partner of Puthoff in the Institute’s remote viewing project. Prior to that, he spent 10 years in laser and plasma physics research with Sylvania Corporation, developing gas lasers. He is also president of the Parapsychology Research Group. He says, “In May 1982, Elisabeth Targ and I were invited to hold a workshop at Esalen Institute for a group of twenty-five professional men and women.” Before officially leaving SRI in 1982, Targ, Harary, and businessman Tony White, founded Delphi Associates. Their first project was to develop a psi-related game for Atari, but Atari went under before the deal was completed. Delphi then served as a consultancy which sought to apply psi (remote viewing) to find such resources as oil and gas. Using Harary as a viewer, they claimed to have successfully traded in the silver market and to be capable of predicting silver futures on the market. After several reported successes, there were two misses, which scared off their investor. Each blamed the others for their failure, and the argument went public during a lecture Harary gave at the Esalen Institute. Russell Targ is now apparently working with Lockheed Martin Missiles and Space Co., where his work deals with using lasers to determine wind patterns. In April, 1996, he co-chaired a session called Advanced Sensor Technologies at the Aerospace/Defense Sensing and Controls Conference. He is also identified as being associated with the Bay Research Institute in Palo Alto and being involved with the Physics/Consciousness Research Group. Targ is President of the International Remote Viewing Association.61
Special access programs (SAPs) employ a variety of security measures that are far more restrictive than those used in “ordinary” classified programs, and shield them from independent oversight. These controls provide extraordinary protection by keeping personnel access to the minimum needed to meet program goals and naming officials so as to screen persons seeking access, and by using access lists and registered unclassified nicknames and classified code words. Only “core secrets” have special access controls, examples of which might be a technological breakthrough, or exploitation of an enemy’s weakness. “Cover stories may be established for unacknowledged programs in order to protect the integrity of that program from individuals who do not have a need to know. Cover stories (and cover files) must be believable and cannot reveal any information regarding the true nature of the contract. Cover stories for SAPs must have the approval of the program “security officer (PSO) prior to the dissemination.” One such example of a cover story is: “In the darkest days of the cold war, the military lied to the American public about the true nature of many unidentified flying objects, in an effort to hide its growing fleet of spy planes. The deceptions were made in the 1950’s and 60’s amid a wave of UFO sightings that alarmed the public and parts of official Washington.” The lies, experiments, and cover stories continue in every field of science. The lies have been institutionalized with breakthroughs in health, energy, propulsion, communications, and information technology which are classified and hidden from view.62
In 1939 Orson Wells broadcast the radio program War of the Worlds, which had the effect of general panic along the entire East Coast of the United States. People who listened to the broadcast and did not hear the disclaimer at the beginning of the program actually believed they were under attack. The program’s unintentional and unfortunate effect, which would have been considered a success had it been a psychological warfare operation, may have been the basis for the military’s use of UFO stories as a cover for other sensitive military operations, such as the masking of Air Force experimental aircraft. Implanting memories of alien abduction as a cover for kidnapping and mind control experimentation may have been another. Many of the UFO organizations and conventions have military intelligence assets present, and much of the UFO literature may be attributed to authors with connections to intelligence agencies. Mind War: Psychological warfare operations are aimed at sowing confusion, chaos, and terror among the enemy. One early example of a psychological warfare operation during the Boer war against the British, who were using Muslim troops against the Boers, was the spreading the story that the cartridges used to fire their British supplied rifles were derived from hog and cow fat. The Muslim troops recoiled at the idea of violating their religious taboo to fire their rifles and mutinied, and were thus neutralized. As the sixth-century B.C. Chinese military strategist Sun-Tzu said, “To capture the enemy’s entire army is better than to destroy it; to take intact a regiment, a company, or a squad is better than to destroy them. For, to win one hundred victories in one hundred battles is not the acme of skill. To subdue the enemy without fighting is the supreme excellence. Thus, what is of supreme importance in war is to attack the enemy’s strategy. Next best is to disrupt his alliances by diplomacy. The next best is to attack his army, and the worst policy is to attack cities.”63
During WWII, psychological warfare was used effectively by the US military as well. The fusion of psychological warfare and military deception contributed greatly to the stunning success of the invasion of Normandy. Before D-Day, Operation Quicksilver created the “First United States Army Group” (FUSAG), a fictional company, supposedly commanded by General George Patton, which would invade France at the Pas-de-Calais. American troops used false signals, decoy installations, and phony equipment to deceive German observation aircraft and radio intercept operators. The operation achieved the desired effect of misleading the German High Command as to the location of the primary invasion, and thereby keeping their reserves away from the actual landings. The OSS parachuted many agents behind enemy lines with the intent that they be captured and interrogated. These agents had been told that the invasion was to take place at Calais and were sacrificed to further what became known as The Great Deception. During the Vietnam War, special units of US troops dressed as the enemy, massacred entire villages, leaving no one alive and making it appear as if the NVA (Vietcong) had perpetrated the crime in order to alienate the civilian populations against the enemy. It is doubtful, however, that strategies of this type were effective.
Military Doctrine Publications: The Strategic Studies Institute of the US Army War College produced a paper in 1994 entitled “The Revolution in Military Affairs and Conflicts Short of War,” which discusses a revolution in military affairs (RMA), which “will not only change the nature of warfare, but also alter the global geopolitical balance of power.” An example of an RMA is the invention of gunpowder, or atomic weapons, in short, an innovation that turns the world upside down.” The authors Metz and Kievit claim, “Behavior modification is a key component of peace enforcement,” and that modification will be directed at the American people. This will take place, the authors state, through directed energy systems, whose primary advantage is “deniability,” they are straightforward about the unlimited possibilities inherent in “perception molding” through the use of psycho technologies. Anyone who objects to this kind of mind warping will be “identified using comprehensive interagency integrated databases,” then categorized into “computerized personality simulations,” which will be used “to develop, tailor and focus psychological campaigns for each.”64
New World Vistas: Air and Space for the 21st Century, a book published in 1996 by the US Air Force Advisory Board, discusses “Biological Process Control”: “We will have achieved a clear understanding of how the human brain works, how it really controls the various functions of the body, and how it can be manipulated (both negatively and positively). One can envision the development of electromagnetic energy sources, the output of which can be pulsed, shaped, and focused, that can couple with the human body in a fashion that will allow one to prevent voluntary muscle movements, control emotions (and thus actions), produce sleep, transmit suggestions, interfere with both short-term and long term memory, produce an experience set, and delete an experience set…It would also appear possible to create high-fidelity speech in the human body, raising the possibility of covert suggestion and psychological direction. When a high-power microwave pulse in the gigahertz range strikes the human body, a very small temperature perturbation occurs. This is associated with a sudden expansion of the slightly heated tissue. This expansion is fast enough to produce an acoustic wave. If a pulsed stream is used, it should be possible to create an internal acoustic field in the 5-15 kilohertz range, which is audible. Thus, it may be possible to talk to selected adversaries in a fashion that would be most disturbing to them.”65
A 1996 military paper entitled “Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability,” written for the Chief of Staff of the Air Force, designed to identify what is required for the US to remain “the dominant air and space force in the future.” The paper asserts that “for continued success as a superpower” the key is “information dominance.” Part of this dominance will be the development of a space satellite-linked Information Integration Center, or IIC, which will act as a central information processing and control center. The IIC will monitor people who have been implanted with a “microscopic brain chip,” which performs two functions. First, it links the individual to the IIC, creating a seamless interface between the user and the information resources (in-time collection data and archival databases); in essence, it relays the processed information from the IIC to the user. Second, the chip creates a computer generated mental visualization. “Implanting ‘things’ in people raises ethical and public-relations issues,” the authors admit, but in the future, they add, “The civilian population will likely accept an implanted microscopic microchip that allows military members to defend vital national interests.” The paper goes on to note that “The California Institute of Technology has developed an energy-efficient computer chip which emulates the analog thinking of the human brain” and that “when this capability is fully mature, this chip could provide the baseline for a brain implant hooked to all the sensory segments of the brain, not just the eye.”66 The military theorists writing about “psychological, biological, and defensive technologies” and “Technologies specifically designed for conflicts short of war” observe that overcoming the ethical restraints of American attitudes towards the technology and its uses would require “an ethical and political revolution would be necessary to make a military revolution.” However, they point out, “There is another alternative: we could deliberately engineer a comprehensive revolution, seeking utter transformation rather than simply an expeditious use of new technology.”67
A 1996 Air Force Scientific Advisory Board report on future weapons includes a classified section on an “RF Gunship.” Other military documents confirm that radio-frequency antipersonnel weapons programs are underway. The Air Force’s Armstrong Laboratory at Brooks Air Force Base in Texas is heavily engaged in such research. According to budget documents, the lab intends to spend more than $110 million over the next six years “to exploit less-than-lethal biological effects of electromagnetic radiation for Air Force security, peacekeeping, and war-fighting operations.” Typical of some of the more exotic proposals are those from Clay Easterly. Last December, Easterly, who works at the Health Sciences Research Division of Oak Ridge National Laboratory, briefed the Marine Corps on work he had conducted for the National Institute of Justice, which does research on crime control. One of the projects he suggested was an electromagnetic gun that would “induce epileptic like seizures.” Another was a “thermal gun, [which] would have the operational effect of heating the body to 105 to 107” degrees Fahrenheit. Such effects would bring on discomfort, fevers, or even death.68
Unclassified Nonlethal Weapons: Millitech (http://www.millitech.com/) and Millivision (http://www.millivision.com/index.htm) sell millimeter wave radars to defense and security firms. Their websites offer the following information on their products: Active (radar) millimeter wave imaging systems are able to “see through” most wall materials, providing the technology of choice for developing situation assessment systems. Such systems extend the ability of users to view activities from one or two rooms away, or from the outside of a building into its interior. Using this technology, hostage, terrorism, demolition, and other unlawful and dangerous situations can be assessed remotely and evaluated for action. Millimeter wave radar imaging systems can be made extremely sensitive to movement, even to the level of detecting heartbeats. This makes them ideally suited for search and rescue and other applications where individuals may be alive, but unable to respond to rescuers. And active millimeter wave systems use low radiation levels incapable of penetrating human skin making them completely safe for operators and other individuals in the scene. Millimeter waves are electromagnetic radiation with wavelengths in the range 1 cm to 1 mm (with corresponding frequencies of 30 to 300 GHz), located between the microwave and infrared portions of the spectrum. Because they are capable of “seeing through” most packaging, clothing, and many wall materials, while still providing sufficiently detailed images, millimeter waves are ideally suited for use in security and emergency applications.
What the websites don’t say is that these military radars used for fighting house to house are now for sale to the general public and that the entire world has been turned into a fish bowl. When these radars are given to police and fire units, they are often abused, that is, used to spy on people in their homes for voyeuristic motives, or worse. Any normal building material is transparent to these devices but the water in your body lights up with great definition, enough so as to identify you in a crowded room from outside the building. These radars do have biological effects, and if subjected to them on a regular basis, health complications will arise. The energies and frequencies that hit the human body are strong enough to alter the behavior of cells and the proteins that make life possible.
Active Denial System (ADS): Wade Smith, deputy director of the active denial system (ADS) program for Raytheon, has voluntarily felt the beam during testing. “This is an effect that literally gets under your skin,” said Smith. “I can assure you, once you come in contact with the beam, you will be inclined to stop whatever you are doing.” Active denial technology uses a transmitter to send a tight beam of 95-Ghz millimeter waves. The energy reaches the subject and penetrates less than 1/64th of an inch into the skin. A two-second burst can heat the skin to a temperature of 130 degrees Fahrenheit, creating a sensation like that experienced when touching an ordinary light bulb. The flesh does not burn, however, because of the low levels of energy used, since exposure of at least 250 seconds would be required before burns would result. The website of Sandia National Laboratories, a government research and development laboratory (http://www.sandia.gov/), has the following information: “ADS systems are a new class of nonlethal weaponry using 95 GHz-millimeter-wave directed energy. This technology is capable of rapidly heating a person’s skin to achieve a pain threshold that has been demonstrated by AFRL human subject testing to be very effective at repelling people, without burning the skin or causing other secondary effects.” Active Denial Technology (ADT) provides an effective nonlethal, active-response mechanism to disperse, disturb, distract, and establish the intent of intruders. ADT emits a 95 GHz non-ionizing electromagnetic beam of energy, which penetrates approximately 1/64 of an inch into human skin tissue, where nerve receptors are concentrated. Within seconds, the beam will heat the exposed skin tissue to a level in which intolerable pain is experienced and the body’s natural defense mechanisms take over. This intense heating sensation stops only if the individual moves out of the beam’s path or if the beam is turned off. The sensation caused by the system has been described by test subjects as feeling like touching a hot frying pan, or the intense radiant heat from a fire. Burn injury is prevented by limiting the beam’s intensity and duration. DOD-sponsored millimeter-wave human effectiveness testing, initiated in 2001, has demonstrated ADT as effective and safe, without any long-term effects. According to a press release issued by Sandía in late June 2005, the lab expected the DOD-funded human-effectiveness testing of the small-beam ADS by the Human Effectiveness Directorate (HEDR) of the Air Force Research Laboratory (AFRL) would within eight months validate the effectiveness and safety of ADT as a nonlethal weapon system. (“Team investigates Active Denial System for security applications,” Sandía National Laboratories, June 30, 2005, http://www.sandia.gov/news-center/news-releases/2005/def-nonprolif-sec/active-denial.html)
The ADS is the public face of a brand of technologies that have never seen the light of day, but have been in existence for decades. These weapons are lethal, depending on the distance to the target (person) and the power level setting. Second- and third-degree burns are possible at shorter ranges, higher power settings, or longer time periods of exposure. Besides using the most benign terms for these new weapons, the public face of the new technology is restricted to those systems that will cause less resistance among the general public to their development.
Non-lethal tetanizing weapon: United States Patent 5675103A non-lethal weapon for temporarily immobilizing a target subject by means of muscular tetanization in which the tetanization is produced by conducting a precisely-modulated electrical current through the target. Because the electrical current is a close replication of the physiological neuroelectric impulses which control striated muscle tissue, it tetanizes the subject’s skeletal muscles without causing any perceptible sensation. The transmission of this current to the distant target is via two channels of electrically conductive air. The conductive channels are created by multi-photon and collisional ionization within the paths of two beams of coherent (laser) or columnated incoherent ultraviolet radiation directed to the target. A single beam may be used to tetanize a grounded target. The high-voltage tetanizing current flows from electrodes at the origin of the beams along the channels of free electrons within them.
A sonic weapon is pretty much what it sounds like: using sound waves as weapons. And there are tons of them: the Long Range Acoustic Device, the Sonic Bullet, the Curdler (AKA People Repeller), the Shout, the Acoustic Blaster, the Hyperspike, the Acoustic Bazooka, the HyperSonic Sound System, the Aversive Audible Acoustic Device, the Gayle Blaster, the Acoustic Canon, the Sequential Arc Discharge Acoustic Generator, the Mosquito, and the Squawk Box. Basically, each of these is a take on one of two approaches: attack the hearing or attack the body.
An Active Denial System that fires 95 GHz-millimeter-wave directed energy is being developed for multiple uses by a multi-organizational team. ADS systems are a new class of nonlethal weaponry using 95 GHz-millimeter-wave directed energy. This technology is capable of rapidly heating a person’s skin to achieve a pain threshold that has been demonstrated by AFRL human subject testing to be very effective at repelling people, without burning the skin or causing other secondary effects. The US Department of Energy Office of Security and Safety Performance Assurance (SSA) is exploring the potential to use directed energy weapons technology sponsored by the Department of Defense (DOD), named Active Denial Technology (ADT), to help protect DOE nuclear assets. SSA is sponsoring Sandia National Laboratories, a National Nuclear Security Administration lab, to investigate how the technology can be used on adversaries by developing a new small-sized Active Denial System (ADS) to meet the unique and rapidly evolving security needs of DOE. To help solve the many technical issues associated with this challenge, Sandia has partnered with Raytheon and the Air Force Research Laboratory (AFRL), because both organizations have significant experience with earlier ADS system developments.
Killer drones that can see through walls. (By William Saletan), Display from an unmanned aerial vehicle:…Looking into a breakthrough cryptically reported in Iraq and Afghanistan: the ability of U.S. unmanned aerial vehicles to identify and track human targets “even when they are inside buildings.” Several recently reported technologies might account for it, but Slate reader fozzy suggests looking for the answer in a military research field called STTW, usually translated as “sense-through-the-wall.” Has this ability been extended to a distance that allows it to be used by aerial drones? Fozzy cites a March 2008 Army technical report on the latest progress in STTW radar methods. An April, 2008 report from the same research team. Both reports focus on “detecting and identifying humans enclosed in building structures.” “Through-the-wall sensing is currently a topic of great interest to defense agencies both in the U.S. and abroad,” says the April report. “The U.S. Army Research Laboratory (ARL) has been active in all these fields of investigation, approaching these issues both through hardware design and radar measurements and through computer simulation of various STTW scenarios.” STTW has been around for a while. A 2006 report from the National Defense University mentions a DARPA system that can “detect the presence of personnel within rooms (stated to be successful through 12 inches of concrete),” as well as a commercially developed system with a “30-foot standoff capability.” The next step, to protect U.S. personnel, is to put the technology on “unattended” mobile devices. Since the initial context is urban warfare, the pioneering client is the Army, and the introductory platform is unmanned ground vehicles. But the goal is to increase “standoff distance” and spread the technology to other platforms.
During the siege at the Mt. Carmel Temple near Waco, Texas, FBI agents discussed with Russian counterparts the use of acoustic psycho-correction on David Koresh and the Branch Davidians. It is understood that this contingency did not proceed. However, some unusual EM weapons were deployed at Waco. BBC World News and FBI film-footage both show the Russian equipment being demonstrated, as well as a previously unseen noise generator and an unusual low frequency strobe array in use at Waco. 69
Nonlethal Weapons Publications: In 1972 the Army issued a classified report, “Analysis of Microwaves for Barrier Warfare,” from US Army Mobility Equipment Research and Development Center: “It is possible to field a truck-portable microwave barrier system that will completely immobilize personnel in the open with present-day technology and equipment.” (Meradcom Report 2048: "Analysis of Microwaves for Barrier Warfare")
A NASA report written in 1970 by Thomas Fryer of Ames Research Labs concerned “Implantable Biotelemetry Systems.” A 1976 DIA report mentions “anti-personnel applications” of pulsed microwaves that carry, “sounds and possibly even words which appear to be originating intercranially.”70
In 1982, the US Air Force Review of Biotechnology warned, “Radio frequency radiation (RFR) fields pose powerful and revolutionary anti-personnel military threats…electromagnetic fields can be disruptive to purposeful behavior and may be capable of directing or interrogating such behavior. Passage of 100 milliamperes through the myocardium (of the heart) can lead to cardiac standstill and death. A rapidly scanning RFR system could provide an effective stun or kill capability over a large area. Crowd-control devices using RFR do exist…complementing sonic and infra-red weapons, which are well known, and were advertised in the British Defense Equipment Catalogue until 1983.” Prominently listed were the Valkyrie is an infra-red device causing night blindness, and the Squawk Box or Sound Curdler, developed by the US for use in Vietnam. In 1984 the (UK) Ministry of Defense ordered that all advertisements and references to “frequency weapons” be cut from the Defense Catalogue.
Columnist Jack Anderson wrote in 1985 that brain researchers had told him that the US and the USSR were close to perfecting a mechanism that interferes with the electrical signals of the brain with remote transmissions of EM radiation. This interference could “switch off” the brains vital functions, that is, killing the targeted victims.”
Dr. Sam Koslov, scientific assistant to the Secretary of the Navy in 1977 tried to cancel several projects, one at the Stanford Research Institute titled “ELF—Extremely Low Frequency Radiation and Mind Control. According to the Washington Post, the funding was diverted to a different project heading and continued forward. (Keith, 212)
“The Development of New Antipersonnel Weapons” (1990) stated, “Research in this field has been carried out in almost all industrialized countries…with a view to using these phenomenon for anti-material or anti-personnel purposes. It is possible to generate a very powerful microwave pulse (between 150 and 3,000 megahertz) with an energy level of several hundreds of megawatts. Using specially adapted antenna systems, these generators in principle could transmit over hundreds of meters sufficient energy to cook a meal…lethal effects can be expected from this system at much lower energy levels using the principle of magnetic field compensation, which permits the control of the geometry of the target. By means of antennas specially designed for that purpose, the radiation can be concentrated on very small surfaces of the human body, for example the base of the brain, where relatively low energy can produce lethal effects.”
In 1991, ITV News Bureau reported the first known use of electronic subliminals on the battlefield and the true reason for the seemingly illogical and apparently suicidal attack by Iraqi troops on the deserted city of Al-Khafji…12 miles south of the Kuwaiti border…the Iraqi’s destroyed an FM radio station that had been installed in Al-Khafji by the US DOD’s psyops branch. Outwardly the station was broadcasting Tokyo Rose-style propaganda. Deserting Iraqi soldiers claimed that the real purpose of the station was to broadcast “the new, high-tech type of subliminal messages referred to as ultra-high-frequency “silent sounds,” or “silent subliminals.” The report stated, “Although completely silent to the human ear, the negative voice messages placed on the tapes alongside the audible programming by psyops psychologists were clearly perceived by the subconscious minds of the Iraqi soldiers and the silent messages completely demoralized them and instilled a perpetual feeling of fear and hopelessness in their minds.”
In July 1996, the Spotlight, a widely circulated right-wing US newspaper, reported that well-placed DOD sources confirmed a classified Pentagon contract for the development of “high-power electromagnetic generators that interfere with human brain waves.” The article cited the memorandum of understanding dated 1994 between Attorney General Janet Reno and Defense Secretary William Perry for transfer of LTL (less than lethal) weapons to the law enforcement sector. A budget of under $50 million has been made available for the funding of associated “black” programs. Dr. Emery Horvath, a professor of physics at Harvard University, referring to the generator that interferes with human brain waves, stated, “These electronic ‘skull-zappers’ are designed to invade the mind and short circuit its synapses... In the hands of government technicians, it may be used to disorient entire crowds, or to manipulate individuals into self-destructive acts. It’s a terrifying weapon.”
In a US Air Command and Staff College paper of 1993 entitled “Nonlethal Technology and Air Power,” authors Maj. Jonathan W. Klaaren (USAF) and Maj. Ronald S. Mitchell (USAF) outlined selected nonlethal weapons. These included “Acoustic” pulsed/attenuated high-intensity sound, infrasound (very low frequency) and Polysound (high volume, distracting) as well as high power microwaves that possessed the ability to deter or incapacitate human beings. (J. W. Klaaren and R. S. Mitchell, “Nonlethal Technology and Air Power: A Winning Combination for Strategic Paralysis”71
On 21 July 1994, Defense Secretary William J. Perry issued a memorandum on nonlethal weapons which outlined a tasking priority list for use of these technologies. Second on the list was “crowd control.” Coming in at a poor fifth was: “Disable or destroy weapons or weapon development/production processes, including suspected weapons of mass destruction.” It is therefore clear that non-lethality is fundamentally seen as antipersonnel rather than anti-materiel. Directed-energy weapons currently being deployed include a microwave weapon manufactured by Lockheed-Sanders and used for a process known as “Voice Synthesis,” which is remote beaming of audio (voices or other audible signals) directly into the brain of any selected human target. This process is also known within the US government as “Synthetic Telepathy.” This psychotronic weapon was demonstrated by Dr. Dave Morgan at the November 1993 nonlethal weapons conference. (Nexus, Oct-Nov, 1994) Nonlethal weapons, which including microwave and radio frequency weapons were the main topics of discussion. Other topics were related to implant technology, for example, the use of brain-to-computer-to-brain linkage using ELF communication to allow soldiers in the field to stay in constant contact with each other and with command and control. Implants would allow real-time physiological data to be evaluated, whether the soldier is wounded, and how badly, as well as the mental status, including fear, anger, and complete train of thought. In August 2006, the DOD announced that military personnel would be required to submit to microchip implanting, just as they have been required to take experimental vaccines. The first Gulf War saw fewer than 200 US combat casualties, yet 15 years later over 30% have become completely disabled or deceased due to a disease (set of common symptoms) of which the DOD has denied existence (Gulf War Syndrome or Gulf War Illness).
In early February, Newsweek reported on the DOD’s pursuit of so-called nonlethal weapons under a headline “Soon, ‘Phasers on Stun’”: “The search for new ‘tools’ has spawned the first systematic effort to develop nonlethal weaponry in U.S. military history. Newsweek has learned that in the wake of Somalia, Defense Undersecretary John Deutch has authorized a team of Pentagon officials to explore the feasibility of nonlethal weapons and the exotic technologies behind them. This team, headed by Frank Kendall, the Pentagon's director of tactical systems, aims to set up priority programs for nonlethal weapons that could be funded as early as 1995...Warden and other new-wave military thinkers say that the list of exotic technologies that could be harnessed for nonlethal weapons is already large and growing, and includes lasers, microwaves, sound waves, strobe lights, electromagnetic pulses, microbes, chemicals, computer viruses—even giant nets. Potentially these seem to offer US forces new options across the whole range of missions, from crowd control to a strategic shutdown of an entire nation. Beanbag bullets, chemical sprays and noise generators would be handy against hostile crowds. Other technologies, like “super-caustic” chemicals that eat through metal or rubber or plastic, would disable not only tanks and trucks but virtually any machine. The most devastating would be electromagnetic pulses, high-powered microwaves and computer viruses that, by disabling all electrical and electronic systems, could cripple a whole society.” (John Barry, The Science Of War: A New Generation of Nonlethal Weapons May Help Rout Mobs, Subdue Gunmen, Even Win Wars—Without Killing the Innocent).72
On May 16, 1996, Admiral Boorda was found shot through the heart on a bench outside his official residence in the Washington Navy Yard. The police instantaneously ruled it a suicide. However, Boorda’s recent advocacy of suicide prevention cast an eerie shadow on the official story. The Boorda mystery deepens when a whole range of facts gleaned from worldwide press coverage of his shocking death is integrated with the experiences of alleged mind control (MC) experimentees. According to Arlene Tyner, “Boorda could easily have been done in by one of the surefire assassination methods the Navy has finessed after 50 years of covert research and field testing. This little-known secret slipped out on July 6, 1975 in an article in the London Sunday Times, “How the US Navy Brain-Trains Political Assassins.” The Times quoted a speech by Navy Lt. Commander Thomas Narut to a group of 120 psychologists at a NATO conference in Oslo, Norway. Narut worked at the US Regional Medical Center in Naples, Italy. He reported the Navy had been programming ‘hit men and assassins’ who would kill on command; some subjects were drawn from the ranks of convicted murders serving time in military prisons.73
In March 1996 the Air Force and the Navy had finally opened investigations into claims that about 500 people were being tortured by remotely controlled, neuro-electromagnetic or Radio Frequency weapons. Bizarre stories alleging surveillance, electronic harassment, and remote-controlled torture of people throughout the world were already posted on many Web sites. The amply referenced research of Cheryl Welsh, founder in 1997 of Citizens Against Human Rights Abuse (CAHRA) (mindjustice.org) supports many of these claims, especially nonconsensual brainwave and personality studies by the US Government. In an article published last year in Matrix 3000, Band 4, a German publication, Welsh writes, “Heart attacks, suicides, assassinations, blackmail, all can be done remotely, leaving no trace of evidence to tie it to the perpetrators”.
James V. McConnell, Professor of Psychiatry and head of the Department of Mental Health Research at the University of Michigan and author of Understanding Human Behavior (1974), wrote in the April 1970 issue of Psychology Today, “[T]he day has come when we can combine sensory deprivation with drugs, hypnosis and astute manipulation of rewards and punishment to gain almost absolute control over an individual’s behavior...a very rapid and highly effective type of positive brainwashing that would allow us to make dramatic changes in a person’s behavior and personality...[In] a few months—or perhaps even less than that...The techniques of behavioral control make even the hydrogen bomb look like a child’s toy, and, of course, they can be used for good or evil. But we can no more prevent the development of this new psychological methodology than we could have prevented the development of atomic energy.”
USAF Naval Captain Paul Taylor discusses the “death ray” in “The Electromagnetic Spectrum in low-Intensity Conflict” (1986): “With a ‘speed of light effect,’ EM devices with stun or kill settings could sweep across entire armies (or cities). The passage of approximately 100 milliamperes through the myocardium (leads) to cardiac standstill and death.” He further discusses radio frequencies as “disruptive to human behavior” and the brain as “an electrically mediated organ.”74
The following are excerpts from the Southwest Research Institute’s (SwRI) Final Report on Biotechnology Research Requirements for Aeronautical Systems through the Year 2000: San Antonio, Texas (note the references to “interrogating’’ mental functioning, i.e. reading thoughts): “Experience with electroshock therapy, RFR [radiofrequency radiation] experiments, and the increasing understanding of the brain as an electrically mediated organ suggest the serious probability that impressed electromagnetic fields can be disruptive of purposeful behavior and may be capable of directing and/or interrogating such behavior. Further, the passage of approximately 100 milliamperes through the myocardium can lead to cardiac standstill and death, again pointing to a speed-of-light weapons effect. ... While initial attention should be toward degradation of human performance through thermal loading and electromagnetic field effects, subsequent work should address the possibilities of directing and interrogating mental functioning, using externally applied fields within the possibility of a revolutionary capability to defend against hostile actions, and to collect intelligence data prior to conflict onset.’’75
Another document is the Department of Defense Directive “Policy for Nonlethal Weapons,” Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense, Draft, July 21, 1994. This is the draft of a policy which was intended to take effect in January of 1995. It described using nonlethal weapons against the government’s domestic “adversaries’’: “The term ‘adversary’ is used above in its broadest sense, including those who are not declared enemies but who are engaged in activities we wish to stop. This policy does not preclude legally authorized domestic use of the nonlethal weapons by United States military forces in support of law enforcement.” This sounds like a prescription for an American dirty war using secret, deniable technology.76
A 1995 document by a Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) task force discusses using these weapons against people labeled as terrorists and drug traffickers. It recommends that these weapons be used secretly, so the victims do not know where the attack is coming from, or if there even is an attack. How was this strategy tested and developed? This CFR policy is in fact a recommendation for extrajudicial torture. If they would put that in an open document, causes one to wonder what other ideas were going around behind the veil of secrecy? 77
Following the US Senate Intelligence Committee censure of the CIA for its global political assassination plots, including one against Fidel Castro, US Navy psychologist Lt. Commander Thomas Narut, of the US Regional Medical Center in Naples, Italy, made a statement at a NATO conference in Oslo before 120 fellow psychologists that the Office of Naval Intelligence had taken convicted murderers from military prisons, used behavior modification techniques on them, and then relocated them in American embassies throughout the world. According to Dr. Narut, the US Navy was an excellent place for a researcher to find “captive personnel” whom they could use as guinea pigs in experiments, and the Navy had provided all the funding necessary. In further revelations during a press conference attended by reporters from many nations, Dr. Narut explained how the Navy was secretly programming large numbers of assassins, saying the men he had worked with for the Navy were being prepared for commando-type operations, as well as covert operations in US embassies worldwide. Narut described the men who went through his program as “hit men and assassins” who could kill on command. Careful screening of the subjects was accomplished by Navy psychologists through the military records, and those who actually received assignments where their training could be utilized, were drawn mainly from submarine crews and from among paratroops, but many were convicted murderers serving military prison sentences. Several men who had been awarded medals for bravery were drafted into the program. The assassins were conditioned through “audiovisual desensitization,” a process which involved the showing of films of people being injured or killed in a variety of ways, starting with very mild depictions and leading up to the more extreme forms of mayhem. Eventually, the subjects would be able to detach their feelings even when viewing the most horrible of films. The conditioning was most successful when applied to “passive-aggressive” types, and most of these ended up being able to kill without any remorse. The prime indicator of violent tendencies was the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). Dr. Narut knew of two Navy programming centers: the neuropsychiatric laboratory in San Diego and the US Regional Medical Center in Italy, where he worked. During the audio-visual desensitization programming, restraints were used to force the subject to view the films. A device was used on the subject’s eyelids to prevent him from blinking. Typically, the preliminary film was on an African youth being ritualistically circumcised with a dull knife and without any anesthetic. The second film showed a sawmill scene in which a man accidentally cut off his fingers. In addition to the desensitization films, the potential assassins underwent programming to create prejudicial attitude in the men, to think of their future enemies, especially the leaders of these countries, as subhuman. Films and lectures were presented that demeaned the culture and habits of the people of the countries where it had been decided they would be sent. Dr. Alfred Zitani, an American delegate to the Oslo conference, verified Narut’s remarks, and they were published in the Sunday Times. After his NATO lecture, Dr. Narut disappeared. He could not be located. Within a week or so after the lecture, the Pentagon issued an emphatic denial that the US Navy had “engaged in psychological training or other types of training of personnel as assassins.” They disavowed the programming centers in San Diego and Naples and stated they were unable to locate Narut, but did provide confirmation that he was a staff member of the US Regional Medical Center in Naples. During the NATO conference in Oslo, Narut had remarked that the reason he was divulging the information was because he believed that the information was coming out anyway. The doctor was referring to the disclosures of a Congressional subcommittee concerning various CIA assassination plots that were appearing at the time in the press. However, what Narut had failed to realize at the time was that the Navy’s assassination plots were not destined to be revealed to the public at that time. Sometime later, Narut surfaced again in London and recanted his remarks, stating that he was “talking in theoretical and not practical terms.” Shortly thereafter, the US Naval headquarters in London issued a statement indicating that Narut’s remarks at the NATO conference should be discounted because he had been having “personal problems.” Narut never made any further public statements about the program.
The exploitation of this technology for military uses is still in its infancy and only recently has been recognized by the United States as a feasible option: “Currently available data allow the projection that specially generated radio frequency radiation (RFR) fields may pose powerful and revolutionary antipersonnel military threats. Electroshock therapy indicates the ability of induced electric current to completely interrupt mental functioning for short periods of time to obtain cognition for longer periods and to restructure emotional response over prolonged intervals. Experience with electroshock therapy, RFR experiments, and the increasing understanding of the brain as an electrically mediated organ suggested the serious probability that impressed electromagnetic fields can be disruptive to purposeful behavior and may be capable of directing and or interrogating such behavior. Further, the passage of approximately 100 milliamperes through the myocardium can lead to cardiac standstill and death, again pointing to a speed-of-light weapons effect. A rapidly scanning RFR system could provide an effective stun or kill capability over a large area. System effectiveness will be a function of wave form, field intensity, pulse widths, repetition frequency, and carrier frequency. The system can be developed using tissue and whole animal experimental studies, coupled with mechanisms and waveform effects research. Using relatively low-level RFR, it may be possible to sensitize large military groups to extremely dispersed amounts of biological or chemical agents to which the un-irradiated population would be immune.”78
Los Alamos National Laboratory has developed EMW (electromagnetic weapons) in programs run by Army veteran and psychic enthusiast Lt Colonel John B. Alexander, who holds a doctorate in Thanatology—the study of death. He published a paper in the April 1980 US Army’s Military Review in which he said that telepathy could be used as an offensive weapon, and that electronic weapons might also be used for interfering with the brain activity of target groups.79 After conducting additional research in this field, he joined the special technologies group at Los Alamos Laboratories. During the Vietnam War, Alexander was involved in Operation Phoenix, the systematic assassination campaign that eliminated 30,000 suspected Viet Minh cadres. In practice, lists of names were compiled, using personal profiles and names supplied by informants. Many innocent people were dragged from their homes at night and summarily executed, along with the target group; how many is impossible to know. Alexander was involved in the mind-control aspect of Phoenix that included psychological “implanting” in enemy POWs and civilian suspects in order to get them to attack each other. Alexander has taught neurolinguistic programming to a generation of leaders in the military and politics. The main thrust of his career has been as an expert in counterinsurgency operations and infiltration operations, combined with an emphasis on electromagnetic weapons.
Radio Hypnotic Induced Control/ Electronic Dissolution of Memory (RHIC/EDOM): Remote hypnosis was first reported, using allegedly parapsychological means, in the early 1930s, by L.L. Vasilev, Professor of Physiology in the University of Leningrad. Later, other scientists attempted to accomplish the same goal, using less mystic means. Over the years, certain journalists have asserted that the CIA has mastered a technology call RHIC-EDOM—RHIC meaning Radio Hypnotic Intracerebral Control, and EDOM Electronic Dissolution of Memory. Together, these two techniques can remotely induce a hypnotic trance, deliver suggestions to the subject, and erase all memory of the instruction period and the act which the subject is asked to perform. RHIC uses the stimoceiver, a microminiaturized offspring of the technological device which induces a hypnotic state. Interestingly, this technique is also reputed to involve the use of intramuscular implants. Apparently, these implants are stimulated to induce a post-hypnotic suggestion. EDOM is nothing more than missing memory of a span of time—the erasure of memory from consciousness through the blockage of synaptic transmission in certain areas of the brain. By jamming the brain’s synapses through a surfeit of acetylcholine, neural transmission along selected pathways can be effectively stilled. RHIC/EDOM is the ultra-sophisticated application of posthypnotic suggestion triggered at will by radio transmission. It is a recurring hypnotic state, re-induced automatically at intervals by the same radio control. Through the device, an individual can be remotely brought under hypnosis, either his or her knowledge, or without, by use of narco-hypnosis, which can be brought into play under many guises. He or she is then programmed to perform certain actions and maintain certain attitudes while acted upon by the radio signal.
Other authors have mentioned this technique, specifically Walter Bowart, in his book Operation Mind Control: Our Secret’s Government’s War Against its Own People (1978), and journalist James Moore, who, in a 1975 issue of a periodical called Modern People, claimed to have secured a 350-page manual prepared in 1963, on RHIC-EDOM. He received it, he said, from CIA sources, although, interestingly, the technique contained in the manual is said to have originated in the military. The following quote by Moore on RHIC should prove especially intriguing to abduction researchers who have confronted odd “personality shifts” in abductees:
“Medically, these radio signals are directed to certain parts of the brain. When a part of your brain receives a tiny electrical impulse from outside sources, such as vision, hearing, an emotion is produced—anger at the sight of a gang of boys beating an old woman, for example. The same emotion of anger can be created by artificial radio signals sent to your brain by a controller. You could instantly feel the same white-hot anger without any apparent reason.”
If RHIC-EDOM exists, it goes a long way toward providing an earthbound rationale for alien abductions, or at least, certain aspects of them. The phenomenon of “missing time” is no longer mysterious. Abductee implants, both intracerebral and otherwise, are explained. And note the reference to “recurring hypnotic state, re-induced automatically by the same radio command.” This situation may account for “repeater” abductees who, after their initial encounter, have regular sessions of “missing time” and abduction—even while a bedmate sleeps undisturbed.80
MKULTRA 1990s: In 1991 Janet Morris, who was research director of the US Global Strategy Council (USGSC), a Washington think tank chaired by former CIA Deputy Director Ray Cline, visited Russia to investigate acoustic psycho-correction technologies. Microwave signals send commands to the subconscious that are usually acted upon within one minute or less. The Russians demonstrated a working system which Morris (a nonlethal weapons expert) envisioned as a miniaturized, hand-held system. After retiring from the Army in 1988, John Alexander joined the Los Alamos National Laboratory and began working with Janet Morris. Throughout 1990, the USGSC lobbied the main Los Alamos National Laboratory’s, major defense contractors and industries, retired senior military, and intelligence officers. The result was the creation of a Nonlethality Policy Review Group, led by Major General Chris S. Adams, USAF (ret.) former Chief of Staff, Strategic Air Command. They already had the support of Senator Sam Nunn, chair of the Senate Armed Services Committee. According to Morris, the military attaché at the Russian Embassy contacted USGSC about the possibility of converting military hardware to a nonlethal capability. In 1991, she issued a number of papers giving more detailed information about USGSC’s concept of nonlethal weapons. Shortly after, the US Army Training and Doctrine Command at Fort Monroe, Virginia published a detailed draft report on the subject titled “Operations Concept for Disabling Measures.” The report included over twenty projects in which Lt Colonel John B. Alexander is currently involved at the Los Alamos National Laboratory. In a memorandum dated April 10, 1991, titled “Do we need a Nonlethal Defense initiative?” Paul Wolfowitz, Under Secretary of Defense for Policy, wrote to Defense Secretary Dick Cheney,
“A US lead in nonlethal technologies will increase our options and reinforce our position in the post-Cold War world. Our Research and Development efforts must be increased.”81
In 1962, James V. Bennet, director of the US Bureau of Prisons, encouraged psychiatrists and social scientists to use the “tremendous opportunity” that 24,000 incarcerated and helpless prisoners offered for experimentation. “We here in Washington are anxious to have you undertake some of these things…perhaps on your own—undertake a little experiment on what you can do with the Muslims, what you can do with sociopathic individuals.” In 1990, the London Observer reported, “An electronic torture chamber, using a white noise generator designed to pulse sound at 11 Hz—apparently ultimately capable of destroying the human body—has been installed by a British company, Electronic Intelligence, inside the headquarters of the Special Branch of Dubai. Called “The House of Fun,” the torture chamber also houses a strobe light set at 11Hz, and synchronized with the white noise generator, the combined effect of which is to reduce anyone inside the cell to a “screaming helpless suppliant within moments.” The equipment was referred to as “Prisoner Disorientation Equipment.”82
Chapter Fifteen: CIA/Corporate Proprietaries
There are basically three types of private organizations that the CIA uses. A CIA proprietary is a business designed to provide a service wanted by the CIA. It is secretly and wholly owned by the CIA, while disguised to appear in public as a private business. According to a Foreign Service officer, “the proprietaries tend to take on a life of their own, and several have grown too big and too independent to be either controlled from or dissolved by headquarters.” A second kind of operation is a “front,” an organization whose business is a sham and is kept in place to provide cover for other activities. An example of CIA fronts are the Ed Wilson and Ted Shackley companies, which had no real function other than cover. A third kind of organization is an independent organization closely allied to the CIA by shared ideology and mutual goals, usually staffed by ex-CIA personnel, for example, the Interarms Company, the world’s largest private arms dealer, which is run by career CIA officer Samuel Cummings.83
John Perkins wrote in his book Confessions of an Economic Hit Man, that he was recruited in college by the NSA prior to entering the Peace Corps. Perkins was later indoctrinated and told,
“US intelligence agencies—including the NSA—would identify prospective economic hit men (EHM), who could then be hired by international corporations. These EHM would never be paid by the government; instead, they would draw their salaries from the private sector. As a result, their dirty work, if exposed, would be chalked up to corporate greed rather than to government policy. In addition, the corporations that hired them, although paid by the government agencies and their multinational banking counterparts (with taxpayer money), would be insulated from congressional oversight and public scrutiny, shielded by a growing body of legal initiatives, including trademark, international trade, and Freedom of Information Laws.”
Perkins was hired by an international consulting firm, Chas T. Main, Inc. (MAIN), for which his specialty was falsifying economic growth estimates to validate the building of huge infrastructure projects with loans from the IMF and World Bank. According to Perkins, these loans were used to enrich construction firms like Bechtel and were never intended to be paid back, but instead served to keep the host country in debt to the World Bank. He met with leaders of Third World countries and negotiated deals which in effect lined the pockets of Perkins’ corporate clients and those of the dictator, while leaving the general population in perpetual poverty. Should the leader of the sovereign nation refuse to hand over the resources to corporate interests, that leader would meet with an unfortunate accident, as happened to the presidents of Ecuador and Panama, both of whom died in fiery plane crashes.
The income ratio of the one-fifth of the world’s population in the wealthiest countries to the one-fifth in the poorest countries went from 30 to 1 in 1960, and from 74 to 1 in 1995. By 1990, developing countries had accumulated more than $1.3 trillion in foreign debt. By 2000, eighty-six percent of the US EXIM Bank’s $7.7 billion in new foreign export credits, and guarantees went to just ten politically influential US companies, including Enron, Halliburton, GE, Boeing, Bechtel, United Technologies, Schlumberger, and Raytheon.84
Economic Hit Men: The United States’ objective is simply to control the economic decisions of a country. The preferred instrument of US foreign policy from about 1945 to 1980 was military dictatorships. However, between 1980 and 1990 there were two tracks in US policy. One was actually increasing support for repressive governments in Central America and elsewhere, while at the same time there was movement in the direction of utilizing debt as leverage. For the International Monetary Fund, structural adjustment programs became more important in the 1980s. Today, the US prefers to exercise its power through economic channels. It wants a favorable investment economy and to make sure that unions aren’t strong and that a country is not diverting its resources to the needs of its people— resources that are necessary for paying debt and doing other things. So what the US wants is control—economic control—and it will use whatever leverage it has. The US does not want a progressive government in power, such as what occurred in Haiti, but rather a government that is valuable to its own interests and power. Holding back a $146 million Inter-American Development Bank from Haiti was way of trying to force a change of government. The US is not interested in authentic democracy, but one within various narrow channels that it can dictate in terms of what economic choices are available to that country and its people.85
Network Solutions, a subsidiary of the National Science Foundation, registered all IP addresses as a free public service. Scientific Applications International Corp (SAIC) purchased Network Solutions and now IP addresses cost $50 per year. SAIC is an arm of the military industrial establishment, with forty thousand employees and over 90% of its $1.9 billion in 1994 revenues obtained from government contracts. The SAIC board is composed of three former Directors of the CIA; Robert Gates, John Deutch, and Bobby Ray Inman (also NSA); two former heads of the DOD, William Perry and Melvin Laird; and assorted generals. SAIC has been engaged in the creation and implementation of technology for the Army Global Command and Control System—the renovation of the Pentagon’s computer and communication systems—and the upgrading of the national, state, and local law enforcement databases.
In 1995 the Rand Corp., a research arm of the DOD, published a study entitled, “Strategic Information Warfare,” which predicted the importance of information dominance and speculated on how to repel and absorb internet attacks on the US and its allies. The unclassified version of the report states that it was not necessary to take over and control the internet; however, the purchase by SAIC of Network Solutions leads one to believe the classified version of the Rand report said something completely different. SAIC also was involved in the remote viewing/psychic spying studies for the CIA and DIA, along with Stanford Research Institute. It is also worth noting that SAIC is involved in developing and promoting so-called “nonlethal weapons,” which may be using remote-viewing as a front. Also interesting is that “Information Warfare” is often included as a sub-category of nonlethal warfare in military journals. Info War includes all hacker and virus threats, but it also broader than that, including the capability to intercept television and radio transmissions from hostile countries and to synthesize the voice and even the video of a foreign leader addressing his country, for instance changing its content and re-broadcasting it via satellite jamming. In the literature this technology is a reality to the folks at the Pentagon, and they are not overlooking its potential for covert operations and psy-war. Another subset of Information Warfare involves “controlling the beliefs” of its subjects, including domestic ones. This used to be known as propaganda, or good-ole-fashioned lying, but Information Warfare includes new technology and more aggressive, and intrusive, forms of propaganda. Military theorists like Michael Aquino have argued that all war is psychological, and that killing people only provides an edge for the propaganda, which should not be limited to the enemy or during wartime.86
After 9/11, the fortunes of SAIC have progressed at an astonishing rate. The Global War on Terror, a war without end, is perfectly suited for the corporation that functions as the brains of the National Security State. Revenues for 2006 were $8 billion dollars, with 9,000 government contracts now worth $13.6 billion in the pipeline. SAIC is now bigger than Halliburton or Bechtel and employs more people than the Department of Labor, the Department of Education, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development combined. Despite defrauding the government in a systematic manner and despite changes in political party or the administration, their stock with the military industrial complex continues to rise. The standard joke among the civilians at SAIC is that the company has so many admirals and generals in its ranks that it could start its own war. Some might argue that, in the case of Iraq, it did. Four years before the invasion of Iraq in 2003, SAIC established the Center for Counterterrorism Technology and Analysis. Testimonies by SAIC employees were key to making the case that Saddam Hussein was an imminent threat. The company virtually created the Iraq Reconstruction and Development Council, managed the group, and paid them $33 million prior to the war. The operation reported to Douglas Feith, Undersecretary of Defense Policy at the Pentagon. Feith, a key architect of the invasion, employed Christopher “Ryan” Henry, former SAIC senior vice president. SAIC employed Shaha Riza, the girlfriend of Paul Wolfowitz, deputy secretary of defense. SAIC also contracted for the Office of Strategic Influence, set up by Rumsfeld, to function as a “Voice of America” program to supply good news about the war. In the wake of the disastrous intelligence failures before the invasion, SAIC personnel staffed the commission which was set up to investigate how American intelligence could have been so disastrously wrong—a curious turn of events, considering it was SAIC personnel who supplied the false intelligence in the first place. Their report concluded, “The Commission found no indication the Intelligence Community distorted the evidence regarding Iraq’s weapons of mass destruction.”87
In the 1970s and 1980s SAIC was hired by the government to reconstruct the radiation dose received by military personnel during atomic bomb tests. When SAIC did the numbers, very few veterans qualified for compensation. The Pentagon was off the hook and the ailing veterans were out of luck. In 1988 Congress waived the rules and gave veterans dying of cancer the benefit of the doubt. By then most of the veterans were dead. SAIC and Bechtel are partners in constructing Yucca Mountain, the $3.1 billion repository for high-level nuclear waste, waste that will remain lethal for at least 10,000 years. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission and the Department of Energy came under pressure from executives in the nuclear industry to help them cut costs of storing waste. The idea was to recycle the contaminated metals, nickel, aluminum, copper, steel, by mixing them with other metals. The diluted metals could then be made into useable items, knives, forks, baby strollers, eye glass frames, bicycles, frying pans…even used in construction. This had occurred before in the 1980’s when radioactive table legs began turning up in the US everywhere from restaurants to nursing homes. A radioactive ring cost one man his arm. Because of this in 1992 Congress banned this form of recycling. The latest scheme worked because SAIC wrote the regulations for the N.R.C. that established a safe dose limit for recycling (there is no safe dose of radiation). SAIC at the same time contracted with the D.O.E. to recycle the materials for which it was drafting the regulations. This conflict of interest was discovered by accident and the contract put on hold. SAIC denied there was a conflict of interest.88
DynCorp: DynCorp is one of the three preeminent private mercenary corporations in the world, and is the dominant entity for training security forces in the Middle East. Herbert “Pug” Winokur a lead investor and creator of DynCorp—he was CEO from 1987 to 1991—and previously chaired the finance committee at Enron, where he somehow escaped the scrutiny of federal prosecutors. DynCorp is ubiquitous; it manages the congressional telephone system and does the computerized bookkeeping for a dozen federal agencies, including DOD and HUD, and as such has presided over the loss (or theft) of trillions of dollars. DynCorp has a contract to manage the police and court systems in the US-occupied Iraq. Arthur Anderson is the financial auditor of DynCorp, the same auditor which handled Enron’s books. The HUD Inspector General testified before Congress that HUD had lost $17 billion in 1998 and $59 billion in 1999. In September, 2001 it was disclosed that the Pentagon could not account for $1.1 trillion for the fiscal year 2000. In a separate loss, it later became public that the DOD could not account for $2.3 trillion dollars, amounting to over 25% of its assets. The DOD budget is $480 billion a year, more than all the non-American military spending in the world combined, yet they managed to lose trillions. The financial data processing for the US government accounting systems is performed by DynCorp and Lockheed-Martin. DynCorp was given a $322 million contract to develop, produce, test, and store FDA licensed vaccines for the DOD. DynCorp owns Blackwater, the company that employs the majority of the tens of thousands of security contractors in Iraq.89
Hadron: Hadron was founded in the 1980’s by Dr. Earl Brian, who was an associate of Attorney General Edwin Meese. Brian was convicted on fraud charges in the 1980’s. Ken Alibek is president of the subsidiary Hadron, Advanced Biosystems, formerly Colonel Kanatjan Alibekov, who headed up Project Bonfire, the crash USSR program to destroy the US with biological weapons after an initial nuclear exchange. DARPA gave the company $12 million in funding for medical biodefense research, the focus of which is non-specific immunity.90
The Rendon Group, whose services have been retained during “nearly every shooting conflict in the past two decades,” as James Bamford, an investigative reporter, wrote in Rolling Stone last fall. Hired by the CIA after the first gulf war to pave the way for regime change in Iraq, John Rendon helped to organize the Iraqi National Congress, Ahmed Chalabi’s dissident group (which was later responsible for feeding bogus stories about Iraq’s weapons of mass destruction to the press). More recently, though, as Bamford has reported, Rendon’s firm received a Pentagon contract to mount “a worldwide propaganda campaign deploying teams of information warriors to allied nations to assist them ‘in developing and delivering specific messages to the local population, combatants, front-line states, the media and the international community.”91
Schlumberger: Schlumberger is the world’s premier oil drilling company that is present in some manner wherever oil is being developed. Schlumberger is also comprised of the world’s most advanced surface seismic company, Western Geco, jointly owned by Baker-Hughes. James Baker founded and runs Baker-Hughes; he is the world’s foremost petroleum lawyer, a key player in the Caspian oil exploration in the 1990’s. Schlumberger’s board of directors includes John M. Deutch, former CIA director for Clinton, and Jamie S. Gorelick, who is one of only four members of the 9/11 Commission allowed to review the presidential intelligence records. Oil companies are routinely used as a cover for information gathering by US intelligence agencies, particularly because oil is a strategic commodity, and also because employees have an excuse to travel to just about anywhere in the world. Exxon-Mobil, by virtue of its size, employs more intelligence assets than any other entity. Anthropologists and journalists are also able to travel anywhere in the world without raising too much attention, and therefore they have also historically been recruited by the CIA.92
Project for a New American Century (PNAC): The blueprint uncovered by the Sunday Herald, for the creation of a “global Pax Americana” was laid out in a document called Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategies, Forces and Resources for a New Century, which was written in September 2000 by several members of the neoconservative think-tank Project for the New American Century (PNAC), which is said to have been drawn up at the request of Dick Cheney, Donald Rumsfeld, and Paul Wolfowitz, Jeb Bush, and Lewis “Scooter” Libby. The PNAC document supports a “blueprint for maintaining global US preeminence, precluding the rise of a great power rival, and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests.” This “American grand strategy” must be advanced for “as far into the future as possible,” the report says. It also calls for the US to “fight and decisively win multiple, simultaneous major theatre wars as a ‘core mission.’” American armed forces abroad are referred to as “the cavalry on the new American frontier.” This PNAC blueprint supports an earlier document written by Wolfowitz and Libby that said the US must “discourage advanced industrial nations from challenging our leadership or even aspiring to a larger regional or global role.” The plan represents a blueprint for what any other country would term American hegemony, an effort to control world affairs, and what a hostile country would term an attempt to take over the world. Key to this strategy is the effort to militarize space, to place anti-satellite weapons in orbit to deny other nations satellite capabilities, and to place strategic weapons in space to attack military hardware and personnel on the earth’s surface. The placing of weapons in space is expressly prohibited by international treaties, and threatens to set off an arms race in space. PNAC identifies four key areas of interest, one of which refers to transforming the military to exploit the
“Revolution in Military Affairs”: “TRANSFORM US ARMED FORCES. Finally, the Pentagon must begin now to exploit the so called “revolution in military affairs,” sparked by the introduction of advanced technologies into military systems; this must be regarded as a separate and critical mission worthy of a share of force structure and defense budgets.” This language referring to a revolution in military affairs and advanced technologies is in fact almost certainly referring to the use of microwave weapons on the battlefield for use against large-scale forces and against individual enemy soldiers.93
Enron: Less than ten days after he became Vice President, promising that a Bush/Cheney administration would “restore decency and integrity to the Oval Office,” Cheney took charge of the administration’s energy policy task force, named the National Energy Policy Development Group. No initiative interested Enron more, and Cheney welcomed the company’s active participation in its deliberations. Cheney was hardly a stranger to the company. He had chaired Halliburton, a Texas-based oil services and construction conglomerate, whose subsidiary, Brown & Root, helped build Houston’s Enron Field, and his return to politics—after he selected himself to be Bush’s running mate—by benefiting from Enron-linked contributions, which not only paid for the Bush/Cheney campaign but the Florida recount fight and the inauguration. Cheney and his aides met at least six times with Kenneth Lay and other Enron officials while preparing the group’s report, which is the basis for the administration’s energy policy proposals. Additionally, Cheney’s staff met with an Enron-sponsored lobbying organization, the Clean Power Group. When Cheney and Lay met in April 2001, Lay handed Cheney a three-page “wish list” of corporate recommendations. The task force adopted all, or significant portions, of the recommendations in seven of eight policy areas. Seventeen policies sought by Enron or that clearly benefited the company—for example, proposals to extend federal control of transmission lines, to use of federal eminent-domain authority to override state decisions on transmission-line sitting, to expedite permitting for new energy facilities, and to limit the use of price controls— were included. The Enron-Cheney connection received troublingly limited attention from Congressional Democrats. Senator Joseph Lieberman announced that a committee he headed would issue more than two dozen subpoenas, which could cast light on Enron-White House contacts, but he thereafter limited the scope of his inquiry. Cheney aided an attempt by Enron to force the Maharashtra State Electricity Board in India to pay it at least $2.3 billion in connection with a failed $2.9 billion effort to develop a power plant. Vice President Dick Cheney cleared his calendar for an April 17 private meeting with Lay regarding what aides described as “energy policy matters” and “the energy crisis in California.” At the meeting Lay handed Cheney a memo that read in part, “The administration should reject any attempt to re-regulate wholesale power markets by adopting price caps.” Connections with Enron are not limited to Cheney’s office. From Army Secretary Thomas White, a former Enron executive, to Trade Representative Robert Zoellick, formerly on Enron’s advisory council, Enron’s tentacles have reached throughout the Bush White House, shaping tax, trade, energy and environmental policy.94
Peak Oil: Every oil producing field follows a bell curve. Dr. M. King Hubbert, using his model, the Hubbert Curve, predicted in 1957 that US domestic oil production would peak in 14 years. For this assertion he was ridiculed. US production peaked within twelve months of his prediction, and people stopped laughing. Dr. Hubbert also developed a bell curve for world oil production that predicts when the world supply will reach maximum output and then begin to decline. Peak oil is due to occur, by his calculations, in the year 2010. The discovery of new fields peaked in the 1960’s; 2003 was the first year since the 1920’s that a field in excess of 500 million barrels was not found. According to Hubbert, the remaining oil will be found in smaller and smaller fields which are increasingly expensive to develop. The world now consumes one billion barrels every 11.5 days. By the end of the year 2000, the Caspian Sea oil reserves, in which the major US oil companies and BP-Amoco invested billions of dollars, were found to yield a small fraction of what had been expected— 9-13 billion instead of 200 billion barrels. “Hubbert’s Peak,” as it is called, is coinciding with an exploding world population and rising literacy rates, an indicator of increased consumer spending, which put an ever-increasing demand for oil and other energy resources in China, Asia, and Africa. While most of the developing world is tied down by an artificially engineered debt to the World Bank and the IMF, China’s auto sales jumped by more than 50%. Policy makers, economists, and financial market analysts are aware of the potential economic train wreck of declining supply and increasing demand, but they have not gone public with their grave concerns. According to Michael Rupert’s Peak Oil theory, OPEC nations will peak last, around 2010, at a time when they will be supplying 40% of the world’s oil demand. The majority of the remaining oil in the world is on the Eurasian continent, which includes the Middle East, the Caspian Basin, and Central Asia. The majority of the known world oil supply there is concentrated in Saudi Arabia (25%), Iraq (11%), Iran (13%), Kuwait (11%), and United Arab Emirates (8%). In order to maintain the “American way of life,” which means saving the country from $10 per gallon of gas and $6 for a Big Mac, the current strategy is to militarily secure the remaining large oil fields in Eurasia and the routes for pipelines to bring these essential commodities to market. China will be forced either to buy into existing fields and production technology or it will be forced to use military means to secure an economic future. The nation that controls the allocation of these remaining fields will remain economically robust and able to dole out the oil to reward friends and to punish or strangle their enemies.95
Transnational Corporations (TNCs): The present economic reality, and that for the foreseeable future, is that the once abundant life-style for large segments of western citizens will continue to erode. This will inevitably lead to dissatisfaction, which will increasingly manifest itself in civil disturbance. Economically powerless to change direction, governments may possibly resort to authoritarian remedies, fueling greater unrest and a repetition of the vicious cycle. This model is based on the clear evidence that “nations” no longer possess the economic might to “buck” the markets. The globalization of finance and the internationalization of “free markets” has led to (or perhaps resulted from?) giant “stateless” transnational corporations. Collectively, TNCs far outweigh the economic power of any one sovereign state. Under the combined onslaught of TNCs acting in concert (referred to as “market trends”), even G7 (in the form of combined Central Bank intervention) is often rendered powerless. Under this scenario, the future does not bode well. TNCs will continue to accrue to themselves an increasing proportion of the world’s wealth, whereas nation states will grow increasingly reliant upon sovereign indebtedness to finance themselves or gradually assume “Third World” economies. The burden of “servicing” sovereign debt is met by a combination of fiscal measures, primarily increased domestic taxation (direct, indirect and more hidden measures) and decreased expenditure. Both measures impact heavily on the poorer classes and yet generally benefit the TNCs, which remain large tax recipients. Effectively powerless, the political structure in sovereign states will have little alternative but to present to its citizens a facade of being in control if it is to remain in power. Bereft of economic muscle, old-fashioned real “muscle” (in the form of soft-kill-technologies) is likely to become more meaningful to the rule of law concept. It is therefore self-evident that LTL (less than lethal) weapons will thus be directed at the “rebellious” poorer classes.96
Think Tanks: Following is an excerpt from “The Origins of the Overclass,” by Steve Kanglas. In the mid-1970s, at a historic low point in American conservatism, the CIA began a major campaign to turn corporate fortunes around. They did this in several ways. First, they helped create numerous foundations to finance their domestic operations. Even before 1973, the CIA had co-opted the most famous ones, like the Ford, Rockefeller, and Carnegie Foundations. But after 1973, they created more. One of their most notorious recruits was billionaire Richard Mellon Scaife. During World War II, Scaife’s father served in the OSS, the forerunner of the CIA. By his mid-twenties, both of Scaife’s parents had died, and he inherited a fortune under four foundations: the Carthage Foundation, the Sarah Scaife Foundation, the Scaife Family Foundations, and the Allegheny Foundation. In the early 1970s, Scaife was encouraged by CIA agent Frank Barnett to begin investing his fortune to fight the “Soviet menace.” From 1973 to 1975, he ran Forum World Features, a foreign news service used as a front to disseminate CIA propaganda around the world. Shortly afterwards he began donating millions to fund the New Right. Scaife’s CIA roots are typical of those who head the new conservative foundations. By 1994 the most active were: • Lynde and Harry Bradley Foundation • Carthage Foundation • Earhart Foundation • Charles G. Koch • David H. Koch • Claude R. Lambe • Philip M. McKenna • J.M. Foundation • John M. Olin Foundation • Henry Salvatori Foundation • Sarah Scaife Foundation • Smith Richardson Foundation Between 1992 and 1994, these foundations gave $210 million to conservative causes. Here is the breakdown of their donations: • $88.9 million for conservative scholarships; • $79.2 million to enhance a national infrastructure of think tanks and advocacy groups; • $16.3 million for alternative media outlets and watchdog groups; • $10.5 million for conservative pro-market law firms; • $9.3 million for regional and state think tanks and advocacy groups; • $5.4 million to “organizations working to transform the nation’s social views and giving practices of the nation’s religious and philanthropic leaders.”
The political machine they built is broad and comprehensive, covering every aspect of the political fight. It includes right-wing departments and chairs in the nation’s top universities, think tanks, public relations firms, media companies, fake grassroots organizations that pressure Congress (irreverently known as “Astroturf” movements), “roll-out-the-vote” machines, pollsters, fax networks, lobbyist organizations, economic seminars for the nation’s judges, and more. And because corporations are the richest sector of society, their greater financing overwhelms similar efforts by Democrats. Besides creating foundations, the CIA helped organize the business community. There have always been special-interest groups representing business, like the US Chamber of Commerce and the National Association of Manufacturers, and the CIA has long been involved with them. However, after 1973, a spate of powerful new groups would come into existence, like the Business Roundtable and the Trilateral Commission. These organizations quickly became powerhouses in promoting the business agenda. Their efforts clearly succeeded. With the 1975 SUN-PAC decision, corporations persuaded the government to legalize corporate Political Action Committees (the lobbyist organizations that bribe our government). By 1992, corporations formed 67 percent of all PACs, and they donated 79 percent of all campaign contributions to political parties. In two landmark election— 1980 and 1994—corporations gave heavily and one-sidedly to Republicans, turning one or both houses of Congress over to the GOP.
Democratic incumbents were shocked by the threat of being rolled completely out of power, so they quietly shifted to the right on economic issues, even though they continued a public façade of liberalism. Corporations went ahead and donated to Democratic incumbents in all other elections, but only as long as they abandoned the interests of workers, consumers, minorities, and the poor. As expected, the new pro-corporate Congress passed laws favoring the rich: between 1975 and 1992, the amount of national household wealth owned by the richest one percent soared from 22 to 42 percent. The CIA also helped create the conservative think tank movement. Prior to the 70’s, think tanks spanned the political spectrum, with moderate think tanks receiving three times as much funding as conservative ones. At these early think tanks, scholars typically brainstormed for creative solutions to policy problems. This would all change after the rise of conservative foundations in the early 70’s. The Heritage Foundation opened its doors in 1973, the recipient of $250,000 in seed money from the Coors Foundation. A flood of conservative think tanks followed shortly thereafter, and by 1980 they overwhelmed the scene. The new think tanks turned out to be little more than propaganda mills, rigging studies to “prove” that their corporate sponsors needed tax breaks, deregulation and other favors from government. Of course, think-tank studies are useless without publicity, and here the CIA proved especially valuable. Using propaganda techniques it had perfected at the Voice of America and Radio Free Europe, the CIA and its allies turned American AM radio into a haven for conservative talk show hosts. Yes—Rush Limbaugh uses the same propaganda techniques that Muscovites once heard from Voice of America. The CIA has also developed countless other media outlets, like Capital Cities (which eventually bought ABC) major PR firms like Hill & Knowlton, and of course, all the Agency’s connections in the national news media.
The following is a typical example of how the “New Media” operates. As most political observers know, the Republicans suffer from a “gender gap,” in which women prefer Democrats by huge majorities. This is, in fact, why Clinton has twice won the presidency. But, curiously enough, as the 90’s progressed, conservative female pundits began popping up everywhere in the media. Hard-right pundits like Ann Coulter, Kellyanne Fitzpatrick, Laura Ingraham, Barbara Olson, Melinda Sidak, Anita Blair, and Whitney Adams conditioned us to the idea of the conservative woman. This phenomenon was no accident. It turns out that Richard Mellon Scaife donated $450,000 over three years to the Independent Women’s Forum, a booking agency that heavily seeds such female conservative pundits into the media. The most obvious criticism of the New Overclass is that their political machine is undemocratic. Using subversive techniques once aimed at communists, and with all the money they ever need to succeed, the Overclass undemocratically controls our government, our media, and even a growing part of academia. These institutions in turn allow the Overclass to control the supposedly “free” market.97
Echelon: Signals Intelligence refers to the ability to eaves drop on cell phones, land lines, radios, and email. Echelon was the name of the program exposed in Australia when it was charged with being used for political purposes. Echelon’s surveillance power lies in its ability “to tap all international and some domestic communications circuits, and sift out messages which sound interesting. Computers automatically analyze every telex message or data signal, and can also identify calls to, say, a target telephone number in London, no matter from which country they originate.” According to the BBC, “Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on a long list of key words, or patterns of messages. They are looking for evidence of international crime, like terrorism.” Building on an original post WWII alliance between the US, Britain, Australia, New Zealand, and Canada, Echelon had by the late 1980’s expanded to include joint operations with Germany, Japan, and China. It was initiated under the legal premise that while it is not permissible for the US government to monitor the conversations of its citizens without a warrant, it is not illegal for British intelligence to monitor American citizens, etc. Once the “take” has been pooled, the respective agencies can have safe access to their own domestic intelligence, because the Britons, Australians, or Germans did it, and not the home government. The primary operating agency for all Echelon activities worldwide is the US National Security Agency. When Boeing beat European Airbus in a major sale worth billions of dollars, the Europeans accused the US government of conducting industrial espionage on behalf of Boeing, using Echelon or related technologies.98
PROMIS: PROMIS is a revolutionary computer software program that was developed in the 1970’s by former NSA programmer and engineer Bill Hamilton. In terms of computer programs, it represented the “universal translator” of Star Trek. PROMIS (Prosecutor’s Management Information System) is able to read and integrate any number of different computer programs or databases simultaneously, regardless of the language in which the original programs had been written or the current operating system. According to Bill Hamilton, Edwin Meese, Reagan’s Attorney General, along with Dr. Earl Brian and others, stole the amazing software, modified it by installing a “trap door” into it that would allow those who knew of its existence to access the program in other computers, and then sold the software overseas to foreign intelligence agencies. Hamilton knew his software had been stolen when requests for tech support came in from people he hadn’t sold it to. The Israeli Mossad under Rafi Eitan again modified the software and sold it throughout the Middle East using British publishing magnate Robert Maxwell as a cut out. The revolutionary software allowed anyone with the trap door code to enter every database in every computer in every language at will simultaneously. This ability represents perfect information gathering technology that is undetectable, the ultimate prize of every intelligence agency in the world. The CIA, through GE Aerospace in Herndon, Virginia (GAO contract #82F624620), the FBI, and the NSA modified the back door, but, more importantly, had enhanced the ultimate program with artificial intelligence or AI. The program, which came to be called other names such as SMART, had originally been capable of automatically and secretly drawing any information from any and all computers connected to the web. What new capabilities were now possible with artificial intelligence added to the mix, and what uses were the intelligence agencies putting it to besides stealing each other’s information perfectly? The contractor that added the AI component, GE Aerospace, was purchased by Martin-Marietta, which merged to become Lockheed-Martin, the largest defense and aerospace contractor in the world. Ed Meese and his partisan Republican crowd were not the only ones who recognized the potential of PROMIS. Democrats had made their moves as well. Jackson Stevens is a presidential kingmaker, a lifelong supporter of George Bush, and the Annapolis roommate of Jimmy Carter. The billionaire Stevens’ firm Systematics, later Axicom, had mated the illegal software with banking software. In the late 70’s and 80’s, Systematics handled 60-70% of all electronic banking systems in the US. Stevens teamed with Worthen Bank, Lippo Group, and BCCI, the drug/intelligence bank, to penetrate every banking system in the world. PROMIS could be used to influence and predict financial markets worldwide. When Clinton was completely out of campaign funds, it was Stevens who loaned him $3 million to keep his campaign going. Herbert “Pug” Winokur, CEO of DynCorp from 1989-97, is a PhD mathematician from Harvard, where the mathematical breakthroughs using block-modeling gave rise to artificial intelligence. In the 60’s, Winokur did research for the DOD on the causes of inner-city unrest in the wake of the 1967 Detroit riots. DynCorp was heavily involved in the evolution of PROMIS software. Winokur is a member of the board of the Harvard Endowment, which is not a benevolent university fund, but an aggressive predatory investor with $19 billion in assets invested in HUD-subsidized housing, high-tech defense operations, and George W. Bush’s failing oil company Harkin Energy. The Harvard Endowment saw its holdings skyrocket in the last decade, making 33% in 1999, the same year HUD announced a “manual adjustment” to reconcile a $59-billion accounting shortfall between its accounts and the US Treasury account.
Geomatics is a company at the heart of the Canadian space program and is closely associated with Lockheed-Martin. Geomatics uses remote sensing from space to locate natural resources such as oil, precious metals, and other commodities. In the commodities markets of the world this kind of perfect information is the ultimate tool to predicting and controlling markets. Remote sensing can closely estimate the size of harvests of agricultural commodities such as coffee or oranges. Perfect information on the size of the orange harvest translates potentially to millions of dollars in the US commodity markets alone. Exploration for oil and gas can be very expensive, but advances in imaging technology, global positioning systems, and remote sensing technologies have advanced light years over the last few decades. This situation is custom-made for enhanced PROMIS software with back-door technology. What better way to map and inventory the world’s resources, than by making each client nation pay for it? PROMIS software makes it possible to compile a worldwide database of every marketable natural resource. AI-enhanced, PROMIS-based programs would be the perfect set-up to make billions of dollars in profits by manipulating the futures trade in, for example, a rare metal like tungsten, or exploiting a sudden surge in the price of gold and platinum.
The Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) were sold PROMIS software to use in their intelligence gathering operations, and began to suspect that their copies may have been altered and that possibly all of their files were transparent and had been for some time. The RCMP had been given their version of PROMIS by the Canadian Security and Intelligence Service (CSIS), which was created with the assistance of the CIA. RCMP investigators stated that they and the CSIS had a rivalry similar to the one between the CIA and the FBI, and questioned whether any intelligence agency created by the CIA could be completely loyal to its native country. They further stated that they knew that the NSA had compromised their communications equipment. The Canadians put out a report that friendly nations were stealing sensitive technology, particularly related to aerospace, biotechnology, chemicals, communications, information technology, mining and metallurgy, nuclear energy, oil and gas, and the environment. The doctored versions of PROMIS were acquired from both Robert Maxwell and Dr. Earl Brian. Brian is a medical doctor who founded Hadron, and has been involved in shady dealings with firms connected with disease research, cytology, and biotechnology. Hadron is at the heart of the US government operations involving biowarfare and vaccines. Ari Ben-Menashe is Israel’s top spy who in reports was linked to the October Surprise, which led to Reagan’s election in 1980, and the Iran-Contra scandal. PROMIS software is described in his book, Profits of War. The inventor of PROMIS software hired army CID investigator Bill McCoy to look into the theft, but the famed sleuth who had broken some of the army’s biggest cases was found dead of a heart attack. Within 48 hours of his death McCoy’s body was cremated, and two days later all of his files, furniture, and personal belongings had been removed from his home, which was painted and sanitized. The PROMIS saga has led to more than a dozen deaths, many of which share the same pattern: within 48 hours of death the body is cremated, residences sanitized, and all records disappear.
Total Information Awareness (TIA): The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) will be given access to all state and local databases, complete access to all banking and stock transactions, and all private data bases on demand (medical records). They will monitor and control all communications at state and local levels, as well as build an ‘intranet” for corporations. Local police agencies that receive federal subsidies (all of them) will in effect become intelligence gathering units for the federal government. Under the TIA program created by DARPA, the government is now monitoring almost all activity of all Americans, including bank deposits, shopping, web surfing, academic grades, divorce records, spending, phone calls, utility usage, travel—virtually everything. It plans to track everything you do, employing face-recognition software, which can stop you from making a withdrawal at the bank or from boarding a plane. The government has placed all its faith in incredible new technologies such as PROMIS software and exotic weaponry systems just beginning to be unveiled. TIA plans to recognize you by your voice, by your unique body odor, it even plans to use “non-invasive neuroelectric sensors” to read your mind. Congress voted to “unfund” the TIA office but the AP reported in 2004 that the project was going forward in different offices of the Pentagon in a shell game.99
Acxiom is the lead company to provide software and pull together to furnish the information to DARPA’s “Information Awareness Office,” headed by John Poindexter. Billionaire Jackson Stevens owns Acxiom (Alltel, Systematics), and had backed NATO Commander Wesley Clark for president in 2004. His company stole PROMIS software in the 1980’s, and is using it to create TIA for John Poindexter. PROMIS software, under the name Genoa, was delivered to DARPA 23 days after Bush signed the Homeland Security bill in November 2002. Admiral Poindexter, the convicted Iran-Contra felon and former Reagan National Security Advisor, said that Genoa provides “tools for collaborative reasoning, estimating plausible futures, and creating actionable options for the decision-maker.” Negative public reaction led to Poindexter’s latest project, Futures Markets Applied to Prediction (FutureMAP). Investors using futures market analysis would predict the likelihood of a future terrorist attack; a correct prediction would yield a profit for the investor. In Washington, lawmakers, mostly Democrats, expressed shock and disbelief at a program which was a gross violation of privacy, in direct violation of the Constitution. Congress eliminated the TIA office, but by 2004 the AP reported Poindexter’s TIA effort had been transferred to US intelligence offices. Congressional, Federal, and research officials said the Advanced Research and Development Activity (ARDA) was engaged in similar research using some of the same scientists as Poindexter’s program.100
9/11 Insider Trading: A “put option” is a bet that a stock price is going to fall precipitously. If one were to put a single put option contract on American Airlines at $30 per share and the stock fell to $18 one could purchase 100 shares at $18 and immediately sell them for $30, netting a profit of $12 per share. This is what happened on a far larger scale and with many companies around the world on 9/11. The levels of options purchased the week of 9/11 were more than six times higher than normal. A former member of the German Parliament then responsible for oversight of the German secret service estimated that profits by inside traders were $15 billion. CBS reported that “at least seven countries are dissecting suspicious trades that may have netted more than $100 million in profits,” a much more conservative figure. One clear example, among many reported by CBS and Associated Press, stated, “The trades…involved at least 450,000 shares of American Airlines…but what raised the red flag is more than 80% of the orders were “puts,” far outnumbering “call” options, those betting the stock would rise…sources say they have never seen that kind of imbalance before. Normally the numbers are fairly even…an extremely unbalanced number of trades betting United’s stock would fall also transformed into huge profits when it did fall after the hijackings.101 Shortly after 9/11, the SEC issued a list of 38 companies whose shares had been suspiciously traded. All the firms had seen unusual levels of put option purchases right before 9/11 and almost every company’s shares had fallen sharply right after the attacks. The Herzliya Institute for Counterterrorism documented enormous suspicious trades in a story entitled “Black Tuesday: The World’s Largest Insider Trading Scam?”102
Convair, a German firm hired to retrieve the computer hard drives from the rubble of the WYC found that there was a deluge of electronic trading just minutes before the first plane struck. Richard Wagner, a data retrieval expert, estimated that more than $100 million in illegal transactions appeared to have rushed through the WTC computers before and during the disaster. The Wall Street Journal reported there was an unusually high volume in the purchase of five-year Treasury notes just before the attacks, including one $5 billion dollar trade. T-Bills are used as safe havens for investors when the markets are in trouble and T-Bill prices rose immediately after the attacks.
Deutsche Bank Alex Brown is the American investment banking arm of the German giant Deutsche Bank, and was used to purchase some of these options.103 One of the anonymous trades has left a $2.5 million prize unclaimed. The firm used to place the put options on United Airlines stock was managed until 1998 by the man who is now the number three Executive Director position at the CIA. A. B. “Buzzy” Krongard became Vice Chairman of Banker’s Trust when the two firms merged and his new position was to oversee “private client relationships.” Krongard had a special hands-on relationship with some of the wealthiest people in the world in a specialized banking operation that Senator Carl Levin identified as being connected to the laundering of drug money. Banker’s Trust was acquired by Deutsche Bank in 1999 to form the single largest bank in Europe. Before the 9/11 attack, Kevin Ingram, an executive for Banker’s Trust Deutsche Bank, pled guilty to laundering drug money to finance terrorist operations for groups linked to Osama Bin Laden. Deutsche Bank has been a favorite of the bin Laden family and was connected to the hijackers and their support network. Deutsche Bank had corresponding relationships with banks in Bahrain and Kuwait that served George W. Bush when he engaged in illegal insider trading of shares of his company Harken Energy. Both banks, Kuwait Finance House and Faysal Islamic Bank of Bahrain, had dealt with Al Qaeda and bin Laden, but when the Bush administration released its world-wide list of suspect financial institutions, vowing to track down terrorist financing, neither bank was on the list. Mayo Shattuck III is a powerful force in the financial world, head of the Alex Brown Deutsch Bank on 9/11, he had previously been involved in Enron in helping them conceal their massive debt, as well as involved in an insider trading scam involving Adnon Kashoggi’s Genesis Intermedia immediately before 9/11. He was midway through a 3 year $30 million contract as head of Alex Brown when the attacks came, and under his management some of the illegal trades on United Airlines were placed. Shattuck had taken over Alex Brown operations in 1997 after Krongard had officially gone to the CIA in 1998. Mayo Shattuck resigned on the day after 9/11. A close associate of CFR (Council on Foreign Relations) member Steven Bechtel of the Bechtel Corporation, Shattuck is now the CEO of Constellation Energy Group, one of the firms that participated in Dick Cheney’s energy task force. Alex Brown refinanced the Carlyle Group when it purchased United Defense Technologies in 2000, their relationship with the Bush family business (Carlyle) goes back seven decades to George W. Bush’s grandfather Prescott Bush and Brown Brothers, Harriman.104
Nine agencies-SEC, NYSE, CBOE, DOJ, FBI, Secret Service, CIA, Treasury, and NSA opened investigations into insider trading immediately after 9/11 based on obvious evidence that they initially admitted. Not one of these agencies has to this day divulged any information to the public. The logic of insider trading on 9/11 was made clear by the Pentagon when it announced plans for a futures market on terrorist attacks called the Policy Analysis Market. The official program is predicated on the admission that people with advance knowledge of terror attacks would always seek to capitalize on that knowledge. Public outrage over the program forced the resignation of convicted Iran-Contra felon John Poindexter.105
Able Danger: On Aug. 16, 2005, The New York Times’ Philip Shenon revealed that a super-secret Pentagon “special action program” called Able Danger had tracked Mohammed Atta and three of the other Sept. 11, 2001 hijackers a year prior to the attacks; but Pentagon lawyers with the Special Operations Command refused to allow the information to be shared with the FBI, for fear of exposing the data-mining program to any public scrutiny. The Times learned of Able Danger from Lt. Col. Anthony Schaffer, who was the program’s liaison to the Defense Intelligence Agency at the time. Operation Cyclone: “Throughout the world the Soviet Union and its agents, client states and satellites are on the defensive—on the moral defensive, the intellectual defensive, and the political and economic defensive. Freedom movements arise and assert themselves. They’re doing so on almost every continent populated by man—in the hills of Afghanistan, in Angola, in Kampuchea, in Central America. ... They are our brothers, these freedom fighters, and we owe them our help.”106 Is this a call to jihad (holy war) taken from one of Islamic fundamentalist Osama bin Laden’s notorious fatwas? Or perhaps a communiqué issued by the repressive Taliban regime in Kabul? In fact, this glowing praise of the murderous exploits of today’s supporters of arch-terrorist bin Laden and his Taliban collaborators, and their holy war against the “evil empire,” was issued by US President Ronald Reagan on March 8, 1985. The “evil empire” was the Soviet Union, as well as Third World movements fighting US-backed colonialism, apartheid, and dictatorship. How things change. In the aftermath of a series of terrorist atrocities—the most despicable being the mass murder of more than 3,000 working people in New York and Washington on September 11—bin Laden the “freedom fighter” is now lambasted by US leaders and the Western mass media as a “terrorist mastermind” and an “evil-doer.” Yet the US government refuses to admit its central role in creating the vicious movement that spawned bin Laden, the Taliban, and Islamic fundamentalist terrorists that plague Algeria and Egypt—and perhaps the disaster that befell New York. The mass media has also downplayed the origins of bin Laden and his toxic brand of Islamic fundamentalism. In April 1978, the People’s Democratic Party of Afghanistan (PDPA) seized power in Afghanistan in reaction to a crackdown against the party by that country’s repressive government. The PDPA was committed to a radical land reform that favored the peasants, trade union rights, an expansion of education and social services, equality for women and the separation of Church and state. The PDPA also supported strengthening Afghanistan’s relationship with the Soviet Union. Such policies enraged the wealthy semi-feudal landlords, the Muslim religious establishment (many mullahs were also big landlords) and the tribal chiefs. They immediately began organizing resistance to the government’s progressive policies, under the guise of defending Islam. Washington, fearing the spread of Soviet influence (and worse the new government’s radical example) to its allies in Pakistan, Iran and the Gulf states, immediately offered support to the Afghan mujahidin, as the “contra” force was known. Following an internal PDPA power struggle in December 1979 which toppled Afghanistan’s leader, thousands of Soviet troops entered the country to prevent the new government’s fall. This only galvanized the disparate fundamentalist factions. Their reactionary jihad now gained legitimacy as a “national liberation” struggle in the eyes of many Afghans. The Soviet Union was eventually to withdraw from Afghanistan in 1989 and the mujahidin captured the capital, Kabul, in 1992. Between 1978 and 1992, the US government poured at least $6 billion (some estimates range as high as $20 billion) worth of arms, training and funds to prop up the mujahidin factions. Other Western governments, as well as oil-rich Saudi Arabia, kicked in as much again. Wealthy Arab fanatics, like Osama bin Laden, provided millions more. Washington’s policy in Afghanistan was shaped by US President Jimmy Carter’s national security advisor, Zbigniew Brzezinski, and was continued by his successors. His plan went far beyond simply forcing Soviet troops to withdraw; rather it aimed to foster an international movement to spread Islamic fanaticism into the Muslim Central Asian Soviet republics to destabilize the Soviet Union. Brzezinski’s grand plan coincided with Pakistan military dictator General Zia ul-Haq’s own ambitions to dominate the region. US-run Radio Liberty and Radio Free Europe beamed Islamic fundamentalist tirades across Central Asia (while paradoxically denouncing the “Islamic revolution” that toppled the pro-US Shah of Iran in 1979). Washington’s favored mujahidin faction was one of the most extreme, led by Gulbuddin Hekmatyar. The West’s distaste for terrorism did not apply to this unsavory “freedom fighter.” Hekmatyar was notorious in the 1970’s for throwing acid in the faces of women who refused to wear the veil. After the mujahidin took Kabul in 1992, Hekmatyar’s forces rained US-supplied missiles and rockets on that city, killing at least 2,000 civilians, until the new government agreed to give him the post of prime minister. Osama bin Laden was a close associate of Hekmatyar and his faction. Hekmatyar was also infamous for his side trade in the cultivation and trafficking in opium. Backing of the mujahidin from the CIA coincided with a boom in the drug business. Within two years, the Afghanistan-Pakistan border was the world’s single largest source of heroin, supplying 60% of US drug users. In 1995, the former director of the CIA’s operation in Afghanistan was unrepentant about the explosion in the flow of drugs: “Our main mission was to do as much damage as possible to the Soviets. ... There was fallout in terms of drugs, yes. But the main objective was accomplished. The Soviets left Afghanistan.” According to Ahmed Rashid, a correspondent for the Far Eastern Economic Review, in 1986 CIA Director William Casey committed CIA support to a long-standing ISI proposal to recruit from around the world to join the Afghan jihad. At least 100,000 Islamic militants flocked to Pakistan between 1982 and 1992 (some 60,000 attended fundamentalist schools in Pakistan without necessarily taking part in the fighting). John Cooley, a former journalist with the US ABC television network and author has revealed that Muslims recruited in the US for the mujahidin were sent to Camp Peary, the CIA’s spy training camp in Virginia, where young Afghans, Arabs from Egypt and Jordan, and even some African-American “black Muslims” were taught “sabotage skills.” The November 1, 1998, British Independent reported that one of those charged with the 1998 bombings of US embassies in Kenya and Tanzania, Ali Mohammed, had trained “bin Laden’s operatives” in 1989. These “operatives” were recruited at the al Kifah Refugee Centre in Brooklyn, New York, given paramilitary training in the New York area, and then sent to Afghanistan with US assistance to join Hekmatyar’s forces. Mohammed was a member of the US army’s elite Green Berets. The program, reported the Independent, was part of a Washington-approved plan called Operation Cyclone. In Pakistan, recruits, money and equipment were distributed to the mujahidin factions by an organization known as Maktab al Khidamar (Office of Services—MAK). MAK was a front for Pakistan’s CIA, the Inter-Service Intelligence Directorate. The ISI was the first recipient of the vast bulk of CIA and Saudi Arabian covert assistance for the Afghan contras. Bin Laden was one of three people who ran MAK. In 1989, he took overall charge of MAK. Among those trained by Mohammed was El Sayyid Nosair, who was jailed in 1995 for killing Israeli rightist Rabbi Meir Kahane and plotting with others to bomb New York landmarks, including the World Trade Center in 1993. The Independent also suggested that Shiekh Omar Abdel-Rahman, an Egyptian religious leader also jailed for the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center, was also part of Operation Cyclone. He entered the US in 1990 with the CIA’s approval. A confidential CIA report concluded that the agency was “partly culpable” for the 1993 World Trade Center blast. The Independent reported. Osama bin Laden, one of 20 sons of a billionaire construction magnate, arrived in Afghanistan to join the jihad in 1980. An austere religious fanatic and business tycoon, bin Laden specialized in recruiting, financing and training the estimated 35,000 non-Afghan mercenaries who joined the mujahidin. The bin Laden family is a prominent pillar of the Saudi Arabian ruling class, with close personal, financial, and political ties to that country’s pro-US royal family. Bin Laden senior was appointed Saudi Arabia’s minister of public works as a favor by King Faisal. The new minister awarded his own construction companies lucrative contracts to rebuild Islam’s holiest mosques in Mecca and Medina. In the process, the bin Laden family company in 1966 became the world’s largest private construction company. Osama bin Laden’s father died in 1968. Until 1994, he had access to the dividends from this ill-gotten business empire. Bin Laden junior’s oft-quoted personal fortune of US$200-300 million has been arrived at by the US State Department by dividing today’s value of the bin Laden family net worth— estimated to be US$5 billion—by the number of bin Laden senior’s sons. A fact rarely mentioned is that in 1994 the bin Laden family disowned Osama and took control of his share. Osama’s military and business adventures in Afghanistan had the blessing of the bin Laden dynasty and the reactionary Saudi Arabian regime. His close working relationship with MAK also meant that the CIA was fully aware of his activities. Milt Bearden, the CIA’s station chief in Pakistan from 1986 to 1989, admitted to the January 24, 2000, New Yorker that while he never personally met bin Laden, “Did I know that he was out there? Yes, I did. ... [Guys like] bin Laden were bringing $20-$25 million a month from other Saudis and Gulf Arabs to underwrite the war. And that is a lot of money. It’s an extra $200-$300 million a year. And this is what bin Laden did.” In 1986, bin Laden brought heavy construction equipment from Saudi Arabia to Afghanistan. Using his extensive knowledge of construction techniques (he has a degree in civil engineering), he built “training camps,” some dug deep into the sides of mountains, and built roads to reach them. These camps, now dubbed “terrorist universities” by Washington, were built in collaboration with the ISI and the CIA. The Afghan contra fighters, including the tens of thousands of mercenaries recruited and paid for by bin Laden, were armed by the CIA. Pakistan, the US and Britain provided military trainers. Tom Carew, a former British SAS soldier who secretly fought for the mujahidin told the August 13, 2000, British Observer, “The Americans were keen to teach the Afghans the techniques of urban terrorism—car bombing and so on—so that they could strike at the Russians in major towns. ... Many of them are now using their knowledge and expertise to wage war on everything they hate.” Al Qaeda (the Base), bin Laden’s organization, was established in 1987-88 to run the camps and other business enterprises. It is a tightly-run capitalist holding company—albeit one that integrates the operations of a mercenary force and related logistical services with “legitimate” business operations. Bin Laden has simply continued to do the job he was asked to do in Afghanistan during the 1980’s—fund, feed and train mercenaries. All that has changed is his primary customer. Then it was the ISI and, behind the scenes, the CIA. Today, his services are utilized primarily by the reactionary Taliban regime. Bin Laden only became a “terrorist” in US eyes when he fell out with the Saudi royal family over its decision to allow more than 540,000 US troops to be stationed on Saudi soil following Iraq’s invasion of Kuwait. When thousands of US troops remained in Saudi Arabia after the end of the Gulf War, bin Laden’s anger turned to outright opposition. He declared that Saudi Arabia and other regimes—such as Egypt—in the Middle East were puppets of the US, just as the PDPA government of Afghanistan had been a puppet of the Soviet Union. He called for the overthrow of these client regimes and declared it the duty of all Muslims to drive the US out of the Gulf states. In 1994, he was stripped of his Saudi citizenship and forced to leave the country. His assets there were frozen. After a period in Sudan, he returned to Afghanistan in May 1996. He refurbished the camps he had helped build during the Afghan war and offered the facilities and services—and thousands of his mercenaries—to the Taliban, which took power that September. Today, bin Laden’s private army of non-Afghan religious fanatics is a key prop of the Taliban regime. Prior to the devastating September 11 attack on the Twin Towers of World Trade Center, US ruling-class figures remained unrepentant about the consequences of their dirty deals with the likes of bin Laden, Hekmatyar and the Taliban. Since the awful attack, they have been downright hypocritical. In an August 28, 1998, report posted on MSNBC, Michael Moran quotes Senator Orrin Hatch, who was a senior member of the Senate Intelligence Committee which approved US dealings with the mujahidin, as saying he would make “the same call again,” even knowing what bin Laden would become. “It was worth it. Those were very important, pivotal matters that played an important role in the downfall of the Soviet Union.” Hatch today is one of the most gung-ho voices demanding military retaliation. Another face that has appeared repeatedly on television screens since the attack has been Vincent Cannistrano, described as a former CIA chief of “counter-terrorism operations”. Cannistrano is certainly an expert on terrorists like bin Laden, because he directed their “work.” He was in charge of the CIA-backed Nicaraguan contras during the early 1980’s. In 1984, he became the supervisor of covert aid to the Afghan mujahidin for the US National Security Council. The last word goes to Zbigniew Brzezinski: “What was more important in the world view of history? The Taliban or the fall of the Soviet Empire? A few stirred up Muslims or the liberation of Central Europe and the end of the Cold War?”107
Afghanistan: The Pakistani ISI was used by the CIA to conduct a clandestine war against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. The covert plan was the brain child of Brzezinski of the Center for Strategic and International Studies. The US faked an attempt to overthrow the Soviet puppet leader in Afghanistan, the USSR was tricked into invading, and then the CIA funneled arms to the ISI in Pakistan to launch a guerilla war using the Mujahedeen to tie them down in a Vietnam style quagmire. The plan was executed by Bill Casey under Ronald Reagan. During the 80’s the heroin trade exploded, and Osama bin Laden, fighting alongside opium warlords like the CIA protégé Hekmatyar, gained experience in guerilla war and terrorist tactics. The United States believed that the Taliban was a group that could unite the country and provide a stable platform for the construction of pipelines. When the Taliban took power in 1996 it was orchestrated by the ISI and the oil company Unocal, with its Saudi ally Delta. The Washington Post reported that a quiet US military buildup was taking place in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, and Uzbekistan for months before the 2000 Presidential election. The plans for the invasion were initiated during the Clinton administration. Opium production was banned by the Taliban and 80% of the world supply, 450 metric tons of pure heroin worth many billions went off line. Direct secret negotiations between the US led 6+2 group (Afghanistan neighbors Pakistan, China, Iran, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Russia, and the US) through State Department expert on South Asian affairs Karl “Rick” Inderfurth negotiated with the Taliban. When negotiations failed to yield an agreement and GW Bush was elected, there was a flurry of meetings over pipeline issues and then the military option that had begun under Clinton was put into motion. As far back as 1997 US military personnel had been quietly dispatched to Central Asia, and by June of 2001 it seemed the die was cast.108
Under the current US sponsored Afghan government led by former Unocal employee Ahmid Karzai, the warlords now control the production of successive record opium harvests. Heroin production in the area under their control is now estimated at 650 metric tons of pure heroin.109













Chapter Sixteen: Existing Laws
Human Testing Lawsuit Dismissed. “In September 1998, a lawsuit brought by the International Committee on Offensive Microwave Weapons (ICOMW) was dismissed in the US district court in Washington. ‘We were asking the court to enforce a presidential memorandum which bans involuntary research on human subjects,’ said the group’s director, Harlan Girard. The Philadelphia-based organization had alleged that the DOD and the CIA have conducted such experiments in their efforts to develop weapons systems using EMW, lasers, microwaves, and sound waves. The judge ruled that the group did not have standing to bring suit because the people alleged to have suffered from such testing were not ICOMW members. She acknowledged that Girard himself was a member, but stated that his own complaints were “too generalized and nonspecific to support a complaint.” Girard told Microwave News that the ICOMW could not afford an appeal. Instead, he said, the committee plans to raise the matter with the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights. A new report from the Coalition Against Torture and Racial Discrimination, an alliance of 15 US human rights groups, states that the lawsuit’s charges deserve attention.
“Given the past history of secret experimentation by the government,’ the anti-torture group declares, ‘these allegations of continuing...government-sponsored human testing should not be dismissed without more thorough, impartial investigation.’”110
One of the few MKULTRA victims to receive compensation from the LSD era of mind control was a Canadian citizen whose husband was a member of parliament. In the US the Olsen family received compensation after thirty years, in part because Olsen was a government scientist from a distinct socioeconomic bracket. The use of prisoners, mental patients, children, and generally people from lower socioeconomic levels of society means that these people cannot fight back. The hurdles of the legal system and years of effort are beyond their means to overcome.
The use of “Honey Pot” sources are designed to incorporate elements of the truth, yet some facts are less than correct and designed to ensnare the unwary. Please read the following with this in mind. Remember, you have entered the “Looking Glass War”.
A successful lawsuit from a former NSA employee details how he was targeted by his fellow employees and the methods used. Following is an excerpt from a brief filed in US District Court, District of Columbia by John St. Clair Akwei against the National Security Agency.111 NSA Signals Intelligence uses EMF Brain Stimulation for Remote Neural Monitoring (RNM) and Electronic Brain Link (EBL). EMF Brain Stimulation has been in development since the MKULTRA program of the early 1950s, which included neurological research into radiation (non-ionizing EMF) and bioelectric research and development. The resulting secret technology is categorized at the National Archives as “Radiation Intelligence,” defined as “information from unintentionally emanated electromagnetic waves in the environment, not including radioactivity or nuclear detonation.” Signals Intelligence implemented and kept this technology secret in the same manner as other electronic warfare programs of the US government. The NSA monitors available information about this technology and withholds scientific research from the public. There are also international intelligence agreements to keep this technology secret. The NSA has proprietary electronic equipment that analyzes electrical activity in humans from a distance. NSA computer-generated brain mapping can continuously monitor all of the electrical activity in the brain continuously. The NSA records and decodes individual brain maps (of hundreds of thousands of persons) for national security purposes. EMF Brain Stimulation is also secretly used by the military for brain-to-computer link (in military fighter aircraft, for example). For electronic surveillance purposes, electrical activity in the speech center of the brain can be translated into the subject’s verbal thoughts. RNM can send encoded signals to the brain’s auditory cortex, thus allowing audio communications direct to the brain (bypassing the ears). NSA operatives can use this covertly to debilitate subjects by simulating auditory hallucinations characteristic of paranoid schizophrenia. Without any contact with the subject, Remote Neural Monitoring can map out electrical activity from the visual cortex of a subject’s brain and show images from the subject’s brain on a video monitor. NSA operatives see what the surveillance subject’s eyes are seeing. Visual memory can also be seen. RNM can send images direct to the visual cortex, bypassing the eyes and optic nerves. NSA operatives can use this surreptitiously to put images into a surveillance subject’s brain while they are in REM sleep for every thought, reaction, motor command, auditory event and visual image in the brain has a corresponding “evoked potential” or set of “evoked potentials.” The EMF emission from the brain can be decoded into the current thoughts, images and sounds in the subject’s brain. The NSA’s Signals Intelligence has the proprietary ability to monitor remotely and non-invasively information in the human brain by digitally decoding the evoked potentials in the 30-50 Hz, 5 milliwatt electromagnetic emissions from the brain. The frequency to which the various brain areas respond varies from 3 Hz to 50 Hz. Only NSA Signals Intelligence modulates signals in this frequency band. TABLE 1: An example of EMF Brain Stimulation Brain Area Bioelectric Information Induce Resonance Through Modulation Frequency Motor Control Cortex 10 Hz Motor impulse coordination Auditory Cortex 15 Hz Sound which bypasses the ears Visual Cortex 25 Hz Images in the brain bypassing the eyes Somatosensory 9 Hz Phantom touch sense Thought Center 20 Hz Imposed subconscious thoughts.
Senator John Glenn: As US senator, John Glenn sought to pass legislation that would make the use of human guinea pigs less likely. Here are excerpts from his speech on the Senate floor.
“The Plain-Dealer uncovered much evidence to suggest that the Federal Government continues to sponsor research where informed consent is not obtained. And this fact disturbed me greatly also. On August 15, 1994, the New York Times reported on ethical and legal questions regarding a company’s efforts to promote a drug that can make some children grow taller than they otherwise would. The drug in question, Protropin, has been approved by FDA for use in children whose bodies do not make sufficient quantities of human growth hormone. However, once approved, doctors may prescribe it for other purposes at their discretion. In this case the company was apparently surveying schools for short children and then trying to funnel those children to doctors who would prescribe the drug whether or not the children lacked the human growth hormone. This unapproved research was occurring without the oversight of an IRB. And at least 15,000 children have taken this drug. On November 14, 1996, the Wall Street Journal published an article that examined the practice at one pharmaceutical firm, Eli Lilly and Co., in using homeless alcoholics in their clinical trials. The article raises some disturbing questions about the quality of the phase I trials conducted by this one company. Also, serious ethical questions are raised concerning the appropriateness of paying homeless alcoholics significant sums to be human guinea pigs. It is not clear from the article whether these tests were reviewed by any IRB. What the government lacks in hard data about humans, it more than makes up for with volumes of statistics about laboratory animals. I wonder how many guinea pigs were used in US research. The Agriculture Department knows: 333,379. How many hamsters in Ohio? 2,782. So we have all this data on animals and little on human beings. I would hasten to add that the guinea pigs the Plain-Dealer refers to are the four-legged kind too and not the guinea pigs that are human being used for research.” (The Animal Welfare Act is more protective of mice than any law that applies to men.)
“The intent therefore of this legislation is twofold: First, to fill in the gaps of coverage of the common rule by requiring all research involving human subjects to abide by the rule; and second, to elevate the importance of conducting research ethically, the bill provides criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with the requirements of this law, and by extension 45 CFR 46. No Federal agency, other than HHS, has applied the additional protections described in 45 CFR 46 for vulnerable populations—pregnant women and their fetus, children, prisoners—to their own research. So the purpose of this legislation is to help close the gaps that exist within the current system for protecting research subjects. Specifically, the advisory committee recommended that informed consent of all human subjects of classified research be required, and that such requirement not be subject to waiver or exemption. Under current rule and executive order, it is possible to waive informed consent and IRB review for classified research. Title II of this legislation would prohibit the waiver of either informed consent or IRB review for classified research. I do not claim to have the magic bullet solution with this bill. However, I believe there are some key principles which should guide the Senate’s consideration of this legislation. These principles are: First, informed consent and independent review of experiments involving human subjects must be required. Second, anyone who violates the right of research subject to have informed consent, should be held criminally responsible for that violation. I want to put this in personal terms once again. You can imagine your spouse, husband, wife, father, mother, children, being experimented on without your knowledge or their knowledge. That is unconscionable, and we should not permit that. This legislation will close many of the loopholes that permit that to happen now. The current law allows patients not to receive informed consent and provides no criminal penalty. Waivers are routinely granted for classified research projects that use human subjects, in other words, if I have an experimental drug that is classified, legally I don’t have to tell you.”
The Animal Welfare Act is far more protective of animals used in scientific experiments than any legislation pertaining to human beings. The very good reason for this bizarre legal twist coming from the country that held the Nuremburg trials, is that it is necessary to use human beings in classified testing of military technology. The final proof of necessity over ethics is that Senator Glenn’s bill was defeated, and it is still for all intents and purposes still “legal” to use American citizens as cannon fodder for experimental science, both military and non-military.
Soldiers Cannot Sue Government for Nonconsensual LSD Experiments US v. Stanley (479 US 1005), 1986: In February 1958, James B. Stanley, a master sergeant in the Army stationed at Fort Knox, Kentucky volunteered to participate in a program ostensibly designed to test the effectiveness of protective clothing and equipment as defenses against chemical warfare. He was released from his then-current duties and went to the Army’s Chemical Warfare Laboratories at the Aberdeen Proving Grounds in Maryland. Four times that month, Stanley was secretly administered doses of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), pursuant to an Army plan to study the effects of the drug on human subjects. According to his Second Amended Complaint (the allegations of which we accept for purposes of this decision), as a result of the LSD exposure, Stanley has suffered from hallucinations and periods of incoherence and memory loss, was impaired in his military performance, and would on occasion “awake from sleep at night and, without reason, violently beat his wife and children, later being unable to recall the entire incident” (App. 5). He was discharged from the Army in 1969. One year later, his marriage dissolved because of the personality changes wrought by the LSD. On December 10, 1975, the Army sent Stanley a letter soliciting his cooperation in a study of the long-term effects of LSD on “volunteers who participated” in the 1958 tests. This was the Government’s first notification to Stanley that he had been given LSD during his time in Maryland. After an administrative claim for compensation was denied by the Army, Stanley filed suit under the Federal Tort Claims Act (FTCA), 28 U. S. C. 2671 et seq., alleging negligence in the administration, supervision, and subsequent monitoring of the drug testing program. The court found, under Justice Scalia, that Stevens was not legally able to sue. The dissenting opinion, written by Justice Brennan, with whom Justice Marshall and Justice Stevens joined as to Part III, concurred in part and dissented in part:
“In experiments designed to test the effects of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), the Government of the United States treated thousands of its citizens as though they were laboratory animals, dosing them with this dangerous drug without their consent. One of the victims, James B. Stanley, seeks compensation from the Government officials who injured him. The Court holds that the Constitution provides him with no remedy, solely because his injuries were inflicted while he performed his duties in the Nation’s Armed Forces. If our Constitution required this result, the Court’s decision, though legally necessary, would expose a tragic flaw in that document. But in reality, the Court disregards the commands of our Constitution, and bows instead to the purported requirements of a different master, military discipline, declining to provide Stanley with a remedy because it finds “special factors counseling hesitation” (Bivens v. Six Unknown Fed. Narcotics Agents,403 US 388, 396 (1971). “This is abdication, not hesitation. I dissent.”
Before addressing the legal questions presented, it is important to place the Government’s conduct in historical context. The medical trials at Nuremberg in 1947 deeply impressed upon the world that experimentation with unknowing human subjects is morally and legally unacceptable. The United States Military Tribunal established the Nuremberg Code as a standard against which to judge German scientists who experimented with human subjects. Its first principle was: 1. The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential.”
TI Story: (fictional account) Targeted individuals are a traumatized population who have been subjected to extreme long-term trauma and consequently a loss of trust. TI testimony is included in two of the three documentary films. They have expressed their wish to tell their own stories in their own manner. With this in mind, the editor has included a brief fictional account to convey the experience that many TI’s go through when they become targeted individuals, and what they experience on a daily basis. (editor)
The gift of sleep slowly lifted from his eyes and he gradually became aware that he was conscious but didn't really know where he was for a moment. The windows were closed but since it was Spring the sounds of birds chirping was just audible but he didn't even register the sound. As soon as he became conscious the silent sound began to buzz in his ears, the sound that was always with him, had been with him for the past two years. In the two seconds between being asleep and awake he heard nothing. Now that he was awake and consciously registered who and where he was the sound slowly began its relentless electronic hum in his ears. Even before he could roll over or sit up the high pitched buzzing took over as if someone had placed head phones on his ears and turned the stereo all the way up with no music playing, just background noise, electronic static. It registered a higher pitch than his stereo, perhaps a shorter frequency wave made it sound higher pitched. In his mind he wanted to reject his current situation and the reality he was trapped in. The mind seeks escape from impossible positions but there is also resignation and acceptance. He chose not to run from it anymore. For two years he had been lost in a maze of torture from which he now realized there would be no escape. The inevitability of defeat and death were staring him in the face but so was the will to continue to struggle against that which cannot be bargained with.
His name was David Stone, he was a 42 year old attorney living in Seattle and he was a targeted individual. It seemed impossible to him lying here after moving four times in the last two years. It had begun slowly. First came six months of gang stalking or mobbing. The locals in town had begun to yell and curse at him everywhere he went. The organized harassment behavior was some kind of calculated game played by hundreds of people with the goal of driving him out of his home and out of town. The KKK had done it to targets in the old days, it was called mobbing back then. He didn't understand why, at first he thought he must have done something to someone who was connected to the Cripps or someone who controlled a large organization like a drug distribution network. He had exchanged harsh words with his neighbors in a Hispanic neighborhood over loud music a couple of times and he had reported the house across the street to the police for selling drugs. There was traffic at all hours of the day and night and it was obvious, at least to him, that they were selling crack. The stalking and cursing and threats went on every day, sometimes 10-20 events a day and he couldn't figure it out. Why would hundreds of strangers engage in some kind of highly organized stalking game to destroy him emotionally, professionally, even physically. What was the motivation and who were they? The organized stalking GAME seemed to have rules and methods. Only verbal abuse of a specific kind was allowed and not in front of witnesses who might corroborate his story. If a potential witness was nearby instead of saying to him "you suck" like they did ten times a day, it was standard gestures, they just put a finger in their mouth and leered at him, or spit. It was calculated pressure designed to wear a person down but not the kind of thing that was illegal. If he had tried to tell anyone or report it he would have looked foolish at best. It was clear that the people who played the game, the perpetrators, were very experienced in the art of mobbing or gang stalking, and had it down to a fine art that slowly wore down the target. After midnight when his neighbors were asleep high school kids took turns standing just beyond his back fence and calling out curses and taunts. It was pitched loud enough to hear but not so loud that the elderly neighbors were disturbed.
Most of the hard core perpetrators were high school age Hispanics or older who wore light blue colors like a bandana or shirt that identified them as Cripps. But it was more than just gang members, young kids, old folks, people from all walks of life seemed to get a perverse pleasure from sticking their own verbal barbs in him everywhere he went. It was like running the gauntlet every day. Even law enforcement recognized him and some chose to participate in the organized harassment trying to drive him out of town...or out of this world. Virtually from the moment he woke up and all through the day, and even into the wee hours of the morning he was the target of constant insult and injury. The litany was always a variation on just a couple of standard phrases, "you suck", "pussy", "punk" and "better get the fuck out bitch". Even as he drove down the street in his car many people who passed would mouth the words to him in an exaggerated manner, or do the standard gesture for oral sex while laughing at him. After a while it became clear to him that he was being tracked using GPS because the perpetrators or perps playing the GAME pop up at just the right time and would send a text message as soon as they saw him. Stone got rid of his cell phone but they continued to know his every move. A dozen perpetrators might follow him into a store and block his path or brush into him on purpose. He would turn a corner and a perpetrator would time it just right to bump him and whisper, "pussy bitch". It was bizarre that so many strangers would participate with such gusto at a game that seemed pointless. All that time and effort spent on harassing him didn't make sense.
He was a mild mannered person who had a few friends but generally liked to be alone and read or work. He didn't have any real enemies, perhaps the neighbors who blasted music and sold drugs. He kept thinking that he must have done something to someone powerful, he must of done something to deserve it. Stone called the cops a few times but the kids who took turns yelling all night just went away and then came back later. He soon realized that the GAME, the program of organized stalking included more than the Cripps and a few opportunistic sadists. The oldest person who had cursed at him had been in their eighties and the youngest had been about ten years old. It had shocked him at the time, but now nothing shocked him anymore. After a few weeks of running the gauntlet of abuse he was exhausted and felt depressed. Stone resolved to ignore them and not let it bother him and after a few months they would see that he didn't care and give up the harassment but even after six months it continued and seemed to escalate in nature. The abuse now included vandalism of his house and car and threats to his life such as a car racing full speed right for him then veering off at the last second with the two twenty year old perps inside laughing and having the time of their lives. Just when he wasn't sure if he could stand it anymore is when they took it to the next level.
On several consecutive nights he woke at exactly the same time, 2:30 AM on the dot. The fourth night in a row he awoke at 2:30 and then he heard a voice say, "punk", and the sound of muted laughing. Stone thought they might have crept up to the window but there was no one there. The voice continued to taunt him in the standard manner and he realized that the voice seemed to emanate from within the room. He realized that it probably wasn't a hidden microphone but the sound had a reflective quality like an echo and it was in fact sound that was being bounced off the wall near his head. He felt like he must be imagining things except he recognized the voices of his neighbors from across the street who found selling controlled substances preferable to working for a living. It sounded like they were having an all-night party and using some kind of sound technology to project sound into the room. The only thing that separated him from their house was a bay window. There was no mistaking the familiar sound of their twenty year old voices and their favorite insults and curses. The targeting operation moved into a different realm, a realm of technology and sleep deprivation. Stone searched on the internet and found what they were using, the Hyper-sonic Sound System, (HSS). A unique breakthrough in sound projection capable of shooting a tight beam of sound for many hundreds of feet and only audible when it hit a solid surface. The literature said that the HSS would not be audible to a person standing right next to you. The high tech system was for sale on the internet and since the neighbors had turned their cars into stereos on wheels it made sense that they might be aware of the HSS. To his horror Stone soon found that the neighbors were able to track his movements within the home and to bounce sound off any surface at will, with a particular affinity for the side of his head whenever he sat down to rest, whether sitting on the couch, in bed, or in the bath tub. The only way that he was able to avoid the HSS sound attack was to keep moving through the house and not stand or sit in one place very long, or to invite friends to visit and sit near them.
Stone told his best friend that he was being stalked by the Cripps and they were using the HSS to attack him in his home. The perpetrators careful not to tip their hand and only once did someone in the house notice something when a friend sitting at the kitchen table suddenly asked, "What's that buzzing noise". Stone had long since given up trying to alert those around him to his plight and after months of constant attacks he was worn down. He merely smiled sadly and shrugged. That episode was eighteen months ago and now Stone reflected back on that era almost fondly because the perpetrators had continued to escalate the attacks with increasing levels of technology. The perps had followed him to a park one evening and it was dark but Stone saw a small group surrounding a young guy who wielded a hand held device of some kind. Stone strode away from them but he suddenly found himself unable to move. They had begun using a type of weapon referred to as a tetanizing ray that seemed to freeze his muscles and he was unable to move his legs at all. He stood there horrified when he realized what was happening and the crowd chortled in glee. "All right, you made your damn point". "What's it all about for you, is it a thrill kill, is that it?" "What am I guilty of, who did I kill?" The electronic beam ceased and he was able to move his legs again. The crowd seemed to melt away at his questions like they had come to their senses. On other occasions he had been attacked at home with some kind of sonic device that had fired bullets of sound at him that seemed to ricochet around inside his skull with frightening force and make his head shake violently. Shortly after the escalation using nonlethal weapons he had decided to visit friends and get away from the harassment for a while but when he went out on the road he encountered hostility and the same taunts in the smallest faraway towns.
Stone imagined an internet based game that always kept a GPS cursor on his exact position and some kind of smear campaign that painted him as a person who had done some terrible act deserving, ultimately, death. They were in fact, as one friend had remarked, killing his spiritual body in preparation to killing his physical body. The perps may have even been able to collect some kind of reward for each barb stuck into his flesh. The fervor of the attacks and the lengths people went to go out of their way to cross his tracks must have made for some kind of monetary pay off. Stone stopped in a state park late at night and hid his car in the trees to avoid a tail. The pickup truck following him pulled into the camping space in front of him and he could hear their voices clearly. "I don't see him, we lost him". The sound of a female voice about thirty five years old answered him back over his radio. "He is parked right in front of you about thirty feet". The truck circled around the camping spot to no avail. "I still don't see him". "He is west of you position exactly forty feet". He hit his high beams and finally spotted me concealed in the trees and then parked in a nearby camping spot and turned off his lights. The female voice on the radio had sounded slightly edgy and reminded him of a forward air controller for a military mission but he doubted she was military. The GPS tracking system in the car may have been the culprit but he couldn't do anything about it.
Stone realized that he was facing unlimited manpower and unlimited budgets in terms of hardware, that included exotic nonlethal weapons like the HSS, Hyper-sonic Sound System, the Tetanizer, The Squawk Box or Sound Curdler, and a nationwide network that used GPS to track him everywhere he went. The GAME of organized harassment, organized stalking, or gang stalking was not a game set up by the Cripps but something far more well organized and sinister. After nearly one year of hard won experience he realized that the strategy seemed to be to drive him from place to place until he fell asleep at the wheel and crashed his car or reacted violently and wound up in jail, or even gave up in total desperation and took his own life. After one year of constant pounding the game now reached an apex of terror and torture. Stone moved into a small house in the country perched upon the side of a mountain. The nearest neighbors were on top of the mountain and about a quarter of a mile away at the foot of the valley.
The first day in the house he felt his face grow hot and he became dizzy and unable to continue to speak to his guest, the owner of the house. That night he felt the same heating sensation like the side of his face was close to a hot oven burner, and then his upper chest and head began to burn. Stone went to the shower and turned on the water and got some relief but he could tell that the perps were using a new weapon on his body and he couldn't spend all night in the shower. The attacks continued to heat up his body all night, burning his chest and his face and his groin without mercy. The heating of his body seemed more like that from standing in front of a microwave antennae dish than heat from an oven. He tried to sleep in different positions and locations but nothing seemed to help and the perps were relentless in their attacks. He was tortured all evening from when he first got home until he passed out at five in the morning. The shower was his best strategy but he also tried putting metal on top of himself when he laid down to sleep but this was only marginally effective. Stone got used to two hours sleep and being constantly burned until he felt like he couldn't physically stand up anymore. He was determined to get to work every morning on time and remain at work and not let the perps run him off again. Eventually the building where he worked became the location for the same kind of attacks that heated up his head and upper chest at home. The maintenance workers who ran the physical plant in the buildings, cut the grass, cleaned the rooms, they all seemed to recognize him on sight, and many joined in the harassment. Gradually growing numbers of workers and to his shock and surprise, even a couple of people in the office joined in the constant verbal onslaught. The attacks continued for months and try as he might he could not find what kind of weapon they were using listed anywhere on the internet nor could he tell exactly where it was coming from or who was doing it to him. He tried looking in other offices to no avail. The verbal taunts in public continued, but after a year of running the gauntlet he was no longer sensitized to the attacks and was able to ignore them. The physical cooking of his body and the scientific application of torture that allowed only two hours sleep a night was something he could not ignore. At times it had felt like the perps were playing with him but now it felt like they were intent on trying to kill him.
Whenever one person has absolute power over another human being they are liable to treat them with the utmost cruelty and this weapon or weapons did just that. He flailed around in bed and changed his position constantly so the heating of his body was not focused on one location for very long. He closed his eyes at night and imagined himself inside an oversized microwave oven rotating around and around as the radiation heated his body until he slowly cooked. Stone began to take a very fatalistic attitude towards his situation and started chain smoking filterless cigarettes. At times he screamed bloody murder and imagined that they might be able to hear him and he taunted them and attempted to provoke the perps into killing him. At night he still tried to work while he was slowly cooked and during the day the perps applied the same treatment using less energy when he was in the company of others and in a crowded room at work the attacks would nearly cease. Six months of aggressive attacks left Stone a physical and emotional wreck. He moved his belongings into storage and began to live in his car to get some relief. He simply could no longer endure what they subjected him to in his own home. The organized stalkers taunted him verbally, laughed in his face and told him, "get the fuck out pussy". He began to sleep in national parks at night so the Feds would have to investigate if he were murdered. He still showed up at work but went home only to shower, it was just too hot to stay. Eventually he gave up the fight when it looked like they were preparing to murder him. He was sleeping on a friends couch when he heard a car pull up outside. The beam weapon hit his body with terrible force and he retreated to the kitchen. Stone could not stand up under the intense attack and fell to the floor. "Not like this, Not like this", he kept repeating as he tried to crawl away out the back door. He passed out as he was sure he was going to die but awoke in the morning where he lay. After several similar episodes Stone began to spontaneously say, "What will it profit a man, if he gain the world and lose his soul", out loud without realizing it. He knew he had to move again. Now he lay on a mattress on the floor in a barely furnished apartment in the morning light with the electronic buzz in his ears telling him he was still a target and still alive. His body began to heat up and he reflected that his life and pain had become welded together and he would never lose one without losing the other. This weapon was a pain amplifier and he was going to live out the rest of his life trapped in its hellish grasp. Life gives you choices though not always good ones. After many attempts at contacting the authorities Stone knew that no one in power could or would help him. When he spoke to the police they were either sympathetic and powerless to help, or seemed intent on trying to forcibly institutionalize him as part of the strategy of the GAME.
His choices in this terrible situation were narrowing considerably. He could continue to live inside the pain amplifier until he became sick from the constant radiation and died. He could attack the perps with weapons and take as many of them with him as he could, and wind up dead or in prison. He could continue to tell the authorities and complain at which point, eventually, they would use that as an excuse to call him crazy and commit him just to shut him up. Finally, he could commit suicide. He decided to fight back as long as he could, until his health failed or he was killed. It might take years and he really had no expectation of escape but the alternatives were even worse. As the gradual heating of his head and chest increased Stone began to walk around the apartment to keep the heat from building up full force on one point of his anatomy while he read all the books he could find on nonlethal weapons and the history of human experimentation. It was the beginning of year three and it was going to be a long one. THE END
The above short story written by the editor is a brief fictional account of what has actually been happening to hundreds and perhaps thousands of people who fit a common profile. The weapon systems described operate on the same principle as those used in the current illegal program I call MONARCH. The common term used for the vigilante like attacks are organized stalking and the weapons attacks are known as electronic harassment.
Targeted Individuals: The typical targeted individual (TI) is female, in her 40’s, Caucasian, single, above average intelligence, and has been aware of being targeted for several years. In the beginning TI’s describe an organized stalking or gang-stalking phase, which may last one to two years. Organized groups target them in the community, carrying out abuses similar to what the KKK referred to as “mobbing.” In effect, everywhere the TI goes they are harassed by strangers who say inappropriate things to them, often of a personal nature. Strangers will start arguments, even fist fights, they often mob an empty store moments after the TI enters, and block his or her progress down the aisles or at the checkout counter. Total strangers will ram into their car in parking lots, or get in front of the TI in traffic and slam on their brakes causing an accident. When the TI returns home they may find that someone has entered and left things in disarray and stolen or damaged personal items. A tactic of psychological warfare is to take away the target’s safety and security needs by entering the home at will. One story, not uncommon, is of a female target who was home alone and looking for a battery and remarked out loud, “Why can’t I find any batteries?” The next day when she returned home, a drawer is full of a dozen batteries. She wanted to call the police and tell them her home had been entered and that her drawer was now full of batteries. This is impossible, of course. Who would believe that someone broke into her home and did not steal anything, but instead deposited a dozen batteries and left? She has lost her safety and security needs and is unable to tell anyone about it for fear of being perceived as crazy. Most of these harassment events are designed so as to sound totally outlandish to anyone who is not a target of Cointelpro like activity. Part of the genius of these attacks is that they are hidden before a backdrop of several million mentally ill people. These attacks are designed with the complicity of mental health professionals just as MKULTRA was. The strategy for keeping the victims silent is the fear of being labeled as mentally ill. Government psychiatrists like Dr. Gittinger, Dr. Cameron, and Dr. Orne literally wrote the DSM codes that define what symptoms constitute insanity. The relentless organized stalking takes advantage of this specialized knowledge to use tactics that sound like mental illness. Business and personal relationships are difficult if not impossible for the average TI. Health problems often occur with constant attacks from nonlethal weapons that leave people physically and emotionally debilitated. Sleep deprivation is a primary tactic used against the TI to great effect. Microwave attacks literally cook them slowly causing sub-dermal injury. Many of those being attacked report “voice to skull” attacks that feature live and recorded voices cursing them during all of their waking hours. Physical trauma and constant harassment by strangers in public places raise the stress level of the target to artificially high levels and pegs it there, in an effort to mentally break down the target in a manner similar to what was done in the lab under MKULTRA. The psychological and physical toll begins to instill symptoms of paranoia and bipolar disorder which is when the manipulation of perception and the effort to “reprogram” the thinking patterns of the TI begins in earnest.
“What is being described is essentially a crash program of technical achievement equal to landing a man on the moon. If this is the result of 50 years of unlimited funds for elite nonlethal weapons scientists, one can scarcely summon the courage to imagine what brave new world such physicists and spies have in mind for the human race. The ultimate goal of unlimited funds and manpower may be just to attack political activists and whistleblowers, or it may be much more ambitious.
A main component of this form of behavior modification is the manipulation of belief systems in an experimental fashion, in an effort to learn how to perfect the art of control through remote means. The horrific attacks on TI’s continue for years in a terminal experiment, meaning it will only end with the death of the subject. Family members of TI’s are brought into the program as well, targeting several generations at once. The victims have appealed to elected representatives for years, but, out of fear or complacency, members of Congress have taken no action whatsoever, despite being deluged with appeals for help from hundreds and hundreds of desperate people. TI attempts to organize with each other have tremendous obstacles. They are traumatized, isolated, and have varying degrees of paranoia which has been instilled in them artificially. The technology and classic Cointelpro-type activities are very effective at breaking up relationships and setting groups of people against each other; therefore, for years no real progress has been made toward creating a TI organization able to fight back in the political or legal arena. Once a new psychology or belief system is installed in the TI, often the nature or intensity of the attacks will change, but this varies from person to person. There is a great deal of variation in the attacks on TI’s. Some people only have organized stalking activity, and others might have only microwave weapons attacks (electronic harassment). Most TI’s experience the full gamut of person-on-person organized stalking attacks and microwave weapons torture of the mind and body. Demonizing the victims is another technique that will be used to “justify’’ the unjustifiable. How would anyone’s life look if they had been under 24-hour harassment and surveillance for years, and their worst enemy was allowed to edit the video to support any picture the perpetrators wanted to paint about her? Remember, victims are not allowed the luxury of due process, they cannot face their accuser or hear the charges against them, and the onlookers may well be either completely ignorant of the covert system of abuse of which they are catching a mere glimpse, or are guilty of voyeurism and sadism, like the Milgram Experiment, enjoyment of another’s suffering.
Weed and Seed Program: The Weed and Seed Program is touted as a method to prevent violent crime and drug trafficking in select neighborhoods, using multiple government agencies—Federal, State, and local authorities—to mobilize residents in a targeted area to assist law enforcement in identifying and removing violent offenders and drug traffickers from their neighborhoods. These actions actually lead to rejuvenating “seeding” operations, which bring back desirable elements to replace the people who have been weeded out. Just how the many agencies in tandem with locals weed out the “bad elements” is not spelled out. The program is sponsored by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), which on its website proudly proclaim that nonlethal weapons are being distributed at the local level to fight crime. Just what kind of nonlethal weapons are being used, and on whom, is not exactly clear. One such system openly displayed by the NIJ for dissemination to local authorities is the milliwave radar system used for seeing into private residences.112
The Milgram Experiment: A substantial proportion of people do what they are told to do, irrespective of the content of the act and without limitations of conscience, so long as they perceive that the command comes from a legitimate authority figure. This is, perhaps, the most fundamental lesson of our study: ordinary people, simply doing their jobs, and without any particular hostility on their part, can become agents in a terrible destructive process. 113
Participants were men between the ages of 20 and 50, from all educational backgrounds, ranging from an elementary school dropout to participants with doctoral degrees. The “scientist” (man in white lab coat) tells the teacher (participant) that they will ask a list of questions to the person (learner) on the other side of a glass partition. When a wrong answer is given the “scientist” will tell the “teacher” to administer an electric shock to the “learner”. The “teacher” was given a 45-volt electric shock from the electro-shock generator as a sample of the shock that the “learner” would supposedly receive during the experiment. The subject participant believed that for each wrong answer, the learner was receiving actual shocks. In reality, there were no shocks. After the confederate was separated from the subject, the confederate set up a tape recorder integrated with the electro-shock generator, which played pre-recorded sounds for each shock level. After a number of voltage level increases, the actor started to bang on the wall that separated him from the subject. After several times banging on the wall and complaining about his heart condition, the learner gave no further responses to questions and no further complaints. At this point, many people indicated their desire to stop the experiment and check on the learner. Some test subjects paused at 135 volts and began to question the purpose of the experiment. Most continued after being assured that they would not be held responsible. A few subjects began to laugh nervously or exhibit other signs of extreme stress once they heard the screams of pain coming from the learner. If at any time the subject indicated his desire to halt the experiment, he was given a succession of verbal prods by the experimenter, in this order: 1. Please continue. 2. The experiment requires you to continue, please go on. 3. It is essential that you continue. 4. You have no choice, you must continue. If the subject still wished to stop after all four successive verbal prods, the experiment was halted. Otherwise, it was halted after the subject had given the maximum 450-volt shock three times in succession.
Before the experiment was conducted Milgram polled fellow psychologists as to what the results would be. They unanimously believed that only a sadistic few (0.1%), would be prepared to give the maximum voltage. In Milgram’s first set of experiments, 67.5 percent (27 out of 40) of experimental participants administered the experiment’s final 450-volt shock, though many were quite uncomfortable in doing so; everyone paused at some point and questioned the experiment, some even saying they would return the check for the money they were paid. No participant steadfastly refused to give further shocks before the 300-volt level. Variants of the experiment were later performed by Milgram himself and other psychologists around the world with similar results. Apart from confirming the original results the variations have tested variables in the experimental setup. The percentage of participants who are prepared to inflict fatal voltages remains remarkably constant, between 61% and 66%, regardless of time or location.114
Triggers: In South America the intelligence services of US client states were often chosen and trained by the US intelligence agencies. The use of torture has been widespread and applied with a zeal that is hard to imagine. Operation Condor used torture and murder on tens of thousands of innocent members of civil society during the 60’s and 70’s as part of a regional secret dirty war. The general idea of torturing a dissident or critic of the government was to physically and emotionally break the victim. The psychologically traumatized victims were then released back onto the streets of the community to serve as a warning to others who might contemplate openly challenging the authoritarian government. When people observed the shattered remnant of the person who once was vibrant and proud, they would think twice before raising their voices in protest. One tactic of mind control is the use of “triggers,” a stimulus delivered to the victim that will evoke a memory of previous abuse. One example of this is the use of a coke bottle. When South American dissidents were taken into custody and tortured it was common practice to use a coke bottle to sodomize the victim. This initial act was designed to produce pain and suffering, as well as humiliation. Once the person was released back into the community, every time they came into contact with a coke bottle or even a coke commercial the stimulus of seeing the product or hearing the advertising jingle would ‘trigger” memories, and he or she would immediately relive the pain, suffering, and humiliation of the initial torture. Since coke is the world’s most widely advertised and recognized symbol, the victims of torture might be forced to relive their suffering every time they turned on the TV, radio, went into a store, or simply walked down the street.
Street Theater: “Street theater” is a feature of organized stalking or gang stalking, used on targeted individuals in tandem with electronic harassment. Street theater is an activity performed by persons complicit in the vigilante harassment; however, they are “skits,” as opposed to direct bodily attacks performed with the electronic harassment equipment. These skits are designed to imitate “the breaks” of normal living. Additionally, they are performed in such a way that the target, and only the target, knows he or she is being harassed, while not being able to convey to others that this is indeed harassment. Instilling feelings of total hopelessness is one apparent purpose of these performances. Dozens of “bad breaks” a day are engineered by those involved in the stalking GAME, bad breaks of a type which you might expect every couple of months. Another apparent purpose of such “skits” is to discredit and isolate the target so that others will regard him or her as a “crank” and a “nut case.” Far from simple “pranks” or “practical jokes,” although “street theater” seems to have a comedic ring to it, this component of gang stalking is one of the most serious forms of attack on individual targets and is perfect cover for the perpetrators. One example of street theater, keeping the previous example of “triggers” in mind, might occur as the target is walking down the street in public, and someone steps in their way. The target looks up at him and notices he is drinking a bottle of Coke. The stranger looks into their eyes at close range, sneers a maliciously, and says “You like Coke, don’t you?” Normally this would not be out of the ordinary, but, considering the target was assaulted with a coke bottle the previous month and is trying to forget the violation, it takes on a whole new meaning. Typically, several people are involved in the street theater episodes, so as the target steps around the initial perpetrator, trying not to think about what happened to her (and failing), she looks up and is confronted with another perpetrator holding a coke bottle, licking the rim in a suggestive manner while making direct eye contact and sneering or laughing at the target. This seemingly innocuous act might be repeated by 10 to 20 people a day for months and even years. The stimulus that is repeatedly delivered in these performances will become a trigger which the target is helpless to escape. If in the future an innocent citizen drinks a coke in front of the target, she will be triggered again, and may even consider the act malicious, even though there is no intent to make the victim of torture recall a bad experience. A secondary effect of the coke bottle skit is to make the target seem like a paranoid schizophrenic if she attempts to explain to a health care professional that 10 to 20 people a day are drinking coke in front of her while laughing or smiling at her. The target becomes alienated from family and friends, and is unable to seek help from authorities.
Street theater takes many diverse forms. The following are a few more examples. On foot, far more often than in normal life, you have people cutting you off in a store or in a bank line, or you frequently find people getting “in your face” as you walk outdoors or especially in buildings and malls. While driving, far more often than in normal life, you have cars speeding up to stop signs just ahead of you and brake to a stop partway into the intersection. While driving, far more often than in normal life, you find other cars behaving in ways which block your progress. Mall parking lots are favorite places for this type of staged activity. While away from home dirt or food droppings appear in your house or apartment at times when you know you did not leave them. While away from home or work, belongings turn up missing and you know for certain they were there when you left. Some days later these belongings may turn up in a place you know they were not when you looked, yet you cannot convince others this was theft and return. While away from home, you find damage to clothing or furniture which you know did not occur from normal wear. While at home or at work, you find bizarre, loud, annoying noise incidents which others nearby seem to not notice or don’t care about. The variations on these activities are unlimited. 115
Targeted Individuals Experiences: The description of effects are taken from the personal experiences of the approximately 200 interviews, most are cases that experience organized stalking and electronic harassment. The TI’s without exception report that once the harassment begins, it continues for an extended period of time, and resumes in every city to which the target moves. It is also known to continue in prisons and hospitals, even when the targets are dying of cancer. Many targets are seniors in their 70s and 80s. Some have children who are also subjected to the same “testing” as their parent or parents. Pets are not only tortured, but even killed. The effects of the patterns of abuse appear to be to maintain a high level stress, a perpetual state of hyper vigilance. A number of observations can be made from analyses of hundreds of cases: All harassment consists of unique, carefully engineered, improvable events intended to produce psychological stress in the victim. In each type of stress event one introductory event of very high energy/effect is staged. The obvious purpose is to be certain the victim knows this is external harassment, and not just “bad luck.” From that time forward, the perpetrators appear to apply “Pavlovian training” so that they can get the victim to “jump” (or react in some way) to the same effect at a fraction of the initial event. This type of harassment appears to be intended to gain psychological control of the subject. It is highly probable that this program of torture is hiding in plain sight as an anti-crime or anti-terrorism program based in our communities. Targeted Individuals suffer from a loss of trust and public testimony is difficult to obtain. This is understandable because these people have been tormented without end. They have appealed to law enforcement and their political representatives to no effect whatsoever. TI’s are driven from their homes and work places and after years of targeting often have symptoms of bipolar disorder, paranoia, mental confusion, panic attacks, and mood swings. TI public testimony has been included in two documentary films and dozens of short films that may be seen online by following the links listed after the bibliography.

Chapter Seventeen: End Game
A new Phoenix Program has melded the use of exotic technologies and turned them on enemies of the hard right, foreign and domestic. The maturation of new slow-kill, soft-kill, and silent-kill, technologies has been mated to a Cointelpro style program being used against domestic dissidents. What began with Paperclip scientists and MKULTRA has evolved over time. Where once the laboratory was the venue of crime, now, using nonlethal weapons, MKULTRA type experiments are taking place on US citizens within their communities—in the sanctuary of their own homes. Terminal experiments and extrajudicial killing are now conducted by remote means with non-ionizing microwave weapons. These so-called “nonlethal weapons” were developed for the battlefield as antipersonnel weapons, but are now used in urban areas against potential threats. Any political opposition to the military administration is an enemy tantamount to a communist insurgency, which must be defeated using counterinsurgency warfare. US citizens who are subject to enrollment in these terminal experiments and extrajudicial sentences come from a variety of backgrounds. The type of human experimental subject chosen resembles a melding of the criteria for MKULTRA lab experiments, the Cointelpro program, and the Phoenix program. We are living through a counterinsurgency using weapons designed by the DOD labs like Lawrence Livermore and Los Alamos National Laboratories that were supposed to be turned against our implacable Communist enemies. The world of military and civilian intelligence compartmentalization and black budgets of unlimited funds have led to this crisis. The majority of TI’s have a history of political activism or are whistleblowers. Some people are targeted merely out of convenience, simply because private armies need motivation and training. These victims are chosen merely as target practice. MONARCH may have begun its inception during the Reagan administration and evolved into a sporting event, a game involving individuals who are told their particular target is a bad element in our society. The groups are told a lie to which they will respond in the desired way. For example, a church group or crime prevention group may be told that the target is a murderer, pedophile, drug dealer, terrorist or national security threat, a racist. Whatever story motivates the network of player participants is the lie that is told. There also seems to be an element of eugenics involved in the overall program. Those who are viewed as a drain on society, or what the Nazis termed “empty eaters,” are often targeted. Many targets are the disabled people who are unable to work. Another aspect of the program is revenge—a bitter ex-spouse, a rejected suitor, or a greedy business partner may enroll someone they wish to take revenge against them or eliminate them, sometimes profiting monetarily in the process. The term used in the past was murder incorporated. People who are targeted may feel at times they are being played with by sick juveniles, while at other times it seems as though the microwave assaults are attempting to kill them. The goal is to force a suicide or provoke retaliation to cause him or her to be incarcerated in a jail or mental facility. Any target who attempts to flee will only find themselves targeted anew elsewhere. Perfecting new weapons, perfecting the psychology of control, destroying potential enemies, and instilling fear and conformity in the general population are the objectives of MONARCH.
Psychologists and psychiatrists, much like the Behavioral Science Consulting Teams (Biscuit Teams), are employed to tailor a program to exploit an individual’s personal or ethnic vulnerabilities. Psychology classifies many distinct personality types. Learning how to control each of them can be applied in future operations. The concept of using vigilante groups which front for a country’s intelligence services to quash internal dissent is foreign to most Americans, but it is in fact quite common. In Cuba, a dissident writer may have a crowd assemble outside his home and chant slogans at them in an operation known as a Contra. Plainclothes police will typically emerge from the mob, drag the dissident from his home into the street, and beat him bloody and unconscious. A few days later he will be officially arrested. The real demonstration was to the larger group involved, communicating that this will happen to you too if you try to rebel. What we do know from historical fact is that the Nazis came to power through an infiltration operation of the Weimer Republic. Private militias were formed which infiltrated the military, and then the police forces. Once the police were compromised from within, German society had reached the point of no return on the road to the destruction of Europe, and ultimately self-annihilation.
Paperclip scientists have been at the forefront of research into electromagnetic weapons (EMW) and their various applications. Americans who have participated in these black projects have often also been members of closed systems such as the Masons and conservative hard right-wing ideologies. The philosophy is Hegelian, people are viewed as inanimate objects of little inherent spiritual value other than what they can do to advance the aims of the state; and the strategy of gradualism—slowly turning up the heat on an unsuspecting world. When people are finally aware of the efforts to mold society, it is a fait accompli. At a distance, one is forced to simply refer to it as fascism. The old world doctrine of absolute religious power and absolute Monarchy over peons and lackeys may be hundreds of years out of style, but they are not extinguished. It is common for criminality and evil to cloak themselves in the garments of purity. The two most respected institutions today are the church and the military. Just putting on the uniform of the US armed forces does not change the nature of men. Most men grasp for power, and more power. Men easily convince themselves they are supermen to rationalize their exalted stations from the heights of public office, the great fortunes, the heights of seeming infallibility. Men have always wanted total control over other men and they always will. A casual glance at history shows that when men achieve total power over other men without consequences, then torture and mass murder are the rule of the day.
Recall the military science papers from chapter fourteen. The 1996 military paper entitled “Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability,” written for the Chief of Staff of the Air Force, “Technologies specifically designed for conflicts short of war” observe that overcoming the ethical restraints of American attitudes towards the technology and its uses would require “an ethical and political revolution would be necessary to make a military revolution.” However, they point out, “There is another alternative: we could deliberately engineer a comprehensive revolution, seeking utter transformation rather than simply an expeditious use of new technology.”67
The Strategic Studies Institute of the US Army War College produced a paper in 1994 entitled “The Revolution in Military Affairs and Conflicts Short of War,” which discusses a revolution in military affairs (RMA), which “will not only change the nature of warfare, but also alter the global geopolitical balance of power.”
Lt Colonel Michael Aquino who possesses such a strange CV, yet is allowed and encouraged in his vague mission at Los Alamos National Laboratory. He says in his MINDWAR paper, in response to the work by Lt Colonel John B Alexander… “If we do not accept Excalibur, then we relinquish our ability to inspire foreign cultures with our morality.”
No doubt people everywhere are inspired by the actions of Lt Colonel Aquino. How should the casual reader take these expansive statements by military scientists? What is the logical outcome of giving unlimited funds to mad scientists who dabble in the darkness of black budgets and the quest for the next Gadget. Where is the organization or person who can put a check on unlimited ambition. In short, it appears that there are no watchers watching the watchers, no spies spying on the spies. The sorcerers’ apprentice is free to indulge every whim. The air tight proof of these weapons existence and the commission of these crimes is unobtainable, protected by the cloak of the national security state. Whatever its origin, the technological dictatorship hinted at by Orwell, Huxley, and McLuhan will be unbreakable. In despair Huxley dreamed of a spiritual transformation that might save us from destroying ourselves. Yet who can save a person from themselves…






CODA: The Four Goals
The current secret dirty war is the result of the actions of a few individuals in military intelligence, but also the result of a culture that has evolved since the end of WWII. The driving political and economic force in the USA/world is military spending and the concept of fortress America. The arms race is now so powerful and destabilizing as to be leading to the destruction of our Republic and even the end of civilization. The drive for reform of our institutions must begin with a new big idea to displace militarism. Collective security can protect international borders and open a space for emphasis to be placed upon a crash program in energy, communications, and medicine, to use these tools in a universal scientific/humanitarian initiative to engineer a more peaceful and secure world.

THE FOUR GOALS; Outline
ONE: End the secret dirty war using the five reforms.
TWO: Domestic political reform to strengthen Democracy.
THREE: End the arms race through collective security agreements.
FOUR: New Marshall Plan; scientific/humanitarian initiative to replace Militarism.

ONE: The Five Reforms:
1. Disarm all electromagnetic weapons systems. 2. Open all records and secret archives to the public and a Congressional Committee. 3. Establish a truth and reconciliation commission holding hearings in multiple locations. 4. Convene an international conference to ban all electromagnetic weapons with public and private verification systems because we cannot accept government’s word alone that the secret dirty war is over. 5. An international bill of rights that is enforceable such that the leaders of the state cannot crush internal enemies with impunity.
Two: Domestic political reforms:
1.Public financing of all state and federal elections. 2.Free time for publically financed candidates on the public airways daily for 100 days before elections. 3.Salary commensurate with responsibility, on a par with a modern CEO of a Fortune 500 corporation. 4.Strict and clear laws against extortion/bribery of public officials and conflicts of interest, with swift and certain punishment and long prison terms. 5.Elections consisting of a single open primary and a runoff between the top two candidates, regardless of party affiliation.
Three: End the Arms Race:
1.Establish an international military “police force” to protect the territorial integrity of all member states from any intrusion or military attack. 2.An international court with the limited mandate of ordering the use of force to preserve the territorial integrity of member states, and the rights of individuals in relation to their governments. 3.An international bill of rights that protects the God given rights of all individuals to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. 4.Protection of the rights of minority populations and indigenous peoples from elimination actions such as ethnic cleansing, genocide, and state sponsored violence. 5. Nuclear disarmament accomplished in (3) steps. ONE: All weapons are declared/counted and reduced by a factor of ten. Stockpiles of many thousands reduce to 2,000 total, those with hundreds down to 100, and all others to three (3). TWO: Reductions to one, ten, and 200 respectively. THREE: All stocks are destroyed and the two nations with 200 each disassemble and release them to the custody of the international community (court) for emergencies, if a nation or nations attempts a nuclear “breakout”.
FOUR: A new Marshall Plan:
1.A humanitarian initiative to end disease and hunger for all of Humanity using a crash program of biotechnology and medical science. 2.A scientific initiative to decode and preserve the natural world, one that manages and maximizes renewable resources for present and future generations. 3.A plebiscite in developing nations to invite, by popular choice, international aid programs with numerical goals for life expectancy, public health infrastructure, agricultural self-sufficiency, population targets, and time limited caretaker status (ward of the international community). 4.Regional agreements on the use and division of common resources such as fishery rights and binding limits determined by the scientific management of biologist and enforced by the international court. 5.Formation of government/private consortiums for technological projects (crash programs) in communications (worldwide wireless broadband network), medical science (bioelectric medicine and stem cell research), and next generation energy technology project(s) to replace fossil carbon fuels.














Notes
1 Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 US 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765.
2 Eileen Welsome, The Plutonium Files: America’s Secret Medical Experiments in the Cold War (New York: Dial Press, 1999).
3 Michael and Todd Uhl. GI Guinea Pigs: How the Pentagon Exposed Our Troops to Dangers More Deadly Than War: Agent Orange and Atomic Radiation, 1980.
4 Harry V. Martin and David Caul, “Mind Control” (Copyright Free America, 1995); John D. Marks, The Search for the Manchurian Candidate: The CIA and Mind Control (New York: Times Books, 1979).
5 Christopher Simpson, Blowback: America’s Recruitment of Nazis and its Effects on the Cold War (NY: Weidenfeld & Nicholson, 1988) p. 55.
6 Alex Constantine, Virtual Government: CIA Mind Control Operations in America. (LA: Feral House, 1997) p. 41.
7 James Bamford, Body of Secrets: Anatomy of the Ultra-Secret National Security Agency, From the Cold War through the Dawn of a NewCentury (NY: Doubleday, 2001), p. 83
8 Marks.
9 Ibid.
10 Nick Begich and Jeanne Manning. Angels Don’t Play this HAARP: Advances in Tesla Technology. (Anchorage: Earthpulse Press, 1995) 67; Colin Ross, M.D., Bluebird: Deliberate Creation of Multiple Personality by Psychiatrists, p. 105.
11 Michael C. Rupert, Crossing the Rubicon: The Decline of the American Empire at the End of the Age of Oil (Gabriola, BC: New Society Publishers, 2004), p. 53.
12 Ibid., p. 200.
13 Constantine, p. 3.
14 Jim Keith, Mass Control: Engineering Human Consciousness (Kempton, Illinois: Adventures Unlimited Press, 2003), p. 91.
15 Begich and Manning.
16 Keith, p. 100.
17 Ibid, p. 101.
18 Ross.
19 Steven Aftergood, “The Soft-Kill Fallacy,” Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 9-10/1994, v50, n5.
20 David G. Guyatt, “Toward a Psycho-Civilized Society,” Electronics Today.
21 Keith, p. 187.
22 Ibid, p. 129.
23 Ibid.
24 Ibid, p. 121.
25 John W. DeCamp, The Franklin Cover-up: Child Abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska (ATW, 1992).
26 Constantine, p. 68.
27 Ibid, p. 80.
28 Keith, p. 267.
29 Brian Glick, The War at Home: Covert Action against US Activists and What We Can Do About It, (Cambridge, Mass.: South End Press, 1999).
30 Stephen Kinzer, All the Shah’s Men: An American Coup and the Roots of Middle East Terror (Hoboken, NJ: J. Wiley & Sons, 2003).
31 Jonathan Kwitney, Endless Enemies: The Making of an Unfriendly World (NY: Congdon and Weed), p. 236.
32 Chalmers Johnson, The Sorrows of Empire: Militarism, Secrecy, and the End of the Republic (NY: Metropolitan Books, 2004), p. 169.
33 Jonathan Kwitney, The Crimes of Patriots: A True Tale of Dope, Dirty Money, and the CIA. (New York: W. W. Norton, 1987), p. 50.
34 Ibid.
35 Constantine, 81.
36 Greg Szymanski.
37 Pasternak.
38 ARPA, the Advanced Research Projects Agency, was established by DOD directive 5105.15 on February 7, 1958, then changed to Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) on March 23, 1972, back to ARPA on February 22, 1993, and back again to DARPA on February 10, 1996.
39 Begich and Manning.
40 Keith, p. 176.
41 Guyatt.
42 Cheryl Welsh.
43 Keith, p. 181.
44 Ibid, p. 183.
45 Ibid, p. 180.
46 Martin Cannon, The Controllers: Mind Control and Its Role in the “Alien” Induction Phenomenon (LA: Feral House, 1996.
47 Constantine.
48 Keith, p.207.
49 Constantine, p. 38.
50 Begich and Manning.
51 Ibid.
52 Keith, p. 182.
53 “Brainpower,” The Houston Chronicle, February 16, 1995.
54 Keith, p. 102; W. H. Bowart, Operation Mind Control: The Secret Government’s War Against Its Own People (NY: Dell, 1978); Lawrence; Cannon.
55 Armen Victorian, Aviary.
56 Aftergood, p40.
57 Jim Schnabel, Remote Viewers: The Secret History of America’s Psychic Spies, Dell, 1997, p. 220.
58 Megabrain Report, February 4, 1991.
59 Ronald McRae, Mind Wars: The True Story of Government Research into the Military Potential of Psychic Weapons (NY: St. Martin’s Press, 1984), pp. 126-9.
60 Cannon.
61 Schnabel.
62 Begich and Manning, p. 73.
63 Sun-Tzu, The Art of War, trns. John Minford; New York: Viking, 2002.
64 James Kievit and Steven Metz, “The Revolution in Military Affairs and Conflict Short of War, July 25, 1994, US ArmyStrategic Studies Institute, http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/pdffiles/PUB241.pdf, pp 12-14, 17, as quoted in Keith, p. 222.
65 Keith, p. 223.
66 LTC William B. Osborne (USA), Maj Scott A. Bethel, Maj Nolen R. Chew, Maj Philip M. Nostrand, Maj YuLin G. Whitehead, “Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability,” presented to Air Force 2025, August 1996, http://csat.au.af.mil/2025/volume3/vol3ch02.pdf; quoted in Keith, 223.
67 Keith, p. 264.
68 Pasternak.
69 Guyatt.
70 Constantine, p. 34.
71 Special Issue, Air Power Journal, 1995.
72 John Barry, “Soon, ‘Phasers on Stun’”), Newsweek, February 7, 1994, http://www.newsweek.com/id/113112
73 Arlene Tyner, High-Tech Crimes and Electromagnetic Madness, Part 4: “Mind Control,” unpublished manuscript, posted at http://educate- yourself.org/cn/mkultrapatsiesoct2001.shtml)
74 Tyler, Capt Paul E, MC, USN, “The Electromagnetic Spectrum in Low-Intensity Conflict” in Low Intensity Conflict and Modern Technology, edited by Lt Col David Dean, USAF, “The Electromagnetic Spectrum in Low-Intensity Conflict,” Low-Intensity Conflict and Modern Technology, ed., Lt. Col. D. J. Dean, Maxwell Air Force Base, Center for Aerospace Doctrine Research and Education, Maxwell Air Force Base, Alabama: Air University Press, pp. 249-260)
75 Final Report on Biotechnology Research Requirements for Aeronautical Systems through the Year 2000, Proceedings of Biotechnology Research Requirements Study Session, 4-8 January 1982, vol. II, Southwest Research Institute, San Antonio, Tex., pp. 181-88.
76 DOD Directive 300.3, “Policy on Nonlethal Weapons” (certified current as of November 21, 2003 and released on July 9, 1996, does not refer to the term “adversary,” nor does it mention domestic use of the weapons. The directive draft in question may have been canceled or classified.
77 Begich and Manning.
78 Tyler, cited in Nick Begich, Earth Rising II: The Betrayal of Science, Society, and the Soul, Earthpulse Press, 2003.
79 Alexander, J.B. (1980): The New Mental Battlefield: Beam me up Spock. Military Review 60 (12), 46, cited in Keith, 263.
80 Bowart.
81 Armen Victorian, Mind Controllers, (Mill Valley, Ca.: Vision Books, 1999).
82 Keith, p. 199.
83 Jonathan Kwitney, The Crimes of Patriots: A True Tale of Dope, Dirty Money, and the CIA. (New York: W. W. Norton, 1987), p.100).
84 John Perkins, Confessions of an Economic Hitman (San Francisco, Calif.: Berrett-Koehler Publishers, 2004).
85 Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer, School of Assassins: Guns, Greed, and Globalization (Maryknoll, NY: Orbis, 2001); see also Haiti Progrès(Vol. 19, No. 37, 11/28/01).
86 Paul E. Vallely and Michael Aquino. “From Psyop to MindWar: The Psychology of Victory” (San Francisco: Presidio, US ArmyReserves 7th Psychological Operations Group).
87 Donald L. Bartlett and James B. Steel, “Washington’s $8 Billion Shadow,” Vanity Fair, March 2007 (http://www.vanityfair.com/politics/features/2007/03/spyagency200703).
88 Ibid.
89 Rupert.
90 Ibid, pp. 251, 479.
91 Ibid, pp. 79-80.
92 Ibid.
93 Thomas Donnelly, Donald Kagan, and Gary Schmitt, Project Co-Chairmen, Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategies, Forces and Resources for a New Century, a report for the Project for a New American Century, September 2000, p. 18
94 John Nichols, “What Dick Cheney Knew,” The Nation, March 28, 2002.
95 Rupert, p. 28.
96 David G. Guyatt.
97 Steve Kangas, “The Origins of the Overclass” (http://www.huppi.com/kangaroo/L-overclass.html), 1999. (On February 8, 1999, shortly after he completed this article, Steve Kangas was found dead from a gunshot wound in head in Pittsburgh’s Oxford Centre, the office complex of Richard Mellon Scaife. The death of the 36-year-old political science doctoral candidate from Santa Cruz was quickly ruled a suicide, without conducting an investigation the mysterious circumstances surrounding his death.)
98 Rupert, p. 228.
99 Frank J. Murray, “NASA Plans to Read Terrorists’ Minds at Airports, Washington Times (August 17, 2002).
100 Rupert, p. 479. 101 Rupert.
102 Don Radlauer, “Black Tuesday: The World’s Largest Insider Trading Scam?” The International Policy Institute for Counter-Terrorism (ICT), September 19, 2001.
103 Rupert.
104 Rupert.
105Rupert, p. 238.
106 President Ronald Reagan speech to the Nation Conservative Political Action Conference, March 8, 1985.
107 Norm Dixon, Green Left Weekly, September 19, 2001.
108 Rupert, 106.
109 “According to the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC), total poppy production in Afghanistan increased by 49% in 2006, from 4,500 to 6,700 metric tons of opium. Afghanistan is now responsible for over 80% of global opium cultivation and over 90% of the world’s opium production—up from 70% in 2000 and 52% a decade earlier. It has become the world’s largest heroin producing and trafficking country as well. U.S. government experts estimate that opium production currently accounts for a very large share of Afghanistan’s economy: approximately one-third of the country’s GDP is derived from illicit drug trafficking.” Richard Weitz, Central Asia-Caucasus Analyst, August 21, 2007
110 Microwave News, November/December, 1998, reported on Mind Justice (http://www.mindjustice.org/victims.htm)
111 John St. Clair Akwei v. National Security Agency, Ft. St. Geroge G. Meade, Maryland, Civil Action 92-044).
112 For a description of the NIJ Weed & Seed program, see: Terence Dunworth, Gregory Mills, Gary Corner, and Jack Greene, “National Evaluation of Weed & Seed Cross-Site Analysis,” US Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, National Institute of Justice, July 1999 (http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/176358.pdf).
113 Quoted in Thomas Blass, The Man Who Shocked the World: The Life and Legacy of Stanley Milgram (New York: Basic Books/Perseus Books Group, 2004), p. xvii.
114 Glen R. Graham, “Milgram Experiment: Obedience to Authority by Ordinary Americans, Even if it Violates ‘Morality’ (http://oklahomacriminaldefense.blogspot.com/2006/08/milgram-experiment-obediance-to.html). See also, Blass.
115 Blass, Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 1999.















Bibliography
Aftergood, Steven. “The Soft-Kill Fallacy,” Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 9-10/1994, v50, n5.
Bamford, James. Body of Secrets: Anatomy of the Ultra-Secret National Security Agency, From the Cold War through the Dawn of a New Century. New York: Doubleday, 2001.
Barry, John. “The Science Of War: A New Generation of Nonlethal Weapons May Help Rout Mobs, Subdue Gunmen, Even Win Wars—Without Killing the Innocent” (“Soon, ‘Phasers on Stun’”), Newsweek, February 7, 1994, http://www.newsweek.com/id/113112
Becker Robert O. Cross Currents: The Perils of Electropolution, The Promise of Electromedicine. New York: Penguin/Tarcher, 1990.
Becker, Robert O. and Gary Seldon. The Body Electric: Electromagnetism and the Foundation of Life. New York: Harper, 1998.
Begich, Nick and Jeanne Manning. Angels Don’t Play this HAARP: Advances in Tesla Technology. Anchorage, Alaska: Earthpulse Press, 1995.
Blass, Thomas. The Man Who Shocked the World: The Life and Legacy of Stanley Milgram. New York: Basic Books/Perseus Books Group, 2004.
Bowart, W.H. Operation Mind Control: The Secret Government’s War Against Its Own People. New York: Dell, 1978.
Brzezinski, Zbigniew. Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era. NY: Viking Press, 1970. ______The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives. New York: Basic Books, 1997.
Burrows, William E. Vigilante! New York: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich, 1976.
Cannon, Martin. The Controllers: Mind Control and Its Role in the “Alien” Induction Phenomenon. Los Angeles: Feral House, 1996.
Cockburn, Alexander and Jeffrey St. Clair. Whiteout: The CIA, Drugs, and the Press. London; New York: Verso, 1998.
Constantine, Alex. Psychic Dictatorship in the U.S.A. Los Angeles: Feral House, 1995. ______Virtual Government: CIA Mind Control Operations in America. Los Angeles: Feral House, 1997.
DeCamp, John W. The Franklin Cover-up: Child Abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska. ATW, 1992.
Dyer, Joel. Harvest of Rage: Why Oklahoma Is Only the Beginning. Boulder, Colo.: Westview Press, 1997.
Eisendrath, Craig, ed. National Insecurity: US Intelligence after the Cold War. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 2000.
Endicott, Stephen and Edward Hagerman. The United States and Biological Warfare: Secrets from the Early Cold War and Korea. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1998.
Glick, Brian. The War at Home: Covert Action against US Activists and What We Can Do About It. Cambridge, Mass.: South End Press, 1999.
Gold, Hal. Unit 731 Testimony. Rutland, VT: Charles E. Tuttle, 1995.
Goliszek, Andrew. In the Name of Science: A History of Secret Programs, Medical Research, and Human experimentation. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2003.
Graham, Glen R., “Milgram Experiment: Obedience to Authority by Ordinary Americans, Even if it Violates ‘Morality’ (http://oklahomacriminaldefense.blogspot.com/2006/08/milgram-experiment-obediance-to.html).
Guyatt, David G. “Toward a Psycho-Civilized Society” (http://www.whale.to/b/guyatt5.html)
Harris, Sheldon H. Factories of Death: Japanese Biological Warfare, 1932-1945, and the American Cover-up. Routledge, 2002.
Houston Chronicle, “Brain Power,” February 16, 1995.
Huxley, Aldous. Brave New World. Garden City, NY, Doubleday, Doran & Company, Inc., 1932. The Doors of Perception. New York: Harper, 1954.
Johnson, Chalmers. The Sorrows of Empire: Militarism, Secrecy, and the End of the Republic. New York: Metropolitan Books, 2004.
Kangas, Steve. “The Origins of the Overclass,” http://www.huppi.com/kangaroo/L-overclass.html
Keith, Jim. Mass Control: Engineering Human Consciousness. Kempton, Illinois: Adventures Unlimited Press, 2003. Mind Control, World Control. Kempton, Illinois: Adventures Unlimited Press, 1998.
Kinzer, Steven. Overthrow: America’s century of regime change from Hawaii to Iraq. New York: Times Books/Henry Holt, 2006.
Kinzer, Stephen. All the Shah’s Men: An American Coup and the Roots of Middle East Terror. Hoboken, NJ: J. Wiley & Sons, 2003.
Kievit, James and Steven Metz. “The Revolution in Military Affairs and Conflict Short of War.US Army Strategic Studies Institute, July 25, 1994. (http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/pdffiles/PUB241.pdf )
Klaaren, J. W. and R. S. Mitchell, “Nonlethal Technology and Air Power: A Winning Combination for Strategic Paralysis,” Air Power Journal, special issue, 1995.
Kühl, Stefan. The Nazi Connection: Eugenics, American Racism, and German National Socialism. New York: Oxford University Press, 1994.
Kwitny, Jonathan. The Crimes of Patriots: A True Tale of Dope, Dirty Money, and the CIA. New York: W. W. Norton, 1987. ______Endless Enemies: The Making of an Unfriendly World. New York: Congdon and Weed.
Lawson, David. Terrorist Stalking in America. North Palm Beach, Fla.: Scrambling News, 2001.
Lee, Martin. The Beast Reawakens. New York: Little, Brown and Co., 1997
Marks, John D. The Search for the Manchurian Candidate: The CIA and Mind Control. New York: Times Books, 1979.
Martin, Harry V. and David Caul. “Mind Control.” Copyright Free America, 1995.
McRae, Ronald M. Mind Wars: The True Story of Government Research into the Military Potential of Psychic Weapons. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1984
Michaud Stephen G. The Evil that Men Do: FBI Profiler Hazelwood’s Journey into the Minds of Sexual Predators. New York: St. Martin’s True Crime, 1999.
Mills, James. The Underground Empire: Where Crime and Governments Embrace. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1986.
Molander, Roger C. and Andrew S. Riddile, Peter A. Wilson. Strategic Information Warfare: A New Face of War. Santa Monica, Calif.: RAND, 1996.
Moyers, Bill. The Secret Government: The Constitution in Crisis, with excerpts from “An essay on Watergate.” Cabin Johns, Md.: Seven Stories Press, 1988.
Murray, Frank J. “NASA Plans to Read Terrorists’ Minds at Airports, Washington Times, August 17, 2002. Nichols, John. “What Cheney Knew,” The Nation, March 28, 2002.
Nutter, James Jacob. The CIA’s Black Ops: Covert Action, Foreign Policy, and Democracy. Amherst, NY: Promethus Books, 2000.
Olmsted, Kathryn S. Challenging the Secret Government: The Post-Watergate Investigations of the CIA and FBI. Chapel Hill: Univ of North Carolina Press, 1996.
Orwell, George. Animal Farm. New York: Harcourt, Brace & Co., 1946. ______Nineteen Eighty-Four. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1963.
Osborne, LTC William B. Osborne (USA), Maj Scott A. Bethel, Maj Nolen R. Chew, Maj Philip M. Nostrand, Maj YuLin G. Whitehead. “Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability.” presented to Air Force 2025, August 1996 (http://csat.au.af.mil/2025/volume3/vol3ch02.pdf)
Pasternak, Douglas. “Wonder Weapons,” U.S. News World Report, June 29, 1997 (http://www.usnews.com/usnews/culture/articles/970707/archive_007360.htm).
Perkins, John. Confessions of an Economic Hitman. San Francisco, Ca.: Berrett-Koehler Publishers, 2004.
Radlauer, Don. “Black Tuesday: The World’s Largest Insider Trading Scam?” The International Policy Institute for Counter-Terrorism (ICT), September 19, 2001.
Regan, President Ronald Reagan, Speech to the Nation Conservative Political Action Conference, March 8, 1985.
Richardson, Texas: Manitou Communications, 2000 (republished as The CIA Doctors: Human Rights Violations by American Psychiatrists).
Riebling, Mark. Wedge— from Pearl Harbor to 9/11: How the Secret War Between the FBI and CIA Has Endangered National Security. New York: Simon and Schuster, 2002.
Ross, Colin, M.D. Bluebird: Deliberate Creation of MPD by Psychiatrists.
Rupert, Michael C. Rupert. Crossing the Rubicon: The Decline of the American Empire at the End of the Age of Oil. Gabriola, BC: New Society Publishers, 2004.
Sandía National Laboratories. “Team investigates Active Denial System for security applications” (press release), June 30, 2005, http://www.sandia.gov/news-center/news-releases/2005/def-nonprolif-sec/active-denial.html)
Schnabel, Jim. Remote Viewers: The Secret History of America’s Psychic Spies. New York: Dell, 1997. Seymore, Cherie. The Last Circle (unpublished manuscript) http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/last_circle/0.htm
Simpson, Christopher. Blowback: America’s Recruitment of Nazis and its Effects on the Cold War. New York: Weidenfeld & Nicholson, 1988.
Simpson, Christopher. Science of Coercion: Communication Research and Psychological Warfare, 1945-1960. New York: Oxford University Press, 1994.
Smith, Jerry E. HAARP: The Ultimate Weapon of the Cover-up. Kempton, Illinois: Adventures Unlimited Press, 1998.
Sullivan, Kathy. Unshackled: A Survivor’s Story of Mind Control. Tempe, Ariz.: Dandelion Press Books, 2003.
Sun-tzu (Sun-zi). The Art of War. John Minford, trns. New York: Viking, 2002.
Thomas, Gordon. Journey into Madness: Medical Torture and the Mind Controllers. London, New York: Bantam Press, 1988.
Uhl, Michael and Todd. GI Guinea Pigs: How the Pentagon Exposed Our Troops to Dangers More Deadly Than War: Agent Orange and Atomic Radiation, 1980.
US Army, Department of. New world vistas: Air and Space for the 21st Century. Department of the Army, USAF Scientific Advisory Board, 1996.
Vallely, Paul E. and Michael Aquino. “From Psyop to MindWar: The Psychology of Victory.” San Francisco: Presidio, US Army Reserves 7th Psy Operations Group.
Victorian, Armen. Mind Controllers. Mill Valley, Cal.: Vision Books, 1999.
Webb, Gary. Dark Alliance: the CIA, the Contras, and the Crack Cocaine Explosion. New York: Seven Stories Press, 1998.
Welsome, Eileen. The Plutonium Files: America’s Secret Medical Experiments in the Cold War. New York: Dial Press, 1999.
Zillmer, Eric A. The Quest for the Nazi Personality: A Psychological Investigation of Nazi War Criminals. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 1995.

ONLINE RESOURCES
Personal websites related to crimes against humanity, using nonlethal weapons to target political activists and whistleblowers, can be found here.
Please see these websites to purchase the films, books, songs, & merchandise:
http://microwaveweapon.net
http://microwavemurder.org
http://monarchnewphoenix.com
http://monarchtorture.com
http://monarchtorture.org
http://inscomcrimes.com
These websites have the free films, books, & songs:
http://microwaveweapon.org
http://marshallthomas.org
http://marshallgregorythomas.com
http://marshallgthomas.com
http://inscomcrimes.org
http://marshallplanpac.org
http://sites.google.com/site/microwaveweapon


BLOGS:
monarchnewphoenix.blogspot.com
marshallgregorythomas.blogspot.com
nonlethal.blogspot.com
marsboy683.livejournal.com
marshallgthomas.livejournal.com
marsboy683.wordpress.com
marshallgthomas.wordpress.com

ALL SALES FUND MONARCH CONCEPTS NONPROFIT 501 (C) 3 (8/04/11)
MARSHALL PLAN PAC (POLITICAL ACTION COMMITTEE)
OR THE EDITOR, MARSHALL GREGORY THOMAS
The strategy of many separate websites is diversification, to not put all of one’s eggs in one basket. Monarch Concepts is a nonprofit created to raise funds for the defense and relief of victims of torture and abuse. This also includes victims of nonlethal weapons assaults and “vigilante violence” known as organized stalking. There are two specific websites where donations and sales of films, books, and merchandise are dedicated to them alone.
monarchtorture.com
inscomcrimes.com
Please visit our MARSHALL PLAN PAC political action committee Dedicated to funding FOUR GOALS, domestic & international reforms.
marshallPLANpac.org
microwaveweapon.net
microwavemurder.org

Please visit our websites dedicated to the author MARSHALL GREGORY THOMAS
monarchnewphoenix.com
monarchtorture.org

It is not uncommon for nonprofit organizations to be taken away from their founders (GRAMEEN BANK/Professor Muhammad Yunus). Diversification allows the mission to succeed, even if 1-2 pathways are blocked or destroyed. ALL sales at other websites, unless otherwise stated, go to the author. The author pledges transparent public accounting, and that all funds will go to victims of torture and abuse, and to reform our institutions so these crimes against humanity never happen again.
Speech Two:
I don't claim to be any smarter or more important than anyone else. If I'm different it's because of the path that this life has led me down. I started searching for something that I couldn't really name when I was 25. I bought a camera and went for long walks in the woods and began to identify with the natural world, nature worship you might say. When I was 29 I quit my job with NASA and started teaching ESL. I was gonna save the world, one child at a time. I was very idealistic. I moved into a Hispanic neighborhood and taught myself Spanish, with the help of my neighbors. When I turned 33 I got sick, traveling in Central America on spring break. I had surgery to remove a thyroid tumor and developed an autoimmune disease. I went to my HMO and other doctors but they couldn't help me. The school district fired me, I lost my savings, my insurance. I was sick and unable to work. The worst of the illness came and went like a roller coaster and was getting worse all the time. After 18 months I felt like I was gonna die, but I didn't want to die in the big city, so I moved out into the country and lived on ten acres that belonged to a friend. It was a shack in the woods with no running water, but I had escaped the big city. A friend of mine later said that I had gone off alone like a dog to die, which kind of summed it up nicely. I felt like I had a lot to give and wanted to join the team for the big win, wanted to be a part of society, but they had written me off. For lack of a better term I guess they had just flushed me. My health was broken, my body had betrayed me, so I lived the life of the mind, writing books, or rather trying to.
This state of affairs continued for several years until the relapses broke me. The muscles of my neck and back contracted so badly I couldn't sleep for nearly 6 months. I would pass out for 2 or 3 hours but never really rested or dreamed. I don't really know how to describe the years of torment. Robbed of my physical body, and then gradually my mind, my very sanity. For months I sat in a chair in the dark silence. Light and sound caused me physical pain. My eyes were rolled up into my head. My sense of time broke down and four hours seemed like 15 minutes. When I held a glass in my hand the glass would either slip out of my hand, or accidently break in my hand. I thought I was gonna wind up in a nursing home. These last few years have been hard on a lot of people. They've lost their jobs, lost their homes, their families and their lives. I know exactly how they feel. I've been through much the same thing for the last 16 years. I've gotten a PhD in suffering. Out of desperation I went back to the doctor and got lucky and found someone who could help me. After a few years I had recovered enough to walk a hundred yards without resting. I decided to go back to school. I was gonna save a million lives, change the world to make it worth the price I had paid to stay in this world. I worked in the biology department and studied microbiology, and joined the Hanta Virus team.
After 9/11 I decided to make a medicine that would stop a biological weapon. The Soviet Plague bioweapon was resistant to antibiotics. I came up with a solution and found business partners and formed a company, applied for an NIH grant under project Bioshield. It was around that time that I learned that innocent people were being used as human guinea pigs to perfect the latest and greatest anti-personnel weapons coming out of the DOD weapons labs. For years I've interviewed these people in person, like an epidemiologist, finding out their symptoms and what they have in common. If I seem unemotional I'm sorry, it is because I have had to harden my heart to terrible human suffering that at times seemed without end. My own government is waging an undeclared war on my own people. I believe in people, I believe in their basic goodness. Yet evil exists and works it's will in this world. I believe in my country and in it's ability to be a force for good in the world. Lincoln called the US the last best hope of the human race. If the human race ever needed hope, it needs it now, for now is perhaps the hour of its greatest trial. I guess I've been chosen, not because of superiority, but because of the path I've gone down. I've been a curious mixture of a young pleasure seeker, atheist, an idealist, naturalist, scientist, a fool, and a failure. I've been blessed with gifts, but I've paid for them. Sitting Bull was a shaman of the Sioux people. He prayed, fasted, and made sacrifices of his own flesh and blood. He was given visions of the outcomes of battles, and visions of his own fate. He paid for them. Nothing in this life is free. The demands of this moment are many and many shall be called. The prize is potentially a new age of peace and freedom. The price of failure may be a fate worse than death itself. I don't have all the answers, I don't call all the shots. I don't blame you if you are skeptical, I would be too. But if you ignore facts, then I do find fault. I only ask that you use your common sense. The average man on the street is perfectly capable of deciding what is in his or her own best interest. I am saying that the new weapons similar to those in public are being used on innocent people. If the Russians used them on the US in 1956, and got away with it for years, then what chance do these people have. I am claiming that criminal behavior committed all the way through the Cold War by the DOD on half a million people is still going on. US citizens are being used as human guinea pigs in terminal experiments, experiments that end in death. This is not new, it is a continuation of past behavior. The figure of half a million people is the governments own figure. The majority of the targets are political activists and whistleblowers. Historically these kinds of people have been under assault for many years. This is a historical fact.
There are a few personalities in military intelligence who are borderline personalities, people who need to be investigated. They are not crazy, but they are different. One has a PhD in the science of death. He is quite literally Dr. Death. He has been in charge of developing the new weapons for the Army since 1980. These men have written about how to use the new weapons, advocated using them on civilians, expressed admiration for previous illegal DOD programs that were war crimes, and expressed interest in using weapons of torture to modify human behavior. The alleged criminals helped move the classified weapons into the hands of law enforcement and vigilantes, and they've participated in a smoke screen cover up. These facts are all out in the open, and there is much more, but this by itself should drive us to the logical conclusion. Mark Twain said that history does not repeat itself, it rhymes. I am describing the same old song with a different tune. There is nothing new under the sun.
People will say there is no absolute proof. The air tight proof is classified, hidden in Fort Mead, and no one is going to break in and steal it. People will say that the victims are all crazy. This is what they said about the other half million US citizens used as guinea pigs and target practice. I am saying use the common sense that God gave you and stop listening to people who tell you not to believe your own eyes. Critics are using a shoot the messenger strategy to smear me as a terrible human being. Well of course they are, because they certainly can't use logic and reason to refute the facts. What better way to ignore the facts than to change the subject and make this about me. Let me make this very clear, this is not about me. Human beings reduce things to one personality because it helps us put larger ideas in perspective. The power is impressive and even seductive, but I am just an old transistor radio, I am not the music. You are in love with the music. Good, you should be, but I'm not the music, I am just another human being on this earth. I am laying my head on the chopping block and I fully expect to be destroyed. I cannot be bought off, scared off, or controlled. This power is not under their control and so they must destroy a thing to control it. First I will be discredited as a public person, then destroyed financially, spiritually, and finally physically destroyed. There is no avoiding it. I am just another person on this earth and soon I will be gone. Evil exists in this world, it is not imaginary. Americans want to live in the world of Norman Rockwell because that is a safe place, but the world is in play and the fate of nations will be decided by the people, ordinary, everyday people. This is our generation’s moment of truth. Will we, the people of the world, confront the evil in our midst, will we overcome this fortress of evil that wages war on the innocent and seeks to determine our destiny. Charismatic leaders by themselves will not get you to the mountain top. Your fate can only be decided by you and people just like you who decide to act in unison. I remember all the people killed by car bombs and suicide bombers, and how the bodies of the victims are always taken away, but the shoes remain. The assassins have stolen their lives and their humanity. They are rendered silent, except for the piles and piles of hundreds of shoes. This program of torture and murder is largely unseen because the cause of death is often heart attack, cancer, or natural disease. I intend to pressure my Congressional representative to stop this madness by telling them that I will speak for those who have been silenced. I will take a few minutes and a few dollars to mail them a single shoe in silent protest. Speaking for those who are gone and cannot be replaced, in their place I will demand that the alleged criminals be detained, that their elite military intelligence brigade be disarmed, and that reforms take place to guarantee that this nightmare will never again threaten our freedom and the lives of the innocent. It is a small gesture, but out of such small gestures may come a great wave of change. When the hour is struck, and it is time for a people to be free, and all people are united as one, then there is no force on earth that can stop our march to freedom.
Marshall Gregory Thomas







THE WORLD IS WATCHING;
AND THE TIME IS NOW